Full text of "Notes from the Leyden Museum"

See other formats

yibrarn of i\n P^us^um

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS,
iFounïeU bs prfbate suhscrfptfon, fn 1861.

Hdavua^Jb.

No.JXocj

_^ ^su^txA, èSex/.'i. l'iïO-

NOTES

FROM THE

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM

OF THE NETHERLANDS

AT LEYDEN

EDITED

ï^rof. S. SOHLEGhHlIj

Director of the Museum.

VOL. I.

LEYDEN

E. J. BRILL.

^>^ 1879.

CONTENTS OF VOL. I.

On various species of Mus, collected hy S. C. J. W. van Musschenbroek

Esq. in Celebes. By Dr. F. A. Jentink 7.

On three new Squirrels. By Dr. F. A. Jentink 36.

Parado3-urus musschetihroekii. By Prof. H. Schlegel 43.

On the Sumatra Porcupine, Eystrix milllerl, Tern. MS. By Dr. F. A.

Jentink 87.

On a new Porcupine from South-America. By Dr. F. A. Jentink . . 98.

On a new species of Hchlmys. By Dr. F. A. Jentink 97.

On a new genus and species of Mus from Madagascar. By Dr. F. A.

Jentink 107.

On a new genus and species of Bat from Celebes. By Dr. F. A. Jentink. 117.

On a new Bat, Tö-^/^o^o/w f/oJ.?o?ii from Madagascar. By Dr. F. A.. Jentink. 121.

On a new Bat, iVyc/iwowzrti^fwtwït'fe/jz, from Liberia. By Dr. F. A. Jentink. 125.

On the genus Galidia and its species. By Dr. F. A. Jentink . . . 131.

On the Hedgehogs from Madagascar. By Dr. F. A. Jentink .... 137.

On Nisas rufitorques and Nisus poliocephalus. By Prof. II. Schlegel . 1.

Arses hatantae and Arses ariiensis. By R. B. Sharpe 21.

Rhipidura elegantula. By R. B. Shakpe 23.

Poecilodryas cinerea. By R. B. Sharpe 25.

Mitscicapa rufigula. By R. B. Sharpe 27.

Fseadogerygone rubra. By R. B. Sharpe 29.

Clytomyias insiguis. By R. B. Sharpe 31.

Canipophagae . By R. B. Sharpe 33.

On Strix iriexspectata. B}' Prof. H. Schlegel 50.

On a new species of Cuckoo from Madagascar. By Pi'of. H. Schlegel. 99.

On Strix tenelricosa arfaki. By Prof. H. Schlegel 101.

On a new species of Treroii from the island of Sumba (Sandelwood). By

Prof. H. Schlegel 103.

On Artamia bernieri. By Prof. H. Schlegel 111.

On an undescribed species of Ardea {Ardea lansbergei). By Prof. H.

Schleqel 113.

On Hi/pherpes coralllrostrls Newton. By Prof. H. Schlegel .... 115.

On Talegalliis pyrrhopigius. By Prof. H. Schlegel 159.

ÜU Gall'mula Jrank'u. By Prof. H. Schlegel 103.

lY CONTENTS OF VOL. I.

REFXILIA.

Page.

On a new genus and species of Fythomdat from Salawatti. By Dr. A.

A. W. IIUBRECHT ^'*-

Lmsis peterm. n. sp. By Dr. A. A. W. Hubiiec.it 16.

On the geographical range of ErobopJds asper Gthr. By Dr. A. A. W.

HUBRECIIT

Contributions to the Ilerpetology of Sumatra. By Dr. A. A. W. IIubrecht. 243.
INSECTA.

On a new species of the genus Pmmus, Pansstts andreae, from Java,

By C. RiTSEMA Cz • • '*■*■

On a new species of the genus Apateiica , Apatetica brunnipes, from

Sumatra. By ('. Kitsema Cz

On a new species of Buprestide, Catoxantha purpurasceM,h-oxsi'&oxu<io.

By C. RiTSEMA Cz '^l'

On five new species of tlie genus Ichthyurus Westw. By C. I^itsema Cz. 75.
On a new species of Lucauide, N'ujidkis lichtensteinii , from Celebes.

By C. Kitsema Cz ^^•^•

On a new species of Cetouide, Glycyphana rugipen7iis, from Sumatra.

By C. RiTSEMA Cz • ^^"^•

On two new species of the genus IscJdopsopIia Gestro. By C. Ritsema Cz. 185.
On a new species of the Lucanoid genus Fiyidas from the Mahiyan Ar-

chipelago. By C. Ritsema Cz ■'^^■'•

On the new Cetmiidae collected during the recent Scientific Sumatra

expedition. By C. Ritsema Cz '*^^-

CJRUSTA.CEA.

On some new or imperfectly l<nown podophthalmous Crustacea of the

Leyden Museum. By Dr. J. G. de Man o<5-

On some species of the genus Palaevion Fabr. with descriptions of two
new forms. By Dr. J. G. ue Man lo"-

VERM.KS.

The Genera of Etiropean Nemcrteans critically revised, with description

of several new species. By Dr. A. A. W. Hubrecht TJS.

NOTES

FROM THE

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM

OF THE NETHERLANDS AT LEYDEN

EDITED

Prof. H. SCHLEGEL,

Director of the Museum.

N*. 1. January 1879.

LEYDEN,

E. J. BRILL.

This periodical , edited iu collaboration with the scientific
staff of the establishment, viz. Dr. F. A. Jentink , Dr. A. A. W.
HuBRECHT, C. RiTSEMA CzN. and Dr. J. G. de Man Jr.,
and other naturalists, will be pubH.«;hed every three months,
in parts similar to the first number.

H. SCHLEGEL.
Leyden,
January 1879.

ON NISUS RUFITORQUES AND N, POLIOCEPHALUS.

NOTE I.
ON NISUS RUFITORQUES AND N. POLIOCEPHALUS,

H. SCHLEGEL.

Since my treating of these two species in my work entitled
«Muséum d'histoire naturelle des Pays-Bas" , I have had an
opportunity of examining a larger series of specimens of
them and am now enabled to confirm the results of my
former studies.

I consider these birds with the allied Nisus iogaster of
Amboina and Ceram and a certain number of other spe-
cies as belonging to a group of Sparrow-hawks , differing from
the common sparrow-hawk and its allied species by a greater
head , stronger bill , larger eyes , less slender tarsus and
especially by shorter but thicker toes , the last charac-
teristic applying more especially to the middle toe.

Of these three species, Nisus rufitorques has the widest
range: being found in Bouro, in the Halmahere Isles,
New-Guinea and the adjacent islands, and even in
the Fidji Archipelago. The distribution of Nisus poliocepha-
lus is confined to New-Guinea, the Papoa islands and the
Aru islands^ and Nisus iogaster has only been observed in
Ceram and Amboina. The latter species, is very conspi-
cous: in perfect plumage by the deep rusty red color of
its lower parts ; in immature plumage by the white color
of the lower parts being only interrupted by a small

Notes from the Leyden IMuseutn.

2 NISUS RUFITORQUES AND N. POLIOCEPHALUS.

number of dark heart-shaped spots , commonly somewhat
larger at the sides of the body,

NISUS RUFITORQUES.

It is known , that Nisus rufitorques was established by Cas-
sin and that he has published drawings of two specimens,
viz. an adult male and a young female '), both killed in the
Fidji islands. We possess four adult specimens of this locality.
There is some variation in the distribution of the vinous
color in the two sexes. This color is somewhat deeper
in the females and spreading over the under tail-coverts,
it becomes a little lighter on the under wing-coverts and
passes on the middle of the throat to a grayish white.
In the males , the vinous color is confined to the un-
der part of the body, the under coverts of the tail are
grayish white , the throat is still more inclining to white ,
and the under coverts of the wings are of a pure white.
The thigh feathers have with both sexes a vinous tint.

Two adult males of the Arfak mountains in New-
Guinea present a coloration exactly similar to that of
the old female of Fidji.

In an adult female of Little Key island the vinous color
reaches only to the middle of the abdomen, the rest
of the belly , the thigh feathers , the under coverts of tail
and wings being of a pure white. Besides this , the slate
color of the upper parts is much lighter and inclining to
a whitish grey.

The entire head, neck and throat up to the mantle
and the breast of a fine adidt male killed in the isle of
Bouro is of a pure grayish-white to rust color and occu-
pies the whole of the breast, the belly, the thigh feathers
and also the under coverts of tail and wings.

The late Dr. Bernstein collected three adult specimens

1) United States exjiloring expedition, Philadelphia, 1858, pi. 2.
Notes from the Leyden IMiiseura.

NISUS RUFITORQüES AND N PÜLIOCEPHALUS. 3

in the island of Guebeh. Two of these , male and female ,
hardly differ in color from the adult female of the
Fidji islands. The second old female is , on the con-
trary a much larger and stouter bird; the vinous color
is much deeper passing almost to rufous, and intercep-
ted by numerous- narrow and pale bars of a grayish white
color.

There is no difference between this latter specimen and
an adult female killed in Obi-island.

We observe exactly the same system of coloration in
four adult specimens collected in the island of Morotay,
but in an adult male shot in the same island, the vinous
tint is strongly inclining to rufous, and Avithout any trace
of clear bars. It is almost superflous to state , that
Mr. Wallace established his Accipiter Muelleri on speci-
mens of Nisus rufitorques of Morotay -island.

Ten adult individuals shot in the isle of Ternate are
like those of Morotay, but the light cross bars are in
general less conspicous and entirely wanting in three of the
specimens. Besides these individuals we received from this
island two specimens of the dark variety living in Hal-
mahera.

Neither is there any decided difference between four
adult specimens of the island of Batjan and those of
Morotay, but a fifth adult female of Batjan shows the
coloration of the black variety common in Halmahera.

Five of our adult specimens of Halmahera can in no
way be distinguished from those of Morotay, except that
four of them have the light cross bars of the lower parts
more pronounced ; but in the fifth specimen these bars
are entirely wanting. There exists , however , in the island
of Halmahera , besides the specimens with the usual colo-
ration , others that form a dark variety similar to what
is observed in the common hawk (Falco communis.) Their
upper parts are of a darker slate color and the vinous
collar of the neck is entirely wanting. The color of the lo-
werparts is much deeper , and every where , that is to

Notes irom the Leyden ]VIu.seuiii.

NISUS RUFITORQUES AND N. POLIOCEPHALUS.

say, even at tbc under coverts of wings and tail crossed
by very distinct grayisb wbite bars, lastly, tbe quills
and great under coverts of the wings show the black bars ,
distinguishing the first plumage of the species. We possess
ten specimens of this variety killed in Halmahera ').

As to the immature individuals of this species , the
markings of their plumage is liable to variations; and in
those of New-Guinea and the adjacent islands, the col-
or of the markings is in general paler and inclining to
rufous , but all of them have the great under coverts of
the wing and the quills furnished with black cross bars,
which fade more or less completely away in the adult
bird.

We must observe, that our young specimen of the
island of Bouro agrees in every sense with the description
of the young Astur Wallacii of the same island, given
by Mr. Sharpe.

The length of the wing varies with Nisus rufitorques
of from 7 to 10 inches and 3 lines; that of the tail of
from 5 and a half to 8 inches (fi'ench measure).

Our Museum possesses specimens of this species killed
in the Fidji islands, in the isle of Mefoor (bay of Geel-
vink) , in the North- West peninsula of New-Guinea , and in
the islands of Misool , Great and Little Key , Aru , Banda ,
Geb^h, Obi-lattu, Morotay, Ternate, Batjan, Halmahera
and Bouro.

It may be seen from the foregoing review, that Nisus
rufitorques has an unusual wide geographical range, and
that this range is subject to a no less remarkable in-
terruption , the species being excluded from Ceram and
Amboina where it is represented by Nisus iogaster, al-
though it occurs again in the isle of Bouro. A similar
example of this kind is presented by the Carpophaga per-
spicillata , living in Halmahera and Bouro , and being re-

1) Mr. Sliarpe assigns to tliis variety a longer middle too; but I could
not make out this characteristic.

Notes irom the Leytlen !M!useuin.

NISUS RUFITORQUES AND N. POLIOCEPHALÜS. 5

presented in Ceram and Amboina by another species, viz.
the Carpophaga neglecta.

These Unes may be sufficient to show , that an establish-
ment of more than one species on Nisus rufitorques is
"well-nigh impossible , and is to be considered as a loss ,
not a gain to science.

NISUS POLIOCEPHALÜS.

The first specimens of this species brought into Europe ,
were collected by a civil officer of the Dutch Government
sent in 1825 to explore the Aru-islands by the late
Governor-General of Dutch India, Baron van der Capelle.
I examined this specimen in 1827, but did not think it con-
venient to establish a new species on a single individual ap-
parently in immature plumage. I could not procure this
specimen for the museum earlier than in 1866. In the
meanwhile Mr. Wallace had sent to England the adult
female of a bird shot in the Aru islands , which I recog-
nized at belonging to the same species as my specimen. It
was described by G. R. Gray ') under the name of Acci-
piter poliocephalus.

Nisus poliocephalus has only been observed in the
North-Western peninsula of New-Guinea , and in the neigh-
bouring islands of Batanta , Salawatti , Mysol and Aru. The
specimens of New-Guinea were collected near Dorey ,
Andaï and in the Arfak-mountains,

We have seen that Nisus rufitorques is coexistent
with Nisus poliocephalus in all those countries , but that
the former has a far more extended range, and is found in
tracts not frequented by the latter species.

Both these birds, though closely allied, exhibit constant
distinctive characteristics , and can by no means be con-
founded : Nisus poliocephalus being generally a little smaller

1) Proceed. Zool. Soc. London, 1838, p. 170.

Notes from the Leyden Museum,

b NISUS RUFlTORyUES AND N. POLIOCEPHALUS.

thau Nisus rufitorques aud presenting a difierent system of
coloration.

The following measures are tal:en from eleven speci-
mens of our collection.

Wing 63/e to 7'/e inches. Tail 5^2 to 6^/3 inches.

As to the legs and toes , cere and eyes , it appears that
their color presents , instead of the more or less deep
yellow observed in those parts in Nisus rufitorques, a fine
reddish orange inclining sometimes, in the eye, even to
reddish brown.

The system of coloration of the plumage may be stated as
follows. In the first plumage, the upper parts of the bird
are rufous , the lower parts of a yellowish white inter-
rupted , along the middle of each feather by a black streak ,
a marking equally observed in the young of Nisus trino-
tatus, Buteo (Poliornis) poliogenys, Buteo (Bacha) rufi-
pectus , and , as an accidental characteristic in Haliaëtus vo-
cifer and HaUastur indus. The perfect plumage which is
produced by a change of color of the feathers and not
by moulting, shows the upper parts to be of a slaty gray,
passing on head and neck more or less to a whitish gray,
whereas the lower parts are of a pure white. The black
streaks of the under surface of the body , disaj^pear however
only gradually which is proved by specimens , in which their
number is considerably less or even reduced to a few. The
same is more or less the case with the black bars of the
primaries.

JJ'oles irom ihe Leytlen IVIuseiiui.

MURES CELEBENSES.

NOTE 11.

ON VARIOUS SPECIES OF MUS, COLLECTED BY

S. C. I. W. VAN MUSSCIiENBROEK ESQ.

IN CELEBES,

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

Dec. 1878.

Last year we received from S. C. I. W. van Musschen-
broek , Ex-Resident of Menado , a large collection of Mam-
malia and Birds ; and among them the following species
of the genus Mus of Celebes. Four species are new to
science and another species is new to the Celebian Fauna.

It should here be observed, that the different authors,
describing new species of Mice, have not paid atten-
tion enough to the nature of the fur which is nevertheless
of special importance. For instance. Mus speciosus and
Mus a7'genteus, both described and figured by Temminck,
Fauna japonica, 1843, p. p. 51 and 52, tab. 15, may
be very easily confounded. Reading the descriptions one
would think them to be the same species, the only diffe-
rence being the longer tail of Mus argenteus. But in stu-
dying the types found in the Leyden Museum , it is evident
that Temminck has omitted to remark that the fur of
Mus argenteus consists of woolly hair only , that of Mus spe-
ciosus on the other hand of hair which is woolly and spinous.
In fact , in the latter species the woolly hairs of the upper
and lower parts of the body are mixed with numerous flex-
I*Jotes from the Leyden Miuseum,

8 MURES CELEBENSES.

ible spines: on the back they are slate-coloured near the
base, rusty towards the tip, on the belly they are enti-
rely white ; the woolly hairs being here slate-coloured near
the base and for the rest of a pure white.

A simular phenomenon may be observed in the African
Squirrels , among which occur the only species with harsh
spines. Every one who has been engaged in the study
of these species must confess that it is exceedingly dif-
ficult to distinguish them accurately , because the descri-
bers of new species hardly ever pay attention to the
nature of the fur. Without having seen the types it is
next to impossible to determine the species with exact-
ness.

My reason for not giving a generic name, for instance
Acanthomys or Acomijs, to the species of Mice with spi-
nous hairs , is that , in doing so , I should make an ar-
tificial division , dislocating species which belong together
in a natural system. If moreover it would be advisable
to distinguish by a generic name the Mice with harsh and
strong spines, it would be equally necessary to combine
into a separate genus those species of Mice of which the
spinous hairs , although flattened and mostly channeled ,
are so narrow and flexible as not to deserve the name of
» spines".

With the African Squirrels the case is different. The sci-
uri with harsh spines are here separated under the name
»Xerus^\ and with good reason. They are Ground-Squir-
rels and differ in habits and habitation from the other
soft hairy African Squirrels.

I. ^VITH SPINOUS HAIRS.

1. 31 us leucopus.
Acanthomys leucopus, Gray, P. Z. S. L. 1867, p. 598.
n. i. toerean in pate.

Upper parts grayish brown ; sides of nose , cheeks , chin ,

Notes from the Leyden Nueeuin.

MURES CELEBENSES. 9

throat, belly and inside of legs, white. Tail longer than
head and body, thinly covered with short hairs, longer
near the tip , forming a little tuft. Whiskers , much lon-
ger than the head , brown at the base , for the rest white.
The fur of the back is composed of three kinds of hair:
1". woolly hairs, very thin, undulating , white : 2". bristles ,
brown , longer than the rest of the fur , and : 3". spinous
hairs, very flat, white, channeled, brown near the tip. The
fur of the under surface with two kinds of hair : 1". woolly as on
the back, but shorter, and 2''. spinous hairs , entirely white.
The ears are nearly naked , rounded at the tip. The
upper cutting-teeth are orange , the lower ones much
lighter coloured.

This species agrees with the species described by Gray ,
1. c, but Gray gives no measurements.

Two specimens (Leyden Museum}. m. m.

■ Head and body 150

Tail with tuft 168,5

Ear 14,5

Hind foot 25

Length upper molar series 5

Distance between incisor and first upper molar. . 9
» » » » » lower » . 4,5

Hab : Cape York (Mr. Damen) ; Celebes , Menado (v.
Musschenbroek) .

Alston, P. Z. S. L. 1877, p. 124, remarks in a note:
»that this species requires to be renamed, Gray's specific
»name being preoccupied by the common North- American
»Mouse, Mus hue opus , Rafinesque". But as the latter spe-
cies belongs to the group, named >yHesperomys''\ we will
retain Gray's name for the Indian Mouse in question. If, how-
ever, Alston objects to the name of this species, he should
also reject the name {Uromys) »rufescens'\ P. Z. S. L. 1877 ,
p. 743 and adopt the specific name y>musavora" Pierson-
Ramsay, because under the name of Mus rufescens , a mouse
was already described by Gray , Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
1837, p. 585.

Notes from tlie Leyden IMuseumt

MURES CËLEBENSES.

2. Mus Musschenbroekii, u. sp.

u, i. kalendang aucl wangetan.

Upper parts chestnut. Cheeks , throat , chest , belly and
inside of legs, white. The back is covered Avith two
kinds of hair: 1". woolly hairs, slate-coloured, with chest-
nut tips , and 2^^. spinous hairs , white with dark brown
tips ; the latter especially numerous fi'om the neck to
the rump , thus giving a darker tint to these parts. The
hairs on the under parts of the body are soft, slate-colou-
red with white tips.

Tail shorter than head and body, thinly covered
with hairs. Ears rounded at the tip, elongated, nearly
naked. Whiskers dark with white tips, short. Upper
cutting-teeth light orange, the lower ones bright yellow.

Two specimens (L. M.). m. m.

Head and body . . . , 175

Tail 124

Ear . . , 16

Hind foot 31

Length molar series 6

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . . 8,5
» » » » » lower » . . 4

Hab: Celebes, Menado (v. Musschenbroek).

I propose to name this new species after Mr. v. Mus-
schenbroek , who has frequently given ample proofs of his
strong and unceasing interest in the science of zoology.

3. Mu s ccanth u r u s.

Gray, P. Z. S. L. 18(37, p. 598.

n. i. torean.

Upper parts generally tawny, on the back mixed with
black. The woolly hairs are gray with brownish tips :
intermixed are a few flexible spines, white near the base,
with dark brown tips. The bristles are entirely dark brown.

JVotes Iroin the Leyclen IMuseiiiii.

MURES CELEBENSEg.

On the neck these bristles are as long as the woolly hairs ,
longer and blacker on back and rump and projecting
beyond the base of the tail. Cheeks, chin, throat, chest,
belly and inside of legs entirely of a pure white. Tail
longer than head and body, with a few short hairs, lon-
ger towards the tip , forming a little tuft. Tail black at
the base for about one third of its length, for the rest
yellow.

Ears rounded, short and naked. Whiskers short, dark
with white tips.

Upper cutting-teeth yellow , lower ones nearly white.

Nine specimens (L. M.) m. m.

Head and body 245

Tail with tuft . , 300

Ear 22

Hind foot 50

Length of molar series 8

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . . 16
» » s> » s> lower » . . 8

Hab : Celebes , Tondano (Wallace) , Menado (v. Musschen-
broek).

n. WITHOUT SPINOUS HAIRS.

4. Mies Helhvaldii, v. Musschenbroek , in litt.

n. i. loemandeng.

Upper parts chestnut , darker on the back. Throat , chest ,
belly, and inside of legs, pure white. Tail shorter than
head and body, thinly covered with hairs. Whiskers lar-
ger than head and ear , entirely white or brown with white
tips. Ear elongated , rounded at the tip , naked. Back
with two kinds of hair': 1°. woolly hairs , slate-coloured ,
chestnut at the tip and 2". bristles , longer , cylindrical ,
slate-coloured with black tips. Cutting-teeth yellow.

Two specimens (L. M.). m. m.

Head and body . . . . 235

Tail 160

Notes from the Jjeyden Aluseum,

MURES CELEBENSES.

Ear 24

Hind foot 41

Length molar series 7

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . . 11

» » » » » lower » . , 6
Hab: Celebes, Menado (v. Musschenbroek).

5. Mus callitrlchus, n. sp.

n. i. mea, pengaladen, pangoesaio, tangkara and loemalapait.

Upper parts bright brown. Woolly hairs slate-coloured
with light brown tips ; before the tip a brown ring. Lon-
ger and more solid hairs , slate-coloured with long brown
tips are intermixed with them. Throat, chest, belly and
inside of legs covered with short hairs , slate-coloured with
bright yellowish-brown tips. Lips with pure white hairs.
Tail shorter than head and body , white towards the tip ,
for the rest black, with a few hairs. Whiskers entirely
brown or white tipped.

Ears very widely opened , broad , rounded.

Upper cutting-teeth orange , the lower ones lighter
coloured.

Twelve specimens (L. M.). m. m.

Head and body 240

Tail 210

Ear , 20

Hind foot 46

Length upper molar series 10

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . . 13
» » » » » lower » . . 7

Hab: Celebes, Menado (v. Musschenbroek).

6. Mus Meyeri, v. Musschenbroek, in litt.

n. i. pengaladen.

The upper parts generally tawny. Head , back and outside

of legs covered with two kinds of hair. 1°. woolly , light brown

with very long sparkling white tips , and 2". longer hairs ,

brown at the base and also sparkling white towards the

Notes trom tlie Leyclen IMiiseurn.

MURES CELEBENSES 13

tips. The under parts of the body and inside of legs are
covered only with the first kind of hairs.

Tail shorter than head and body, with only a few
hairs, black near the base, yellowish white towards the
end. Ears elongated, short, rounded.

Whiskers brown, white tipped.

Cutting-teeth yellowish white , the upper ones very large
and solid.

One specimen (L. M.). m. m.

Head and body . . , 290

Tail 270

Ear 22

Hind foot 46

Length upper molar series 13

Distance between incisor und first upper molar . . 13,5
» » » » » lower » . . 8

Hab : Celebes, Menado (v. Musschenbroek).

Notes Iroin tlie Leyden Bluseuiii.

14 LEIOPYTHON GRACILIS,

NOTE III.

ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PYTHONIÜAE
EROM SALAAVATTI

Dr. A. A. W. HUBRECHT.

Dec. 1878.

The snake about to be described formed part of the col-
lection which the late Dr. Bernstein brought together in
the island of Salawatti. It must be regarded as the re-
presentative of a new and interesting genus , which takes
its place between the existing genera Liasis and Nardoa.

It differs from Nardoa in having pits not only on the
inferior labials but on the rostral and upper labial plates
as well, whereas it approaches this genus by the number
and disposition of the shields on the head. The tail is
rather long, the form of the animal is slender and grace-
ful, the head less broad and at the same time longer and
flatter than in most other Pythonidae. This as well as
the small, smooth scales might characterize the genus; where-
as the peculiar coloration and the metallic hues reflected
by the skin will suffice to distinguish the species at first
glance.

Leiopython n. gen.

Nostrils lateral in the middle of the nasal plate, fol-
lowed by a groove which extends backwards and downwards.

Notes from the Leyclen ^lusemxi.

LEIOPYTHON GRACILIS. 15

Shields on the head extending beyond the eyes; no pre-^
frontals; the number of frenals and preoculars considera-
bly reduced; pits on the rostral, the upper and lower
labials; scales short, smooth, rombic.

Leiopython gracilis n. sp.

The number of shields on the top of the head is redu-
ced to eleven: two small iuternasals, two frontonasals
about thrice as large as the foregoing , one frontal , two
suboculars , two larger anterior and two smaller posterior
parietals with a few smaller scales enclosed between the
two latter pairs. The nasal plates are rather elongated ;
there is only one frenal and one preocular on either side.
Three or four postoculars. Rostral plate with two well
marked pits ; fourteen upper labials , the two foremost of
which are distinctly pitted ; sixteen lower labials , the seven
last but three of which are deeply pitted.

There are 284 ventral shields , 79 subcaudals divided into
two along the median line and 49 to 51 longitudinal rows
of scales. Scales short and smooth , more or less polygo-
nal towards the tail.

The colour (in spirits) of the back is a rather light
violet brown with a well marked iridescence , and a uniform
yellowish white on the belly and chin. The top of the
head is much darker than the back , although uniform as
well. There is a very small white spot behind the eye ;
the upper and lower labials have their anterior half dark
and their posterior half light colored which gives a char-
acteristic expression to the mouth.

The only specimen in the Leyden Museum was found in
Salawatti, as stated above; it measures 102.5 cm. , of which
the head occupies 3.5 cm. , the tail 14 cm.

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

16 I.IASIïi PEÏERSII,

NOTE IV.
LIASIS PETERSII. N. SP.

Dr. A. A. W. HÜBRECHT,

Dec. 1878,

In the August number of the » Monatsberichte der Akade-
mie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin", for 187G , p. 533 , Prof.
Peters notices a specimen of what he calls : Liasis amethy-
stinus , var. timoriensis , which was brought from Timor by
the German man-of-war » Gazelle" on her cruise in the Indian
and Australian seas. On the accompany ing plate he gives
figures of the head and anal region of this species , toge-
ther with corresponding drawings taken from a true
Liasis amethystinus.

The above mentioned figures look different in many respects
and I was surprised to find in our museum a snake, hi-
therto undescribed , which corresponds , as far as the con-
figuration of the scales on its head goes , with Prof. Pe-
ters' socalled Timorese variety of Liasis amethystinvs.

I cannot find the slightest difference between Prof. Peters'
figure and our specimen ; even the black line advancing
from the nape of the neck till between the parietals in
fig 3» might pass for the exact reproduction of the cor-
responding line in the specimen from Flores.

But then a closer inspection immediately enforces the
conviction that this animal can never be a Liasis ame-

Notes irom the Leytlen ]VIu.semn.

LIASIS PETERSII 17

thystinus, nor even a variety of it. A series of specimens
of the last-named species, which I own to be widely
spread and subject to considerable variation is now before
me, together with the Flores specimen, and I do not
hesitate in regarding the latter, with its greater number
of scales , each of them so much smaller , as a distinct spe-
cies for which I propose the name of

Li as is Petei'sii.

The configuration of the scales on its head need not be
entered upon more fully, after the very good figure men-
tioned above , which Peters has given of it. The four
prefrontals in one row , as well as the considerably reduced
number of frenals are perhaps the characters which most
strike the observer at first sight. The parietals appear
to be less developed than they are in Liasis amethystinus.

The number of ventral shields is 288 , whereas Dumeril
et Bibron give 303 to 316 for L. amethystinus, numbers
with which those of all our specimens of the last-named species
correspond. I cannot decide whether this diminution num-
ber in applies to the caudal shields as well , the specimen un-
der examination having lost its tail which was beginning
to cicatrize and be restored when the animal was captured
and killed.

A still greater difference lies , as noted above , in the
number and size of the scales on the body , which becomes
exceedingly evident on comparing two specimens of about
equal dimensions.

The number of longitudinal rows of scales in Liasis
Petersii is about 56 near the head, 60 in the middle of
the body, and 43 towards the tail. On specimens of L.
amethystinus of the same average size, I counted in the
corresponding body regions 45 , 47 and 28 rows of scales.
The difference in size is most striking just behind the
head, along the neck and the upper parts of the back.

Although the ground colour of the animal (in spirits)
does not seem to differ greatly fi'om that of L. amethys-

Notes from the Ley den Miuseum.

18 LIASIS PETERSII.

ti7ius, the black markings along the back do. They re-
semble much more the pattern as it is found in Python
retiadatus and bivittatus ; a network of patches of darker
scales distributed among others of a lighter colour. The
rings encircling the hinder part of the body and tail in
L. amethystinus of which I never missed the traces either
in old or in young examples are wanting in Liasis Petersii.
Our specimen was collected by Dr. Semmeiink at Laran-
toeka on the E. coast of Flores ; the Berlin one came from
Kupang, Timor. Explorations of the neighbouring islands
must decide how far its geographical range extends.

Notes from the Lcyden Museum.

ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE OF EREBOPHIS ASPER GTHR. 19

NOTE V.

ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE OF EREBOPHIS
ASPER GTHR.

Dr. HÜBRECHT.

Having completed the description of an unknown and
interesting snake, three specimens of which form part
of the collections in the Leyden Museum, Dr. Günther's
paper in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society , Part
I, 1877: »0n Reptiles from Duke-of- York-Island" came
into my hands and I was convinced at a glance that
the snake there described and figured under the name of
Erebophis asper was the same as our specimens.

I have little to add to the details already published by
Dr. Giinther , but I am able to give comparative notes
respecting the young and the adult specimens of this spe-
cies , and can indicate three new localities where this snake
may be sought for.

Our largest specimen measures 78 cm. ; when captured
it was in the act of shedding its skin which has come off
partially , thereby causing the specimen to appear of a
very bright colour when compared with the two others.
It was sent to our museum by Mr. Hoedt, from Mysool.

Another specimen with only 133 ventral shields (the
two others have 139 and 145 respectively) and measuring
69.5 cm. is exceedingly well preserved , of a dark choco-
late brown and with patches on the back which are dar-
ker still. A few lighter coloured scales serve to border
off these patches anteriorly and posteriorly. This specimen
was captured in Jobie by Mr. von Rosenberg , the well-
known naturalist to the Leyden Museum.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

20 ox THE GEOGRAPHICAL RANGE 01' EREBOPHIS ASPER GTHR.

The third specimen represents a younger stage ; its length
does not exceed 36.5 cm. and its coloration differs in so
far from the adult specimens that here the darker patches
on the back are no longer indistinct but well defined,
whereas a second series of smaller patches occurs on both
sides of the body, along the sides of the belly. This
specimen was forwarded to us some twelve years ago by
the late Dr. Bernstein who collected it in Salawatti.

The finding of this snake not only in Duke-of- York-
Island , but in other islands west of the mainland of
New-Guinea as well as in the Bay of Geelvink, makes it
very probable that it may yet be brought from interme-
diate regions.

Notes Irom tlie Leytlen Museum.

ARSES BATANTAE ET A. ARUENSIS. 21

NOTE VI.
ARSES BATANTAE ET A. ARUENSIS.

A description of two apparently overlooked species of
Flycatchers, of the genus Arses. By R. Bowdler Sharpe,
F. L. S. , F. Z. S. etc. Senior assistant , Department of Zoo-
logy, British Museum.

If it were a rule in Ornithology that species could only
be described from the male birds , it is quite certain that
some very different birds would be unchronicled. It often
happens that two allied species are quite distinct as regards
the males, and yet the females and young are indistin-
guishable one from the other. Cases in which the males
are alike and the respective females quite different, are
far rarer in ornithology , and yet a very positive case
occurs in the genus Edoliisoma among the Campophagidae
and another instance may apparently be found in the
genus Arses among the Flycatchers. In fact the species
usually called Arses telescophthalmus from New Guinea has
been made to include two other species which seem quite
different, and which we propose to found upon the female
plumage alone.

Arses batantae, sp. n.
$ macula anteoculari alba : pileo semper cinereo : dorso
aurantiaco , alis dorso concoloribus , secondariis inti-
mis omnino aurantiacis , medialiter baud brunneis ,
vel saturatioribus : uropygio et supracaudalibus dorso
concoloribus: cauda aurantiaco-castanea , baud ad
apicem brunnescente.

Notes from the HiCydeii Museum.

22 ARSES BATANTAE ET A. ARUENSIS.

Hab. ill insulis papuanis 'Bataiita' 'Waigiou' dictis.

The male , as well as the female , is larger than A. teles-
cophthalmus , and the eye-wattle in the male bird appears
to have been yellow during life.

Arses aruensis , sp. n.

$ ad. macula anteoculari aurantiaca: pileo nigro: dorso

fuscescenti-brunneo , collo postico aurantiaco dissi-

mili : supracaudalibus vix aurantiacis , pallidioribus :

Cauda fuseescenti-brunnea.

Hab. in insulis Aruensibus et in Nova Guinea meridionali.

The male in this species only differs from that of

A. telescophthalmus in being rather smaller and in having

the black on the throat less extended.

The genus Aidses now consists of the following species.

1. A. telescophthalmus (Garn.). New Guinea.

2. A. batantae , Sharpe. Batanta : Waigiou.

3. A. aruensis , Sharpe. Aru Islands : S. E. New Guinea.

4. A. insularis (Meyer). Jobi: N. W. New Guinea.

5. A. kaupi, Gould. N. E. Australia.

Leyden Museum , Nov. 6 , 1878. R. B. S.

Notes from the Leyden IVIuseuni.

RHIPIDURA ELEGANTULA. 23

NOTE VII.
RHIPIDURA ELEGANTULA.

On a new Rhipidura from the Island of Lettie.

By R. Bowdler Sharpe, F. L. S. etc.

It is much to be regretted that we do not know more
of the natural history of the island of Lettie, the little
that we do know tending to shew that its Ornithology
embraces some highly peculiar forms, witness the Ptilopus
cinctus letfiensis of Schlegel (Mus. Pays-Bas, Columbae,
p. 35). Lettie is a small island to the east of Timor.

The species of Rhipidura found there is a very striking
one, and I propose to call it

Rhipidura elegantida^ sp. n.

R. affinis R. squamatae ex Banda , sed capite nuchaque
cinnamomeis dorso concoloribus , et pectore albo , nee nigro
alboque squamato , valde diversa.

Hab. in insula 'Lettie' dicta.

Adult male. General colour above bright cinnamon-rufous,
rather lighter on the back , rump , and upper tail-coverts :
wings ashy brown with reddish margins to the wiiig-
coverts and quills , a little plainer on the secondaries , the
greater coverts fulvescent at their tips: tail-feathers ashy
brown , rufous at the extreme base and for a little extent
of the margins of both webs , all tipped with white , in-
creasing in extent on the outer feathers , and extending
also some distance up the outer web of the exterior feather :
forehead conspicuously white, extending backwards above

Notes from the Leyden ]Museuni,

24 RHIPIDURA ELEGANTULA.

the fore part of the eye: a narrow frontal line of black
plumelets tipped with rufous: lores, feathers round the
eye and ear-coverts black : cheeks and throat white , exten-
ding backwards in a triangular mark on the sides of the
neck: across the throat a black band , separating the white
throat from the rest of the under surface, which is also
white, slightly washed with buff on the sides of the body:
the feathers on the fore neck adjoining the black throat-
band with black bases, producing a mottled appearance,
when the plumage is disturbed: thighs white with brown
bases : under wing-coverts white : quills ashy brown below,
whitish along the inner web. Total length 6.5 inches ,
culmen 0.5 , wing 2.9 , tail 3.9 , tarsus 0.85.

Leyden Museum, Nov. 6, 1878. R. B. S.

Notes from tlie Lieyden JMuseuiri.

POF.CII.ODRYAS CINEREA. 25

NOTE vm.

POECILODRYAS CINEREA,

On a new species of Poecilodryas.

By R. Bowdler Sharpe, F. L. S. etc.

The genus Poecilodryas was founded by Gould in 1865
(Handbook to the Birds of Australia, vol. I, p. 287), for
the reception of the Petroeca cerviniventris , which he had
described in 1857 from North-Western Australia. He also
placed in the new genus , P. superciliosa (Gould , P. Z. S.
1846, p. 106), and that these two birds are rightly se-
parated from the genus Petroeca, no one who has com-
pared the two forms will reasonably doubt. This is not
the case with Mr. Gould's genus Amaurodryas , which,
in my opinion, cannot be separated from Petroeca.

When the first collection of Signor D'albertis came
from the Arfak Mountains and was described by Dr. Sclater
in 1873 , the latter gentleman brought forward a new
genus Leucophantes , with a new species , L. hracliyurus ;
but on comparing this species , of which there are exam-
ples in the Leyden Museum , with Poecilodryas as repre-
sented by the Australian species, it will be seen that
they are generically inseparable, and that Leucophantes is
synonymous with Poecilodryas. Lastly I consider that the
fine species, Megalestes albinotatus ., described in 1875 by
Count Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. VH, p. 769)
is a true Poecilodryas also , and I believe that the follo-
wing will be a correct list of the members of this genus ,
as at present known.

^otes from the Leyden M-useum.

26 POECILODRYAS CINEREA.

1. Poecilodryas cerviniventris (Gould).

2. » superciliosa (Gould).

3. » ciuerea, sp. n.

4. » brachyura (Sclater).

5. » hypoleuca '(Gray).

6. » bimaculata (Salvad.).

7. » albinotata (Salvad.).

8. » leucops (Salvad.).

9. » capito (Gould).

10. » nana (Ramsay).

11. » papuana (Meyer).

The new species which I propose to describe is the
above-mentioned

Poecilodryas cinerea.

P. similis P. hrachyura sed macula mentali nigra nulla
et Cauda, basali alba distinguenda.

Adult female. General colour above bluish grey, a little dul-
ler on the head : wings browner than the back , the least
wing-coverts alone grey like the latter , the secondaries with a
small brown spot at the tip : upper tail-coverts black : the two
central tail-feathers black , the remainder white for the basal
half, black for the remainder: a liue across the base of the
forehead , lores and feathers round the eye dusky blackish ,
the ear-coverts also washed with dusky: cheeks and under
surface of body white , washed with grey on the sides of
the breast and flanks: under wing-coverts blackish, with
a white spot near the edge of the wing: quills dusky
blackish below , with a considerable amount of white near
the base of some of the quills. Total length 5.G inches,
culmen 0.65, wing 3.35, tail 2.4, tarsus 0.8.

Hah. Noisaroe, Arfak Mountains, Jan. 16th 1876. {coll.
Brxdjn).

Typus in Mus. Lugd.

Leyden Museum Nov. 6, 1878. R. B. S.

JS^otes from the Leyclen IMuseura.

MUSCICAPA RUFIGULA,

NOTE IX.
MUSCICAPA RUFIGULA.

Note on Muscicapa rufigula. »Kulil."
By R. Bowdler Sharpe ,' F. L. S. etc.
'Musc. rufigula, K. v. H. Mus. Lugd.
Latere superior! bruneo olivaceo , collo iufra pectoreque
ocliraceo-fulvis , abdomine albido : rostro bruneo : oculis
bruneis: pedibus albo-brunescentibus , pallidis.'

'In sylvis ad lacum vernam. In den Rosamalawaldern
d. Pangerango. Zerstückte Coleopt. im Magen.'

The following is a literal transcript, kindly made for
me by my friend Mr. Biittikofer, to whom I am indebted
for so much assistance during my visit to Leyden, of the
original description given by Kuhl in his MSS., which are
still preserved in the Archives of the Leyden Museum.
Unfortunately , although the description indicates the exis-
tence of a type in the latter collection , no specimen can
be found which will answer at all to the characters given
by the author above quoted. The specific name , however ,
was adopted by S. Muller , and subsequent authors , as
follows.

Erythrosterna rujigula , Muller , in van der Hoeven's
Tijdschrift, 1835, p. 351: Bp. Consp. 1, p. 319.

Muscicapa rujigularis, Gray, Handl. B. 1 , p. 323,

11°. 4845.

A careful perusal of the description convinces me that

Muscicapa rujigula is the female of Muscicapa luteola ,

Pall. {M. mugimaki, Temm.). There are some specimens

üNTotes froin the Leyden IMuseum.

28 MUSCICAPA RUFIGULA.

of this bird from Java in the Leyden collection , though of
more recent date than Kubl's expedition , and it would
appear to visit the Indo-Malayan islands on migration, as
the British Museum has recently obtained a considerable
series from North- Western Borneo , collected by the Hon.
Hugh Low.

Leyden Museum, Nov. 6, 1878. R. B. S.

N'otes frora the JLeyden Museiim.

PSEUDUGERYGONE RUBRA. 29

NOTE X.
PSETJDOGERYGONE RUBRA.

On Pseudogerygone rubra , a remarkable new species
of Flycatcher , from the Arfak Mountains , North- Wes-
tern New Guinea. By R. Bowdler Sharpe, F. L. S. etc.
In the course of examination of the genus Gerygone I
encountered the greatest difficulty in classifying and arran-
ging the species , which are very numerous , but I found
at last that it would be better to divide the genus into
two , for which the wing-formula proved a great assistance.
Thus all the species of true Gerygone , of which G. alhigula-
ris (Gould) is the type , have the second primary lengthen-
ed, and exceeding the secondaries. The species which
I place in this genus are the following:

1. Gerygone albigularis (Gould). Hab. Australia.

2. » cinerascens, Sharpe. Hab. S. E. New Guinea.

3. » inornata, Wall. Hab. Timor.

4. » simplex, Cab. Hab. Luzon.

5. » sulfurea. Wall. Hab. Solor.

6. » flaveola, Cab. Hab. Borneo, Celebes.

7. » xanthogastra , Salvad. Hab. Misori.

On the other hand there remain a large number of
species in which the second primary is equal to the secon-
daries in length, and these I am going to place in the
new genus Pseudogerygone , the most typical of which will
be P. personata (Gould) , which I make the type of the genus.

1. P. personata (Gould). Hab. N. E. AustraHa.

2. P. palpebrosa (Wall.). Hab. N. W. New Guinea:
Aru-Islands.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

30 PSEUDOGERYGONL RUBRA.

3. P, conspicillata (Gray). Hab. New Guinea: Jobi.

4. P. maguirostris (Gould). Hab. N. Australia.

5. P. brunneipectus , Sharpe. Hab. Aru-Islands. S. E.
New Guinea.

6. P. rufescens , Salvad. Hab. N. W. New Guinea.

7. P. flavilateralis (Gray). Hab. New Caledonia.

8. P. igata (Q. et G.). Hab. New Zealand.

9. P. culicivora (Gould). Hab. W. Australia.

10. P. albifrontata (Gray). Hab. Chatham Islands.

11. P. fusca (Gould). Hab. Australia.

12. P. laevigastra (Gould). Hab. Australia.

13. P. chloronota (Gould). Hab. N. Australia.

14. P. modesta (Pelz.). Hab. Norfolk Island.

15. P. notata (Salvad.). Hab. Waigiou. N. W. New Guinea.

16. P. neglecta (Wall.). Hab. Mysol.

17. P. arfakiana (Salvad.). Hab. N. W. New Guinea.

18. P. ruficollis (Salvad.). Hab. » » »

19. P. cinerea (Salvad.) Hab. » » »

20. P. rubra, Sharpe. Hab. » » »

21. P. trochiloides , Salvad. Hab. » » »

22. P. poliocephala , Salvad. Hab. » » »

23. P. maforensis (Meyer). Hab. Mafoor Island.

24. P. ehrysogastra (Gray). Hab. Aru. S. E. New Guinea.
The following is a description of P. rubra, mihi.

P. supra saturate coccinea: subtus pallide cinerascens ,
abdomine et subcaudalibus albis : tibiis nigris rubro lavatis :
subalaribus et axillaribus albis : fascia frontali basali parv&
alba: cauda nigra, rectricum pogonio iuteruo apicaliter
albo maculato. Long. tot. 4.1 poll., alae 2.35.

Leyden Museum, Nov. 6, 1878. R. B. S.

Notes from the Leyden IMiisetim.

CLYTOMYIAS INSIGNIS. 31

NOTE XL
CLYTOMYIAS INSIGNIS.

On a new genus of Flycatchers from the Arfak Moun-
tains. By R. Bowdler Sharpe, F. L. S. etc.

This new form appeared to me to be one of the most
interesting of all the Muscicapidae which came under my
notice at Leydeu. It may be concisely described as follows

Clytomyias , gen. nov.

Genus Muscicapidarum inter genera Todopsis et Malurus
intercedens , sed cauda quam ala longiore et valde gradata ,
tarso quam culmen longiore , ala rotundata , remigibus pri-
mariis cubitales a longitudine culminis baud excedentibus ,
rostro valde depresso , culminato , elongato , latiore quam
altum, distinguendum. Typus est

Clytomyias insignis ^ sp. n.

$ ad. supra olivaceo-cinerascens , supracaudalibus ochras-
centi-fulvo terminatis : rectricibus brunneis hoc colore lava-
tis, lateralibus pallide ochrascenti-fulvo terminatis: tec-
tricibus alarum minimis ochrascenti-brunneis , medianis et
majoribus fuscis sordide ochrascenti-fulvo marginatis :
remigibus fuscis extus rufescente marginatis : pileo summo
nuchaque , capitis lateribus , genis et regione parotica cas-
taneis: loris fulvescentibus : gula alba: corpore reliquo
subtus fulvescente , hypochondriis saturatius fulvis : pectoris
summi lateribus saturatioribus et magis olivaceo lavatis :
tibiis castaueis : subcaudalibus fuscis castaneo terminatis :

Notes from the Leyden ]Museum.

32 CLYTOMYIAS INSIGNIS.

subalaribus cervinis: remigibus infra fuscis intus rufescente
margiuatis. Long. tot 5.3 poll., culmen 0.6, alce 2.15,
caudae 2.7 , tarsi 0.9.

Hah. Tjobonda, in montibus arfakianis.

Leyden Museum, Nov. 6, 1878. R. B. S.

P. S. On communicating the account of this remarkable spe-
cies to my friend Count Salvadori, he suggested that it
might prove to be the female of Todopsis grayi^ Wall., a
bird which does not agree with Todopsis in form of bill ,
and which should, I consider, be placed in Dr. Oustalet's
genus Chenorhamphus (Bull. Assoc. Scient. de France,
n''. 533. Janvier, 1878). This idea had never struck me
in describing the bird , and I therefore asked Dr. Ousta-
let, who was on the point of leaving England for Leyden,
to re-examine the type of Clytomyias and to compare it
with Chenorhamplius grayi. This he was kind enougb to
do, and he found that the bill of the latter Avas a great
deal broader than that of C. insuinis. In Ch. grayi too
the wing is about equal to the tail in length , as in the
genus Todopsis , but in Clytomyias the tail is much longer
than the wing, shewing that the affinities of the genus
lie nearer to Malnrus. It is quite possible that the new
species may have a more brilliantly coloured male , but
the latter, when identified, will not be Chenorhamphus
grayi.

Notes Irom the Leyden ]Mnseiira.

CAMPOPHAGAE. 33

NOTE XII.
CAMPOPHAGAE.

Notes on some Campophagidae in the Leyden Museum.

By R. Bowdler Sharpe, F. L. S. etc.

The difficulty in determining certain obscure and doubtful
species of birds , which were not in the collection of the
British Museum, induced me to pay a short visit to Ley-
den, before sending my fourth volume of the 'Catalogue
of Birds' to the press. Before commencing my observations
on the species 1 feel it my duty to thank Professor
Schlegel for the uniform kindness which he has shewn
me on the occasion of every visit which I have made
for the purposes of study in that great collection, which
his energy has contrived to make one of the foremost in
the world.

Unfortunately the time that I could spare from my
duties in England was very short , too short , indeed , for
me thoroughly to exhaust the points of enquiry which
led me to Holland, and I was so much occupied with
the treasures among the Muscicapidae , that I was unable
to devote much leisure to the Campophagidae. The series
of the latter family is so extended in the Leyden Museum ,
that a prolonged study alone would do justice to the
material which Professor Schlegel has accumulated since
the days when Dr. Hartlaub wrote his monograph on the
group (Journal fur Ornithologie, 1864, pp. 435 — 446,
1865, pp. 153 — 173). I was able, however, to identify
one or two types described by the last-named author.

Notes ivom tlie Leytlen JMuseiim.

3-4 CAMPOniAOAE.

1. ]^o! voel vont melanura , Hartlaub, J. f. O. 1865, p. 162.

This is a species which sorely perplexed Mr. Hume ,
when he wrote his elaborate and useful article on the
Intlian Cuckoo-shrikes of the genus Volvocivora in 'Stray
Teathers' (Vol. V, pp. 203—207). An examination of the
type shews that V. melcmura is only the common T''. luf/u-
bris Sund. ( V. ynelascldstus , Hodgs. et auct.) with the best
part of his tail gone ; so that the outside , grey-tipped
feathers , have been shot away. I may here remark also
that Volvocivora vidua, Hartlaub (J. f. 0. 1865, p. 163)
seems to be nothing but V. Jimhriata of Java. Dr. Otto
Finsch, during a recent visit to England, shewed me the
typical specimen , and this was the conclusion I arrived
at. The locahty , Aracan , which doubtless misled Dr. Hart-
laub, is evidently an error.

2. Lalage nycthemei'a.

The type specimen bears the label of Sylvia nycthemera,
Temm. and this indicates the affinity of the species some-
what nearer than do the efforts of later Avriters to make
a Cuckoo-shrike of it, for the bird is nothing else than
the Oreicola melanoleuca (Vieill ) ex Timor, and I can
only attribute the non-observance of this fact to the slight
alteration in the appearance of the bird due to the lower
mandible having been broken off. The synonymy of the
species Avill be as follows:

Oreicola melanoleuca.

Oenanthe melanoleuca, Vieill. N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXI,
p. 435.

Saxicola melanoleuca, Bp. Consp. 1, p. 304 (ex Muller
MS. in Mus. Lugd.):

Wall. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 485: Finsch , Neu-Guinea ,
p. 187:

Gray, Handl. B. 1 , p. 227, N°. 3269.

Saxicola luctuosa, Bp. Consp. 1, p. 304 (ex Muller MS.
in Mus. Lugd.): Wall. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 485: Finsch,

iNotes Iroin the Leydcn ]VIu«euni.

CAMPOPHAGAE. 35

Neu-Guinea, p. 167: Gray, Handl. B. 1, p. 227, ii°. 3270.

Sylvia nyctliemera, Temm. Mus, Lugd. undê.

Lalage nycthemera , Bp. Consp. 1, p. 355: Wall. P. Z,
S. 1863, p. 485: Hartl. J. F. O. 1865, p. 165; Finsch ,
Neu-Guinea, p. 172: Salvad. ücc. Born. p. 148.

Oreicola melanoleuca , Bp. O. R. XXXVIII, p. 6.

Oreicola luctuosa, Bp. C. R. XXXVIII, p. 6.

Campephaga nycthemera. Gray, Handl. B. 1 , p. 148,
n». 5127.

At the same time I endeavoured to find the types of
Bonaparte's Pericrocoti, described by him in the 'Con-
spectus' from Boie's MSS. names , as P. ardens and P. fia-
grans. There are not any specimens actually labelled with
these names either by Boie or Bonaparte, and the titles
were probably copied from the MSS. of the former. One
can, however, determine the species by examining the
specimens which were in the Leyden Museum when Bona-
parte wrote , and which agree with his descriptions.

Of P. ardens , the only adult bird from Sumatra , of
earlier date than 1850 , is one of S. Muller 's , and this
is perhaps the bird described by Bonaparte. It is the
species without any red spots on the four outer primaries ,
and is the same bird that I call P. xanthogaster (Raffles^.

There are two males and a female from Borneo , which
are apparently the types of Pericrocotus fiagrans of the
Conspectus. They are marked »P. mimctus , Temm." and
are the same as Blyth's Pericrocotus minntus.

Leyden Museum, Nov. 6, 1878. R. B. S.

^otes from tlie Leyden. IMusevmn.

36 SCI r RUS ROSENBERGII.

NOTE xni.

ON THREE NEW SQUIRRELS.

1. ON A NEW SQUIRREL, SCIURUS ROSENBERGH,

FROM THE SANGHI-ISLANDS.

Dr. F. A. JENTINK.

Dec. 1878.

According to Mr. von Rosenberg , the untired explorer of
the Mohiccan region , the Saughi-islands are inhabited by
the following Mammalia, viz: bats, mice, one species of
Sus and none but one species of Sciurus.

In the Leyden Museum there are now twelve specimens
of the latter species , which has hitherto remained undescri-
bed: they were collected by von Rosenberg (1864) and
Hoedt (1865 and 1866).

Von Rosenberg states , that the Sanghi Fauna agrees
very well with the North-Celebian Fauna. From the lat-
ter locality several well defined species of Squirrels are
known and a priori this might lead us to expect that the
Sanghi-species was allied to one of the North-Celebiau
Squirrels. It is therefore very interesting that the species
in question is quite different from the Celebian species.

The following species of Sciurus have been brought from
North-Celebes by different travellers: Sciurus erythromelas •,
Schlegelii , leucomus , rubriventer and murimis. According to
Gray ^) Sciurus ephippium (Verreaux) is also found in Cele-

1) Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, p. 276.

JVotes from tlie Leycleii Museum*

SCIURUS ROSENBERGII. 37

bes, however he does not state the exact part of that Island,
where it was collected. The first two species differ from our
animal by having a white lateral streak on each side of the
body; Sciurus leucomus by having a white patch behind the ears ;
Sciurus rubriventer by the red-coloured belly and larger size ;
Scimnis murinus by its naked ears , grey coloured belly and
smaller size; Sciurus ephippium^ which belongs to the lar-
gest species of Squirrels in existence, by its size.

Our species being new to science, I propose to name it
in honour of its discoverer,

Sciurus Rosenbergii, n. sp.

General size and colour as in Sciurits Steerii ^) from Bala-
bac (Philippine-islands), but the latter is larger and has
the tail shorter than the body and head; finally there are
little differences in colouration. General tint of the upper-
parts of the body and outside of legs rusty brown; the
colour of the underparts is much brighter. In the second
specimen of Günther's Sciurus Steerii from Palawan , o. c. ,
p. 736 , the lower parts are pure white.

Hairs of the back with a broad black ring towards
the tip.

Tail darker than the back, each long hair is embellis-
hed with a broad black ring and a very long black tip.
In the Sciurus Steerii from Balabac the hairs of the tail
are of moderate length and without black tips , o. c. , p. 736.

In-and outside of the ears closely covered with hairs
which do not form a pencil.

Whiskers black and not projecting beyond the tips of
the ears.

Toes and fingers and also the fore and hind-feet closely
covered with hairs on the upper parts , the hairs being
here dusky near the base with silvery tips.

Cutting-teeth bright orange.

1) P. Z. S. L. 1876, p. 735, pi. LXIX.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseuui.

^8 SCIURUS RO.SKNBERGII.

I c;uiiu)t givf the leught of the skull, all the occipitals
being smashed. m, m.

Head and body 190

Tail with tuft 245

Tail without tuft 180

Ears with hairs 17.5

Hind foot 42

Length upper molar series 8

Length of nasalia 12.5

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . . 9
» » » » » lower » . . 5

Hab: Sanghi-islands , Siao (v. Rosenberg, Hoedt).

2. ON A SQUIRREL FROM NUSA-KAMBANGAN.

In making a preliminary catalogue on the Squirrels in
the collection of the Leydeu Museum , I found a specimen
which several years ago was distinguished by Temminck
as belonging to a new species and has hitherto remai-
ned undescribed. This specimen was labelled by Tem-
minck , Sciurus Diardii , » Esquisses zoologiques sur la cote
de Guine", so it seems that Temminck intended to describe
our species in the above mentioned work. I do not know
why he may have omitted it to do so. However the state-
ment may suffice, that neither Temminck nor any other
author after him have published this species.

Our Squirrel was collected in Nusa-Kambangan , a very
small island situated off Tjilatjap , close to the South coast
of Java.

As our knowledge respecting the distribution of the
different species of the genus Sciurus in Java is extremely
deficient, I cannot state which are the exact species inha-
biting Tjilatjap and environs. But the following species
are found in Java , according to Schlegel and Muller ^) :

1) Verhandelingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis etc. 1839 — 44, p. 02 et sqq.
Notes trom the Leyden Museum.

SCIURUS DIARDir. 39

Sdurus bicolor , nigrovittatus (plantani), melanotis and in-
signis. ')

In comparing our species with any of these, it is evi-
dent that Sciurus bicolor differs from that species by the
larger size and different colouration; Sciurus nigrovittatus
and vittatus by having a lateral streak on each side of the
body ; Sciurus melanotis by its smaller size , by having a
tuft of elongated hairs on the ears and a longitudinal
streak on the face; Sciurus insignis by having the back
embellished with three black longitudinal streaks.

Scitirus Diardii, Temminck in litt.

Fur above rusty coloured, the underparts of the body
being yellowish white. Hairs of the head, back, sides of
the body and outside of legs black near the base, higher
on rusty , with a very small black tip. Several entirely
black hairs are intermixed with these.

The hairs of the tail are very long rusty, with a
subterminal black ring and black tip. Hairs of chin,
throat , chest , belly and inside of legs entirely yellowish white.

Whiskers quite long, black.

Ears short, rounded, with scarce hairs.

Cutting-teeth yellow. The end of the tail is wanting.
Measurements of the only specimen we received , which is
an adult : m. m.

Head and body 230

Ear 14

Hind foot 44

Length of nasalia 13

Length upper molar series 9

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . . 11
» » » » » lower -■> . . 6

Hab : Nusa-Kambangan (e coll. Blüme).

1) Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1S67, p. 281, Gray states that Sciurus tenuis
in the British Museum is Horsfield's type from Java and that also this species
occurs in Java. But Horsfield, Zool. Res. in Java, 1824, states that his spe-
cimen (i. e. the type) was a native of Singapore (!) and at that time in the
Museum of the East India Company !

Notes from the Leyden INIuseixna.

40 SCIURUS (RHEITIIROSCroriUs) MICROTIS.

3. ON A NEW SQUIRREL FROM SALEYER.

Gray ^) has described and figured a new species of Squirrel
from Borneo (Sarawak) , under the name » Sciwus macro-
tis'\ but he did not make mention of the remarkable upper
cutting-teeth. It seems therefore that Gray had overlooked
that they present longitudinal grooves ^). In his » Synopsis
of the Asiatic Squirrels in the collection of the British
Museum" ^) he has corrected his mistake by erecting a nevr
genus >y Eheithrosciurus" with only one species, the
above mentioned »marrotis'\ And now Gray states" »the
grooving of the teeth (lege : of the upper cutting-teeth) is
a pecularity not observed in any other Sciuridae."

Therefore it is very interesting that we received this
year three Squirrels from the Saleyer-island , which spe-
cimens present the same grooved character of the upper
cutting-teeth.

I found these specimens in a large number of Mam-
malia and Birds collected by Mr. Teysmann in different
parts of the Malayan Archipelago. Our species differs from

1) P. Z. S. L. 1856, p. 341, pi. XLVI.

2) Generally Gray's descriptions are very short and incomplete, and aspe-
cially they are very cursorily in the above mentioned description in the //Pro-
ceedings" as well as in the „Synopses of Asiatic, African and American Squirrels
in the collection of the British Museum", Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867,
p. 271 and sqq., p. 323 and sqq. and p. 415 and sqq. Certainly 1 could cite
several numbers of ten inaccuracies and mistakes, but I need not to do this,
for every one who occupies himself with the study of the Squirrels will agree
with me about what I assert.

It may suffy for the rest to compare Gray's descriptions of the „macrotis".
P. Z. S. L. 1856. I Ann. and 3Iag. Nat. Hist. 1867.

A broad vj/iitc streak on the uppcrpart Lateral streaks, broad, yellowish.
of each side.

Upper-part of the side with a broad
pale streak.

General colour dark chestnut hroion.

Tail with very long white tipped hairs.

Length 13, tail 11 inches (Tail there-
fore shorter than head and body).
3) Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, p. 271.

Notes trom the Leyden IMiiseum

General colour brown.

Tail blackish, whitish washed.

Tail as lonj as the body and head.

sciURUS (rheithrosciurus) microtis. 41

Gray's »macrotis'\ by not having large ears with a pencil
of elongated hairs, by its different colouration, shorter
tail and finally by its small size (Gray's » macron's" measu-
res 24 inches = 608 mm.).

The species also being new for science, I propose to
name it

Sciurus [Rheithrosciurus) microtis , n. sp.

n. i. kalabientien.

This species agrees with Sciurus nigrovittatus ^) in the
distribution of the external marks.

General colour tawny blackish. On the back the
hairs are black with two tawny rings ; a few ones are
entirely black. On the upperpart of the head and out-
side of legs , feet and hands the hairs have only one
tawny ring. On each side of the body is a tawny
lateral streak, consisting of black hairs with long tawuy
tips. The sides of the body present a darker colour
than the upperparts of the back , each hair being here
black with a very minute tawny tip. Chin, throat, chest,
belly and inside of legs with a beautiful reddish tint,
produced by the long reddish tawny coloured tips of the
brownish black hairs.

Tail shorter than head and body. The hairs are here
black with three tawny rings; underparts of the tail near
the root and circumference of anus more reddish. A circle
around the eyes feeble reddish coloured. In-and outside
of the very short ears closely covered with short reddish
brown hairs.

1) This species is the Sciurus plantanl in perfect state of colouration, as
clearly is exposed in «Verhandelingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der
Ned. O. I. bezittingen, 1839 — 44, p 95", and as can be stated by the large
collection in the Leyden Museum. I don't know how many specimens of the
species in question there were in the British Museum when Gray wrotes his
«Synopsis of Asiatic Squirrels", but I am sure that, if Gray had before stu-
died our collection of about sixty specimens, he would not have admitted in
the above mentioned Synopsis, the nigrovittatus and platani (lege plantani) as
two different species.

Notes trona tlie Leyden IMixseum.

4'2 scil:rl-s (rheithroscfurus) microtis.

Whiskers aud bristles on the cheeks long and black.

The well arched claws black with white points.

Cutting-teeth orange ; upper ones longitudinally grooved.

Three specimens. m. m.

Head and body 230

Tail with tuft 200

Ear 14.5

Hind foot 47

Length upper molar series 9.5

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . . 10

» » » >> » lower » . . 5

Hab: Saleyer (Teysmann).

Notes from tlie Tjcy<U>ii IMuseum.

PARADOXURUS MUSSCHENBROEKII. 43

NOTE XIV.
PARADOXUXUS MUSSCHENBROERIL

H. SCHLEGEL.

Jan. 1879,

The following note of this undescribed species , discov-
ered by S. C. I. W. van Musschenbroek , Esq. L. L. D.,
in the Northern parts of the isle of Celebes , has been pub-
lished by me in the prospectus of a work , entitled «An-
nals of the Royal Zoological Museum of the Netherlands
at Leyden." This work not having yet appeared, I repro-
duce here the above-said note for the benefit of the read-
ers of the present periodical.

«It is remarkable for its superior size , its short and
smooth fur , its tail furnished with black rings , like those of
the Paradoxurus annulatus and its yellowish or grayish brown
colour , paler towards the head , passing on the basal surface
into a dirty ochre-yellow and interrupted along the back
by several series of dark but rather indistinct spots , mel-
ted confusedly into four longitudinal stripes , whereas a
blackish stripe runs from the shoulder along the hind
margin of the fore-arm. Length of the tail equalling that
of the trunk. Whiskers yellowish white, or partly of a
brown colour."

Notes froin the Ijeyden Museuir»,

44 PAUSSUS AXDREAE,

NOTE XV.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS PAUSSUS,
PAUSSUS ANDREAE, FROM JAVA.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

This new species is very closely allied to Paussus Lu-
deJcingii v. Voll. ') of Sumatra, but differs specifically
in having the club of the antennae more slender and less
swollen , and the elytra without distinct punctures ^). Both
species belong to Westwood's ^) section A (prothorax quasi
bipartitus) , b (antennarum clava postice excavata) ,* (species
Asiaticae).

I have named the species in honor of its fortunate
discoverer, whose father-in-law kindly presented the spe-
cimen to the Leyden Museum :

Paussus Andreae , sp. n.

Length 6 mm. — Black ; the club of the antennae , the
parts of the mouth and the tarsi dark piceous , the latter
somewhat brighter; the hind margin of the elytra, the
abdomen , the metasternum , the coxae and trochanters of
the hind-legs and the coxae of the middle-legs brown-red.

1) Steie. Entom. Zeitmig. Jahrg. XXXIII. S. 82 and XXXIV. Taf. I, fig. 6.

2) In the dcscrijjtion of Paussus Liulekin<iii no mention is made of the
obliquely impressed puuetures on the elytra.

3) Arcana Entomologica. Vol. II. p. IfiS.

]N"ote8 from the LeyUeii Miviseuin.

PAUSSUS ANDREAE. 45

The head, the first joiut of the antennae and the upper
surface of the anterior division of the thorax dull , the rest
of the body more or less shining.

The head terminating in front in two rounded and flat-
tened divisions , the incision between which is somewhat
angular ; the face slightly excavated ; the excavation with
a slight raised line at its bottom, extending to the ver-
tex of the head ; the latter armed with a large stout tubercle ,
circularly excavated at the top. The first joint of the an-
tennae very closely covered with large punctures , the in-
ner margin very convex; the club more slender and less
swollen as in P. Ludekingii, the under or front mar-
gin acute and slightly sinuated , the upper or hind
margin very deeply excavated , the excavation of a stretch-
ed oval form and transversely sulcated , its margins den-
ticulated , the dents of the outer margin with some rigid hairs
at the top ; along the inner margin of the excavation the
club is very glossy. The anterior division of the thorax
a little broader than the head and incised at the middle of
the hind or upper margin ; the anterior or upper surface
dull , covered with some large indistinct punctures ; the
posterior division of the thorax shining , impunctate , about
twice as broad as long, sinuated at its sides and excava-
ted in its middle, the excavation much restricted at its
centre. The elytra shiuing , without distinct punctures.
The pygidium impunctate , very smooth and shining , its
margins closely covered with reddish hairs. The head ,
antennae, upper surface of the anterior division of the
thorax , lateral margins of the elytra, under surface of the body
and the legs sparingly covered with short pale hairs.

Hab. Buitenzorg, West Java (A. C. Andreas).

Leyden Museum, January 1879.

Notes Iroiii tlie Leyden IMuseniii.

46 APAÏETICA BRUNNIPES.

NOTE XVI.

ON A KEAV SPECIES OF THE GENUS APATETICA ,
APATETICA BRUNNIPES, FROM SUMATRA.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

To the two known species ') of this remarkable genus
of the coleopterous family Silphidae I now add a third ,
sent over from Sumatra a long time ago by Dr. Salomon
Muller.

The new species , which may bear the name of Apate-
tiea hrunnipes, is allied to and of the same form and size
as A. nitiduloides Westw., but can easily be distinguished
by the different coloration and by the prolonged exterior
acute angle of the elytra.

Apatetica brictmipes , sp. n.

Length 7 mm. — Head and parts of the mouth dark
brown , the face and vertex black ; the five basal joints of the
antennae ot a glossy dark brown , the following dull black.
Thorax brown , darker towards its centre , the scutellum
almost black. Legs reddish brown ; knees , tibiae and
tarsi somewhat darker than the coxae and femorae. Elytra of
a glossy coppery-purple. Under surface of the body brown, the
inflexed margins 'of the elytra and the sides of the meso-
and metasternum darker.

1) Apatetica lebioides Westw. {Cab. Orient. Eatom. p. 86; pi. XLl , fig. 9)
from the Himalayan regions; and A. nitiduloides Westw. {T/ies. Eutom. O.Kun.
J). 69; pi. V, fig. 11; froiri Java.

rWolee from the Leydeii IMuseiim.

APATETICA BRUNNIPES. 47

Head smooth and sHning , with a few punctures near it
anterior margin and near the base of the antennae , and a few
more before the middle of a transverse impression on the ver-
tex ; this impression enlarged on both sides and reaching the
inner orbit of the eyes ; the enlarged portions covered with
elongated deep punctures. Antennae elongate, the five or
six apical joints slightly thickened and of about equal length ,
the last joint pointed; the third joint a little shorter than
the two following together. Thorax transverse , narrowed to-
wards the anterior margin ; the sides convex , the lateral
margins flattened; the disc very smooth and shining, ir-
regularly sprinkled with some large punctures, more close-
ly so near the flattened lateral margins. Scutellum so-
mewhat broader than long, broadly rounded at its apex,
very glossy, without punctures. Elytra punctate-striated,
the inner posterior angle of each minutely rounded , the
exterior prolonged and very acute , the inner margin of
the prolongation rounded, the outer straight. Legs long
and slender , especially the posterior pair ; the tibiae with
some longitudinal grooves ; the anterior tarsi enlarged. Ab-
domen conical , its acute apex reaching beyond the apex
of the elytra. Under surface: the segments of the abdomen
punctured; the sides of the thorax, except the flattened
margins of the prothorax, covered with large and deep
punctures.

Hab. Sumatra (Dr. S. Muller).

Leyden Museum, January 1879.

Notes Irom the Leyden iMiiseum.

CATOXANTHA PURPURASCENS.

NOTE XVII.

ON A NKW SPECIES OF BUPllESTIDE, CAÏOXANÏIIA
PURPURASCENS, FROM BORNEO.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

This beautiful species , for wliicb I propose the name of Ca-
toxantha purpurascens ^ belongs to Lacordaire's Section A')
which contains at present as far as I know seven species , viz.
hicolor Fabr., nigricornis H. Deyr. and Mouhotii E. Saund.
(species with a swollen yellowish patch near each posterior
angle of the thorax) , and DalenU v. d. Hoev., Mniszechii
H. Deyr., hemixantha v. Voll. and I'ajah Gestro (species
without the swollen yellowish thoracical patches). The new
species agrees with the four last mentioned species in wanting
the swollen thoracical patches , but differs chiefly in color and
in not having the yellowish spot on the elytra.

Catoxantha purpurascens , sp. n.

Length 54 mm., breadth at the shoulders 16 mm.

Head purplish red , witli a greenish tinge between the
antennae and at the vertex , the labrum green ; the anten-
nae black, the first joint coppery-bronze, the three follow-
ing spotted with that colour. The disc of the thorax
dark purple, the bottom of the punctures on the lateral
margins bright green. The elytra are of the same pur-

1) Lacordaire, GeiKni dcs Coléoptères (Suites a Buffon). Tome IV. p. 17,
note 2.

Notes ironi the Leyclen Musiemn.

CATOXANTHA PURPURASCENS. 49

plisli color as the disc of the thorax and margined with green
laterally as well as along the suture. Under surface of the body-
yellowish brown , with a curved black line on the breast.
The coxae and femorae golden green ; the tibiae outwardly
fiery red; the tarsi bronzy green.

Head punctured , deeply and longitudinally grooved between
the eyes , the groove deeper , broader and better limited
than in Mniszechii and hemixantha', a fine impressed longi-
tudinal hne on the vertex. Thorax anteriorly almost as
broad as long , at its base not quite twice as broad as
long. The sides slightly concave , divergent as far as a little
before the posterior angles , then parallel ; base with a me-
dian angular lobe. The disc more finely and more distantly
punctured in the middle than in llniszechii and hemixantha ,
with a slightly raised line running from the middle of
the base towards the centre; the sides rugose by confluent
punctures. Elytra finely punctured , each with four slightly
raised nearly impunctate lines ; the sides subparallel ; the
apex of each finely subsemicircular emarginate and minu-
tely bidentate.

Hab. Borneo.

Leyden Museum, January 1879.

Notes fi'ona the Leyden M^useum,

5ü STRIX INF.XSPECTATA.

NOTE XVIII.
ON STRIX INEXSPECTATA.

H. SCHLEGEL.

Uec. 1878.

Ornithologists will recollect that the northern part of the
isle of Celebes is inhabited by a species of Barn-owl ,
which I described under the name of Strix Rosenbergii ').

To judge from a very young specimen, sent from the
Philippines , tlie species is also found in this Archipelago.
I have before me eleven specimens of Strix Rosenbergii,
all killed in the districts of Menado and the Minahassa ^).
They present the following measures. Wing IP/^ to 12^4
inches; point of wing S^s to 41/3 inches; tail 5^/3 to 6
inches; tarse 32 to 36 lines; middle toe 19 lines.

As to the distinctive characteristics of this species , I stated
that it resembles in general the common Barn-owl, from
which , however , it may easily be distinguished by its much
larger size, and the much darker tint of the upper parts.
1 stated moreover that the under parts are of a more rusty
colour, and that the face is of a greyish rusty brown;

1) Observations zoologiques, I, in Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dier-
kunde, torn. 3, p. 181, and Museum des Pays-Bas, Oseaux dc jiroie, Revue,
Noctuae p. 16.

2) A twelfth aper^imen was nost indicated as having been brought from
New-Guinea, but I do not think that the species has ever been found in this
locality.

Notes Ironi the Leyclen ]Mu.f«eum.

STRIX INEXSPECTATA.

but it is to be observed, that in some specimens recently-
received the rusty colour of under parts and face is strongly
inclined to white.

On examining a large series of birdskins collected in
the northern parts of Celebes and presented to the Ley-
den Museum by S. C. I. W. van Musschenbroek , Esq., I was
quite astonished to find , that there exists , in the Mina-
hassa , beside Strix Rosenbergii , another large species of
Barn-owl , very different as well from Strix Rosenbergii
as from all the other known species. I therefore give
to it the epithet of inexspectata.

In general apparance , size and distribution of colours ,
Strix inexspectata recalls to the mind Strix Rosen-
bergii , but it shows , on a close examination very diffe-
rent characteristics. One of the most striking of these is the
shortness of the wings , occasioned by much shorter pri-
maries which overreach the secundaries in a degree lesser
than the half as it is the case in Strix Rosenbergii, as
will be seen from the comparative measures of the fore-
said part designated under the name of point of wing.
Another very remarkable character occurs in the black
bars both of the primaries and secundaries being smaller
and more numerous in our new species and fading gradually
away on the underside of the inner webs of the primaries ,
running or passing from the last to the first of these
quills, the latter showing no bars at all. The ground-
colour of the under side of the primaries is moreover
much darker and gray with a silverish hue. The tail of
Strix inexspectata is furnished with nine bars , that of Strix
Rosenbergii only with five. The downy feathers of the
tarsus are more developped and cover the foot down to
the toes, exactly as in Strix Novae Hollandiae and cas-
tanops. The toes are somewhat shorter and much more
slender. The ground colour of the upper parts is a very
bright rufous and not shaked with gray, but the white
spots are smaller. The ground colour of the under side of
the body is as rufous as in the darkest specimens of Strix

Notes from the Leytlen !Museum,

52 STRFX IXEXSPECTATA.

Rosenbergii , but the face is darker and as dark as in
Strix castanops and Novae Hollandiae.

I state in addition to the foregoing remarks, that in
Strix inexspectata the first primary shows eight , the second
nine black bars , whereas there are seven such bars on the
secundaries. In Strix Rosenbergii , there are , on the con-
trary, only four bars on the first primary, five on the
second . and four on the secundaries.

The measures of the principal parts of Strix inexspec-
tata are as follows. Wing nine and a half inches ; point
of wing 20 to 24 lines ; tail four inches six lines ; tarsus
2^/2 inches; middle toe 16 lines.

Notes from the Leytleii MuseuiH.

PPPOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA, 53

NOTE XIX.

ON SOME NEW OR IMPERFECTLY KNOWN
PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA OF THE LEYDEN
MUSEUM.

Dr. J. G. DE MAN,

Febr. 1879.

1. Atergatopsis Amoyensis n. sp.

This species is closely allied to Atergatopsis granulatus
Alph. M. Edw. and to Atergatopsis Lucasii Montr. It has
the physiognomy of the former , but the lolioh surface of the
carapace is uniformly covered with close minute granules ,
which are somewhat greater on its lateral regions than in the
middle ; there are also a few short stiff hairs on the carapace
and on the legs. Front bilobed, formed by two rounded
lobes which are very granular and separated by a rather
deep incision. Interregional grooves very shallow, faintly mark-
ed. Latero- anterior margin with three small granular teeth ,
one on the middle, the second at the posterior edge of the
margin , the third between the two other ones. The pleural
lobes and the whole inflected portion of the carapace also
somewhat granular, as also the two basal somites of
the abdomen which is constituted by 5 segments. The
chelipedes are nearly equal; the meropodites covered by the
carapace; the outer surface of the carpopodites , and the

Notes from thie Leyden ]VIu.seum.

54 rüDÜl'llTllALMOUS CRUSTACEA.

outer and inferior surfaces of the penultimate joints are very
ffrauular, and the inner surface of the claws is less so.
The dactylopodite is much granulated at its base, and,
just as the immoveable finger , very similar to the same
parts of Atergatopsis Lucasii , being armed only with some
small teeth. The ambulatory legs are very strong, covered
with hair and very rugose and granulated.

The Leyden Museum has three specimens of this crab,
which have been collected by Mr. G. Schlegel at Amoy
in China.

Breadth of carapace of the largest specimen 47 mm.

Length » » » 30 mm.

This species is distinguished by the uniform granulation
of the carapace and the legs , by the three granulated teeth
at the posterior part of the antero-lateral margin and by
the form and structure of its pincers.

2. Atergates frontalis de Haan.

Fauna Japon : Crustacea , tab. XIV , fig. 3. Alph. Milne
Edwards, Nouv. Arch, du Mus. I, p. 238.

Of this species the carapace alone has been described by
de Haan. The Ley den Museum is now however in the
possession of a wholly entire specimen of an Atergates ,
collected at Amoy , which undoubtedly belongs to Aterg.
frontalis de H. This species may be distinguished at once
from Aterg. integerrimus Lam. , that lives also in the
Japanese seas , by the structure of the upper surface of
the carapace and the legs. The carapace of Aterg. integer-
rimus being almost everywhere smooth, at least on its
anterior half, it is in Aterg. frontalis de H. very rugose
and furrowed by the very deep interregional grooves
that are not found in A. integerrimus , and also by numerous
depressions and punctate rugosities.

Notes froua the Leyden IMuseum.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 55

These rugosities are also observed on the outer surface
of the legs, especially on the claws of the chelipedes ,
which are smooth in the other species. In both species the
legs are ornamented with equally developed crests. The
middle lobes of the front project more in A. frontalis de
H. than in Aterg. integerrimiis Lam.

It being now very easy to distinguish these two species,
it will cause more difficulties to expose the differences between
our species and the Aterg. reticulatus de H. The innumer-
able rugosities on the upper surface of the carapace are
very distinctly reticulate in the latter species , but they are
arranged very irregidarly in Aterg. frontalis, and the
crests of the legs of the latter species are sharper than
in Aterg. reticulatus de H.

Breadth of the carapace of Aterg. frontalis de H. 82 mm.
Length » » » 50 mm.

3. Eury carcinus integrifrons n. sp.

Having had no occasion to compare the description of
Eury carcinus {Galene) Hawahensis Dana, it is possible that
the new species which I am going to describe , belongs to
that Euryc. Hawahensis. In this case the Euryc. integrifrons
should disappear from science.

Eurycarcinus integrifrons mihi is closely allied to Euryc.
Grandidieri Alph. M. Edw. , but it may be distinguished
at once by the shape of its front , of which the margin is
straight , entire and not incised.

Carapace as convex as in Euryc. Grandidieri Alph.
M. Edw. , but comparatively not so broad as in this species. Its
upper surface is wholly smooth, the interregional furrows
are wanting entirely , and it is only by means of an ordinary
lens that the same very minute granules can be observed,
which are also found in the Zanzibar species. Latero-anterior
margin short, divided by three small incisions into four
lobes, the two anterior of which are of equal size and

J'i'otes from ilie Leyclen IVtuseuni.

56 PODOPHTIIALMOUS CRUSTACEA.

much larger than the two posterior that have a more
dentiform shape , though projecting much less than in Euryc.
Grandidierl or in Em^yc. jVatalejisis Krauss. The supero-
external angle of the orbits is sharper and projects more
than in E. Grandidieri Al^h.. M. Edw.; the infra-orbital margin
is locally thickened. The external maxillipedes and the
abdomen constitued by 7 somites , have the same shape
as in Euryc. Grandidieri Alph. M. Edw.

The latero-anterior margins and the inflected portion of
the carapace are covered with short hairs.

The chelipedes are unequal in size , both in males and
females , but entirely smooth ; the meropodites are covered
by the carapace , the carpopodites furnished with an acute
tooth at the inner edge, and, as also the claws, wholly
resembling those of Euryc. Gra7ididieri Alph. M. Edw.
The carpopodites and propodites of the ambulatory legs
covered in the same manner with a few long hairs as in
the other species.

The collection of the Leyden Museum contains several
specimens of this crustacean , but it is unknown where they
have been collected ; probably, however, they originate from
the Indian seas.

Breadth of the carapace of the male 20 m.m.

Length » » 14 m.m.

Breadth » of the female 22 m.m.

Length » » 16 m.m.

It may be allowed to observe that the genus Eucrate
de Haan is nearly allied to the genus Eurycarcinus,

4. Ozius granulosus n. sp.

This species greatly resembles the well-known Ozius
tubercrdosus M. Edw. , for it has the same outer shape and
appearance.

^otes from the Leyden ]>Xuseutn.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 57

Upper surface of the carapace rather convex as in
Ozius tuherculosus M. Edw. ; the antero-lateral margins are
very arched , longer than the postero-lateral ones (in tuher-
culosus M. Edw. they are shorter) , and divided into five
triangular and acute teeth , besides the supero-external angle
of the orbits.

The posterior tooth is smaller than the four preceding
which resemble each other in shape; they are furnished
with acute margins and distinctly separated from the in-
flected portion of the carapace , which is not the case in
Ozius tuherculosus M. Edw. The anterior half of the upper
surface of the carapace is divided by profoundly deep inter-
regional grooves into several lobes which are covered and
ornamented with coarse granular rugosities , the very broad
grooves being quite smooth. The posterior half of the
carapace is devoid of furrows , but is very minutely granu-
lated. Front bimarginate and divided by three shallow
bays into four little rather prominent teeth : in Ozius tuher-
culosus M. Edw. on the contrary four long granulated teeth
are observed , of which the middle two are larger than the
lateral ones. Inferior part of the carapace a little granu-
lated near the orbits and the mouth. The chelipedes are
unequal , the meropodites covered by the carapace , the
carpopodites and the claws very granulated quite as in
Ozius tuherculosus M. Edw. The ambulatory legs almost
wholly smooth, but a little rugose on the upper margins.
Abdomen having the same shape as in the 0. tuherculosus
M. Edw.

But a single female has been collected in the bay of
Gorontalo, Celebes.

Breadth of the carapace 28 m.m.
Length » > 18 m.m.

This interesting species may be distinguished from the
Ozius tuherculosus M. Edw. by the shape of the front and

iNotes from the Leyden Museixm.

58 PODOPTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA.

of the autero-lateral margins. The Ozius ruyulosus^ and
the 0. (juttatus are more different species.

5, Epixanthus dilatatus n. sp.

The carapace is almost twice as broad as long, much
more convex than in Epixanthus frontalis M. Edw. The
antero-lateral margins are very oblique , as long as the
postero-lateral margins, and ornamented with 5 depressed
teeth, besides the supero-external angle of the orbit. The
two anterior teeth , especially the second , broad and blunt,
the three posterior more triangular and acute, the last
tooth being the smallest. There are no interregional
grooves , and the various regions are very indistinct.

Front bimarginate , deflexed , divided into four lobes , the
two middle lobes being rounded and broader than the two
lateral ones. The anterior half and the lateral regions of
the carapace are somewhat rugose by a few transverse
rugosities and covered with a few short stiff hairs; in the
same manner the inflected portion of the carapace is granu-
lated and hairy.

The chelipedes are very unequal, both in the male
and female , especially in the former , but greatly resemble
those of Epix, frontalis M. Edw. External surface of the
carpopodites and of the claws minutely granular and covered
with short hairs, the carpopodite being armed at its inner
edge with two dentiform processes.

The dactylopodite and the immoveable finger are very
slender and elongate, especially in the smaller claw, and
armed each with six or seven triangular teeth.

The dactylopodite of the larger claw armed with a large
tooth at its base quite as in Epix. frontalis Edw. Ambu-
latory legs thickly covered with short hairs.

There are two specimens, a male and a female in the
collection of the Museum , collected by Kuhl and van Hasselt
at the island of Java.

Notes from the Leyden IMuscuna.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 59

Breadth of carapace of the male 40 m.m.

Length » » 24 m.m.

Breadth » of the female 54 m.m.

Length » » 31 m.m.

Epixanthus dilatatus may be distinguished from Epix.
frontalis M, Edw. by its more convex carapace and its
antero-lateral margins being divided into five teeth.

6. Goniosoma sexdentatum Herbst.

Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, pi. VII, fig. 52. Alph.
Milne Edwards , Arch, du Mus. X , p. 372.

The Leyden Museum is in possession of two beautiful
males of this species, collected at the island of Amboina.

Breadth of the carapace of the larger specimen 97 m.m.
Length » » 66 m.m.

This species is closely allied to and has quite the facies
of Goniosoma natator Herbst, which lives in the same seas ,
but it may be distinguished by the following characters:

The six teeth of the antero-lateral margin are altogether
spiniform with a black point, except the second tooth
which has an uncolored point. The last or sixth tooth is
not larger in adult specimens than the other but is quite
similar to them. There are no granular ridges on the upper
surface of the carapace behind the long granulated line which
unites the two posterior teeth of the lateral margins ; this line
itself has a much more sinuous course in our species than in
Gon. natator Herbst, the carapace of which is ornamented with
a twice interrupted ridge behind the said line. In Go7i.
natator Herbst on the contrary, the two anterior teeth of
the lateral margins are blunt and truncated; nor is
the third tooth, the largest of all, acute, but the three
posterior ones alone are spiniform , and the last tooth is
smaller than the other ones. The meropodites and carpopo-

Notes from the Leyden M.ixse\xiw.

ÜO PODOPHTHA.LMOUS CRUSTACEA.

elites of the three anterior ambulatory legs and the mero-
podites of the posterior legs are somewhat more slender
in Gon. sexdentatum Herbst than in the other species. But
for the rest these two species resemble each other com-
pletely and no other differences exist.

7. Goniosoma duhium Hoffmann.
Hoffmann, Crustaces de Madagascar, p. 11, pi. H.

The Leyden Museum has also received three younger
specimens, two males and one female collected at the island
of Timor , of this species which is undoubtedly nearly
allied to Gonios. oriëntale Dana. They completely resemble
the typical specimens described by Hoffmann and which
are natives of Reunion. The first tooth of the antero-
lateral margin is as large as the fourth and the fifth and
much larger than the second tooth which is rudimentary. It
may be observed that one specimen of Timor is provided
with eggs, the breadth of its carapace being still only 31
m.m. , whereas the typical specimen is much larger.

8. G oniosoma acuti frons n, sp.

Nearly allied to Gonios. duhium Hoffm. The carapace
somewhat more convex , entirely covered with short small
hairs and ornamented with the ordinary smooth and little
granulated transverse ridges. Frontal teeth very characte-
ristic , eight in number, altogether depressed, triangular,
with arched outlines and very sharply pointed ; the four
middle teeth are of the same size and their interstices are
as large " as the space between the second and the third
pair ; the teeth of this third pair are a little larger and are
separated from the intraorbital teeth by a somewhat greater
space than from the teeth of the second pair. The antero-
lateral margins armed with six teeth , the second being
extremely rudimentary and scarcely perceptible , still more
rudimentary than in Gonios. duhium Hoffm. The first tooth
has the same size and shape as the four posterior ones.

jlN'ote» from the Leyden ]>J!useura<

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 61

The basal joint of the external antennae ornamented with
two pointed spines. The chelipedes are stout; the anterior
margin of the meropodites armed with three spines, the
interspace of the two distal spines being smaller than the
space between the two posterior ones. The carpopodites
have four spines , one very stout spine on their inner angle
and three on the external surface. The chelae armed with
five spines, two on the internal and three on the external
edge of the upper surface. Ambulatory legs slender ; the
meropodites of the posterior legs more slender than in Gonios.
duhium Hofifm. , with a ridge on their outer surfaces and
the distal end of the inferior margin armed with a spine;
the penultimate joints ornamented with many minute teeth
on the inferior edge , the dactylopodites oval and elongate.
The abdomen of the male having the same shape as in
Gon. duhium Hoffm.

Breadth of the carapace of the single specimen 30 m.m.
Length » » 21 m.m.

We have received but a single male of this very charac-
teristic species , which may at once be distinguished by
the shape of its frontal and antero-lateral teeth.

9. Paratelphusa tridentata M. Edw. and
two neio species of this genus.

I have found in the carcinological collection of the Leydeu
Museum four labelled specimens oi Paratelphusa : 1". a Paratel-
phusa, from the Cape of Good Hope, bearing the name of Tel-
phusa senex Fabr., 2°. a Paratelphusa from Java under the name
of Telphusa tridens Fabr. , 3*^. another Paratelphusa with
the name of Telphusa triodon de Haan and 4". a fourth
Paratelphusa also from Java with the name of Telphusa
convexa de Haan. These four specimens are the numbers
147, 151, 152 and 153 of the catalogue of the Crustacea
of the Ley den Museum , published by Herklots in 1861
under the name of Symbolae Carcinologicae. ')

1) Herklots, Symbolae Carcinologicae, Etudes sur la classe des Crustacés,
Leyde, 1861.

X^otes from the Leyden Museunit

62 PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA.

A close examination has led me to the conclusion that the
first three enumerated Paratelphusae belong altogether to the
same species , to the Paratelphusa ^Wc?ewtoto M. Ed w. , which
name has the priority , though the names , given by de
Haan , are of older date , 1". because it appears that three
different names have been applied by de Haan to three
specimens of the same species , tohich fact is quite inexplicable,
and 2°. because these species have never been described by
our eminent carcinologist. The fourth specimen , on the
contrary , to which de Haan has given the name of Tel-
pliusa convexa , belongs really to a new species , which I am
now going to describe. I intend, moreover, to describe a second
new species from Sumatra, that has been collected by Mr. Snel-
leman during the recent expedition to the interior of this island.

The Paratelphusa tridentata M. Edw. may be characte-
rized in this manner:

Antero-lateral margins of the somewhat depressed carapace
with two epibranchial teeth , the posterior of which is
directed straightly backwards and passes not inwards on
to the carapace. The post-frontal crest ends nearly
at the middle of the anterior epibranchial tooth. An
imaginary line , uniting the posterior epibranchial teeth ,
is situated much nearer to the post-frontal crest than
to the transverse furrow on the middle of the carapace.

The suborbital margin having a regularly arched course
without an obtuse angle. The meropodal joints of all the
legs without a sharp spine at the distal end.

This species may therefore at once be distinguished from
the Paratelphusa maculata mihi and from the Paratelphusa
convexa de Haan by the want of the sharp spines at the
distal end of the meropodites. It differs more especially
from Paratelphusa convexa de Haan by quite a different
facies, by its depressed carapace, comparatively shorter antero-
lateral margins , by its more slender legs etc. ; and it dif-
fers from the Paratelphusa maculata mihi moreover by
its shorter and otherwise shaped antero-lateral margins
and by the course of the post-frontal crest.

Notes from the Leyden Miuseuixi.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 03

We have received the Parat. tridentata M. Edw. from
Java, Timor, the Bavian-Islands , the Solor-Islands and,
when the label speaks truth, also from the Cape of
Good Hope. All these specimens resemble each other com-
pletely except those of the Bavian-Islands , where the two
epibranchial teeth are more faintly marked.

A fine female of the Solor-Islands measures:

Breadth of the carapace 70 m. m.
Length » 52 m. m.

The largest specimen, a male, of the Bavian-Islands measures :

Breadth of the carapace 58 m. m.
Length » 42 m. m.

One of the specimens from Java, a female, measures:

Breadth of the carapace 37 m. m.
Length » 29 m. m.

10. Paratelphusa convexa de Haan.

Antero-lateral margins of the convex carapace armed with
two epibranchial teeth , the latter of which passes backwards
and inwards on to the carapace with a distinct keel. The
post-frontal crest ends before the middle of the base of
the anterior epibranchial tooth. The imaginary line that
unites the two last epibranchial teeth, is situated almost
in the middle between the postfrontal crest and the trans-
verse furrow on the middle of the carapace. The subor-
bital margin passing with a more or less obtuse angle to
the extra-orbital tooth. The meropodal joints of all the
legs armed with a sharp spine.

This species has a physiognomy greatly differing from
Paratelphusa tridentata M. Edw., with which is appears
to have been confounded by Heller, von Martens and
Wood- Mason. ^) Its carapace is more convex, the antero-

1) Wood-Mason, Consiiectus of the species of Paratelphusa, in Magazine of
Natural History, XVII, 1876, p. 121.

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

64 PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACKA.

lateral margins comparatively longer , the ambulatory legs are
more slender, and armed with a spine at the distal end
of the meropodites. We have received specimens of this
species from Java , Timor , and New-Guinea , which com-
pletely resemble each other.

Breadth of the carapace 41 m. m.
Length of the » 30 m. m.

11. Paratelphusa maculata n. sp.

Antero-lateral margins of the more or less depressed
carapace armed with two epibranchial teeth , the latter of
which is directed straightly backwards and does not pass
inwards on to the carapace. The post-frontal crest ends
at the anterior part of the base of the first epibranchial
tooth, and the distance of the extra-orbital angle to the
first epibranchial tooth is greater than the space between the
two epibranchial teeth , whereas in Paratelpli. tridentata
M. Edw. that distance is equal to or smaller than the inter-
space of the epibranchial teeth. The imaginary line which
unites the two epibranchial teeth passes almost quite at
equal distances from the postfrontal crest and the transverse
furrow of the middle of the carapace. The suborbital
margin has a regularly arched course without an obtuse
angle. Meropodal joints of all the legs armed with a sharp
spine at the distal end. The surface of the carapace and
of the legs are ornamented with numerous small obscure spots.

Breadth of the carapace of the largest specimen ($) 37 m. m.
Length » » 29 m. m.

Six specimens , males and females , have been collected
in the river of Silago in the interior of the island of
Sumatra by the zealous naturalist Snelleman.

This species may be distinguished from the Paratelphusa
tridentata M. Edw. , which it resembles more than the
Paratelphusa convexa de Haan , by the longer and other-

iN'otes from the Leyden M-useum.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 65

wise shaped antero-lateral margins and by the spines of
the meropodal joints.

It may be allowed to add that the Museum is also in
the possession of a Paratelphusa from the island of Banka,
which resembles almost completely the true Paratelph.
tridentata M. Edw., but the carapace is a little more convex
and the meropodal joints have only rudimentary spines.
Perhaps this variety may be pecuHar to that island.

12. Limnocarcinus intermedius n. gen. n. sp.

Limnocarcinus ^): New genus of the family of Gecarci-
nidae, and more particularly of the subfamily of the
Gecarcininae Wood-Mason. Front not united to the internal
suborbital lobes , quite as is the case in Hylaeocarcinus
Wood-Mason ; the flagella of the antennae projecting into
the interspaces between the front and the internal subor-
bital lobes. The third joint of the external maxilhpeds
with an obtuse-angled emargination in its anterior border;
the three terminal joints however fully visible exter-
nally when the manillipeds are properly closed, the manil-
lipeds having quite the same shape and form as in Pelo-
carcinus Lalandei M. Edw.

Limnocarcinus evidently presents a remarkable transition
from Pelocarcinus M. Edw. to Hylaeocarcinus Wood-Mason,
quite as the latter genus is intermediate between Pelocar-
cinus and Gecarcinus.

The species which we will call Limnocarcinus interme-
dius , is most closely allied to Hylaeocarcinus Humei Wood-
Mason of the Nicobar-Islands , and bears a striking
resemblance to it, so that it may suffice to describe only
the differences and to state the measures.

Firstly the tubercles on the mesogastric lobe are scarcely
perceptible in our species , which are very distinct in Hyl.
Humei. Then the fissures separating the two suborbital

1) From ^I'l^vti, a moor and KxpKivo^, crab.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

66 PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA.

lobes are much wider than in the other species and are two
or three times as wide as the spaces which separate the
internal suborbital lobes from the front. Lastly the exter-
nal maxillipeds resemble completely those of Pelocarcinus
Lalandei M. Edw. For the rest this landcrab presents all
the peculiarities in organisation, colours and outlines
of the carapace and of the legs described in Hylaeoc.
Humei W. Mas. ; therefore the other differences that may
exist , will be found only by a comparison of the speci-
mens itselves.

Breadth of carapace of the male 67 m. m.

Length » » 50 m. m.

Length of the right claw of the male 59 m. m.
» left » » 57 m. m.

Hab. The single specimen that we have received, a male,
has been collected near the bay of Gorontalo at the island
of Celebes , probably in the forests or in the moors of that
locality. Hylaeocarcinus Humei lives in the Nicobar Islands,
Pelocarcinus Lalandei M. Edw. is a native of the New World.

13. Macr ophthalmus Polleni Hoffmann.

Hoffmann, Crustaces de Madagascar, p. 19, pi. IV.

It seems to me very probable that this species be iden-
tical to Macropht. Latreillii Milne Edw. (Nouv. Arch du
Mus. t. IX, p. 278, pi. 13, fig. 3). I cannot find any
differences , but the question must remain undecided , because
we have no typical specimen of Macr. Latreillii M. Edw.

14. Gelasimus perlatus Herklots.

Herklots , Addit. ad Faun. Afr. Occ. p. 6. Milne Edwards,
Ann. Scienc. Nat. 1852, p. 151.

This species is positively closely allied, perhaps even
identical to Gel. Tangeri Eydoux (Mag. de Zool. de Guérin,
1835, pi. 17). Herklots was merely in the possession of
a single adult male whose larger claw is but a little longer
than the carapace; we received afterwards however many

Notes from the Leyden Miuseum.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 67

adult specimens from the same locality , the coast of Guinea ,
in which the larger claw is greatly longer, quite as long
as in Gel. Tangeri; these specimens have for the rest a
striking resemblance to the male which has been described
by Mr. Herklots and is still found in the collection.
But this question also remains undecided , because we have
no typical specimen of Gel. Tangeri.

15. Malacosoma reticulatum n. g. n. sp.

Malacosoma , a new genus of the family of Pinnotheridae.
It has the characteristic physiognomy of Pinnotheres , but
it differs by the structure of the external maxillipeds. The
second joint (ischiognathite Milne Edw.) is rectangular and
but a little longer than broad , the third joint (merognathite
M. Edw.) is quadrangular, shorter than the second, and the
terminal joints are afl&xed to its internal angle. The in-
ternal margins of the second and third joints of the exter-
nal maxillipeds are straight , and consequently the two ma-
xillipeds are lying close to each other. The exopodites
(exognathe M. Edw.) of these outer foot-jaws are stout
and almost half as broad as the third joint. The integu-
ment is as weak as in Pinnotheres , and therefore it is
possible that Malacosoma has also the same manner of life
as the crustaceans belonging to the group of Pinnotheres.

Malacosoma reticulatum has a high and thick carapace ;
it is smooth , broader than in Pinnotheres ; the antero-lateral
margins arched and entire , and the postero-lateral ones
somewhat impressed; front very deflexed, projecting,
triangular with an arched anterior border; the orbits
and the eyes are very small , as in Pinnotheres. The
abdomen of the female , constituted by 7 segments ,
is very large, as in Pinnotheres. The whole upper surface
and the inflexed portions of the carapace are ornamented
with symmetrical dark and anastomosing lines which border
large mashes and cause a reticulate figure. The chelipedes
have perished in the single specimen we have received ,

r^otes from the Ueyden ÜVIuseuia.

68. PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA,

the posterior ambulatory legs however are short , not slender
and are also ornamented with dark lines.

Breadth of carapace (of the female) 24 m. m.
Length » ' 20 m. m.

The space between the orbits measures 9 m. m.

This interesting species has been collected by Mr. Hoedt
at Amboina.

16. Grap sus Pelii Herklots.

Herklots. Addit. ad Faun. Afr. p. 8. Milne Edwards ,
Ann. Scienc. Nat. t. XX, 1853, p. 166.

This species is identical with Goniopsis cruentatus Latr.
I have been led to this conclusion by comparing Grapsus Pelii
with some typical specimens of Goniopsis cruentatus , which
we received from Mr. Alph. Milne Edwards and which
have been collected in Mexico.

17. Grapsus dilatatus de Haan.
Mus. Lugd. in coll. Herklots. Symbolae Carcinol, p. 16.

This species is identical with Metopograpsus pictus Alph.
Milne Edwards (Nouv. Arch, du Mus. t. IX, p. 289, pi.
Ill , fig. 2). The name given by de Haan must disappear from
science, never having been published. The specimen that
bore the name of Gr. dilatatus de H. , was collected at
Timor by Macklot.

18. Grapsus simplex Herklots.

Herklots , 1. c. pag. 9. Milne Edwards , Ann. Sc. Nat.
1853, p. 170.

On account of the relation of the antennae to the orbits,
and of the shape of the external maxillipeds, this species
really belongs to the genus Grapsus M. Edw.
I*3^otes from the JLieyden Museum.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. 69

19. Sesarma elegans Herklots.
Herklots, 1. c. pag. 10. Milne Edwards, op. cit. p. 187.

This species presents some resemblance to Aratus Pisonii
M. Edw. , but the seventh somite of the abdomen of the
female is included by the sixth, as in the true Sesarmae,
so that this species may not be ranged in the genus Aratus.
It may be distinguished at once from Aratus Pisonii M.
Edw. by a less elongated carapace and by the more
slender legs.

20. Grapsus j^usillus de Haan.

Fauna Japon: p. 59, pi. XVI, fig. 2. Milne Edwards,
Ann. Scienc. Nat. p. 175.

This species, which belongs to the genus Nautilograpsus
M. Edw. , is undoubtedly different from Nautilogr. minutus
M. Edw. , which inhabits the Atlantic and the Indian Oceans ;
it appears to may be distinguished chiefly by the carapace
being more narrowed at its posterior half, and by the more
slender and longer dactylopodites of the ambulatory legs.
The typical specimens of this species however are no more
present in the Leyden Museum; some specimens which I
have found in that collection , and which bore the name
of Grapsus pusillus de Haan, having been collected even
at Japan according to the label , completely resemble
the specimens of N. minutus M. Edw. from the Atlantic
Ocean. How to explain this fact? The Leyden collection
is in the possessiorl of specimens of Nautil. minutus M.
Edw. from the Atlantic Ocean and from New-Guinea,
which present no differences at all. According to Mr. de
Haan Nautilogr. pusillus de H. is also found in Mexico.

21. Gnathograpsus intermedins n. sp.

Closely allied to Gnathograpsus Riedelii Alph. M. Edw.,
this species presents also some resemblance to Gnathograpsus
pilipes Alph. M. Edw.

Notes Irom tlie Leyden ]VIu.seviixi.

70 PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA.

As to the outlines of the carapace , the relative
breadth of the front and the course of the lateral margins,
our species completely resembles Gnath. pilipes Alph. M.
Edw. , but the carapace is very depressed and not orna-
mented vdth other furrows except the transverse groove
on the middle , and the three teeth of the antero-lateral
margins project as little as in Gnath, Riedelii. On the
contrary our species is quite similar to Gnath. Riedelii as
regards the structure of the region of the antennae , the
shape of the orbits and of the epistoma. Pleural regions
of the inflexed portion of the carapace are smooth. The
outer jav7S too have the same shape as in Gnath. Riedelii,
but the exopodite (exognathe Alph. M. Edw.) is not longer
than the third joint but as long or even somewhat shorter.
Chelipedes and legs as in Gnath. pilipes, the margins of
the two last joints of the ambulatory legs being ornamented
with as long hairs , but the outer surface of the claws is
granulated.

Breadth of the carapace of the male 27 m. m.
Length » » 23 m. m.

We are in the possession of two males collected in the
Moluccas by Macklot.

22. Heterograpsus sanguineus de Haan.

Fauna Japon : p. 58 , tab. XVI , fig. 3. Milne Edwards,
Ann. Scienc. Nat. 1853, p. 193.

The carcinological collection of the Museum is in the
possession of five specimens of this species from Amoy in
China.

Breadth of the carapace of the largest male 44 m. m.

Length » » 37 m. m.

Breadth » smallest male 24 m. m.

Length » » 21 m. m.

Notes trom the Leyden üMiisetim.

PODOPHTHALMOUS CRUSTACEA. li

The male which was anknown to de Haan, has much greater
claws than the female; they are equal in size, or the right
claw is larger in some individuals. The inner angle of
the carpopodite is armed with a short sharp spine as in
the female. The outer surface of the claw a little convex
without a keel which is found in the female. The dactylo-
podites and the immoveable fingers of the chelipedes are
provided with short blunt teeth and at the end excavated
like a spoon.

We have also received two typical specimens of Hetero-
grapsus sexdentatus M. Edwards from Mr. Alph. Milne
Edwards , collected in New-Zealand , and so I am
enabled to state the differences of this species and of
the Heterogr. sanguineus de Haan. Firstly the suborbital
margin is provided in H. sexdentatus M. Edw. vdth a
row of large rounded granules , in H. sanguineus on the
contrary it is incised or crenulated only extremely subtilly
and superficially ; then the carpopodite of the chelipedes
has a blunt inner angle in H. sexdentatus , without a
spine, in H. sanguineus on the contrary with a sharp
spine, and lastly the clawfj of the chelipedes are fur-
rowed in H. sexdentatus, but for the rest quite smooth
without bristles ; in H. sanguineus they are provided with
some rows of short but stout dark bristles. The last somite
of the abdomen of the female is rounded in H. sanguineus
but is triangular in H. sexdentatus. The specimens
described by Heller (Novara-Reise , p. 52) as belonging to
Heter, sanguineus de H. , belong positively to H. sexden-
tatus M. Edw. — H. sanguineus de H. inhabites the seas
north of the Equator, but H. sexdentatus M. Edw. lives
south of this line.

23. Heterog rapsus penicillatus de Haan.

Grapsus , Eriocheir , penicillatus de Haan , Fauna Jap.
p. 60, pi. 11, fig. 6. Milne Edwards, Ann. Scienc.
Nat. p. 177.

Notes from the Leycleu IMuseiim,

72 PODOPHÏHALMOUS CRUSTACEA.

This species belongs also to the genus Heterograpsus
M. Edw. and is even closely allied to H. sanguineus de
Haan. The males of both species may be distinguished
at once by the thick clothing of coarse hairs on the claws ,
but it is more difficult to distinguish the females. The
infraorbital margin which is very thin and minutely crenu-
lated passes without an interruption , but has quite another
appearance in H. penicillatus', in this species it is inter-
rupted near the extraorbital angle and proceeds again after
that interruption; on both sides of that interruption this
margin is thickened locally. Heterogr. penicillatus de H.
is also nearly allied to Heterogr. harhimanus Heller (Novara-
Reise , p. 53 , tab. lY , fig. 5) , but this last species has a
more narrow front.

24. Hypsilograpsus Deldeni n. g. n, sp.

This crustacean has its external maxillipeds quite similar
to those of the genus Gnathograpsus Alph. M. Edw., but
it may be distinguished by the very thick body , the very
convex carapace and the very deflexed front. By these dif-
ferences it has too different a physiognomy from Gnatho-
grapsus to be ranged in the latter genus.

The carapace very thick, convex, having a square shape
with rounded angles and with but little arched lateral mar-
gins ; its upper surface is everywhere granulated , especially
on the anterior and lateral regions , and also covered with
a few very minute short hairs. The interregional grooves
are very distinct and deep, the transverse middle furrow
making at its ends with the longitudinal grooves a figure
almost like an H. The carapace is much deflexed
anteriorly, the front is a little less broad than half
the breadth of the carapace and is bayed three times , in
the middle and at the sides , so that its border is sinuous.
The antero-lateral margins are armed with three very distinct
teeth ; the margins of these teeth like those of the front
and of the orbits are ornamented with granulations. The

Notes from the Leyden Miuseuin.

Ï>0D0PHTHALM0US CRUSTACEA. 73

postero-lateral margins are somewliat longer than the antero-
lateral ones and indicated by a granular line. The external
maxillipeds are shaped in the same manner as in Gnatho-
grapsus pilipes Alph. Milne Edw. , the exopodite (exognathe
Alph. M. Edw.) reaches to the anterior border of the very
auriculated third joint of the outer foot-jaws, is very convex
and almost as broad as the second joint. The legs are
short; the chelipedes (of the female) are equal and of a
tolerable size; the meropodite does not proceed beyond the
lateral margins of the carapace and is not armed with
spines ; the carpopodite has also no spines and is granu-
lated at its outer surface ; claw a httle convex , the fingers
excavated like a spoon ; the inner surface of the claws is
smooth , the outer surface covered with some granules and
short hairs and with two granulated lines , the inferior of
which passes on the outer surface of the immoveable finger.
The second and third pair of the ambulatory legs are the
longest of all , but are scarcely as long as the breadth of
the carapace ; the joints are but little compressed , the infe-
rior margin of the meropodites is armed a little before the
distal end with two or three teeth, of which one is some-
what larger than the other ; the carpopodites and the
propodites are but a little hairy and the dactylopodites
that are similar to those of Gnathograpsus , are provided
with rows of short bristles.

Breadth of the carapace of the female 22 m. m.
Length » » 18 m. m.

The single specimen, a female, has been presented to
our Museum in 1836 by Mr. van Delden, to whom we
dedicate it, and is collected near Menado at the island of
Celebes.

NTotes from the Leyden MuseutH.

NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS ICHTHYURUS. 75

NOTE XX.

ON FIVE NEW SPECIES OE THE GENUS
ICHTHYURUS, WESTW.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

Of the above mentioned genus of Malacoderm Coleoptera,
founded in 1848 by Westwood in his Cabinet of Oriental
Entomology^ twelve species have hitherto been described , all
natives of the Old World and distributed as follow : Sierra Leone
fWest Africa): one ^); Moulmein (East-Indies): two ^);
Ceylon: two 3); Pulo Penang: one *); Java: one s) ; Bor-
neo: one **); Luzon (Philippines): three ') and Gayndah
(Australia) : one *). Of the species described in this note
two are collected at Java, two at Sumatra and one in
Abyssinia.

1) I. discoidalis , Westw. {Cab. of Orient. Untom. p. 84 note, and Thes,
Entom. Oxon. p. 102, pi. II, fig. 2).

2) /. costalis, Westw. and I. basalis, Westw. {Cab. of Orient. Entom. p,
83, pi. 41, fig. 3 and p. 84 note).

3) /. bicaudatus , Fairm. and /. i7iermis, Fairm. {Stetti?i. Entom. Zeitutiff.
Jalirg. XXVIII, S. 116).

4) /. Doriae, Gestro {Annali del Mus. Civ. di Storia Nat. di Genova. vol.
IV, p. 359).

5) I. lateralis, Westw. {Cab. of Orient. Entom. p. 83, pi. 41, fig. 2).

6) /. forficuloides , Fairm. {Stettin. Entom. Zeitung. Jahrg. XXVIII, S. 114).

7) /. Semperi, Fairm., /. Bohrnii, Yaiirm. ani 1 . scripticollis, 'Fa.irm. {Stettin.
Entom. Zeitung. Jahrg. XXVIII, S. 113—115).

8) 1. depressicollis , W. Macleay {Transact, of the Entom. Soc. of New South
Wales, vol, II, prt. IV (1872) p. 264).

N'otes from the Leyden MCuseum.

76 ICHTHYURÜS OCTOPUNCTATUS.

1 . Ichthyurus octopunctatus (v. Voll. iu Mus.
Lugd. Bat.), sp. n.

Length about 8 mm. — The head, the parts of the
mouth and the antennae black, except the face as far as
the vertex , the mandibles and the two basal joints of the
antennae, all of which are golden yellow. The pro thorax golden
yellow, the disc with a large transverse black spot joining
the lateral margins near the anterior angles and narrowed
behind ; the mesothorax , the scutellum and the metanotum
golden yellow, the former with a fuscous spot on each
side above the intermediate coxae, the latter with two
lateral ovate black points , and , behind its posterior mar-
gin, with a triangular black spot. The elytra golden yel-
low, the outer margin from a little behind the base to
the end black, the black margin very broad at its base
and pointed inwardly, then narrowed; its inner margin
undulated; the wings iridescent, with a somewhat milky
tinge, brownish along the costal nervure. The anterior
legs golden yellow, with the tibiae and tarsi black, {the
intermediate pair wanti7ig) , the posterior legs golden yellow,
with the apex of the tibiae and the tarsi brown. Abdomen
golden yellow, with two lateral ovate points on each of
the four basal segments , these points placed in longitudinal
impressions; the apical segment black, with a brownish
stain at the middle of its base. Beneath: the apical seg-
ment of the abdomen brown at its base , the three basal
segments black, with the posterior and lateral margins
yellow; the metasternum black, with a large yellow spot
on each side.

The head and pronotum shining, delicately punctured,
the latter somewhat flattened before the middle of the hind
margin , and with a slightly raised, finely grooved, polished,
longitudinal carina in the middle ; a row of deep punctures
near the anterior and posterior margin. The elytra opaque,
very closely covered with irregular punctures; a fine im-

Notes from the Leyden IMuseuzu.

ICHTHYURUS BIFASCIATUS.

pressed line runs from the outer margin "behind the shoul-
ders to the yellow portion at about two thirds of the
length of the elytra; the elytra are narrowed towards the
apex which is rounded ; the outer margin concave behind
the shoulders, the inner margin waved; the shoulders
prominent. The abdomen long and slender , its sides parallel ;
the apical segment longer than broad, the upper surface
plane, the sides straight and parallel, the incision angular,
not quite as deep as half the length of the segment, its
sides straight.

A single specimen brought home from Java by the late
Prof. Blume.

2. Ichthyurus bifasciatus, sp. n. (f.

Length about 8 mm. — The head, the parts of the
mouth, and the antennae black ; the mandibles brown ; the
face between the base of the antennae and the mouth , a
line at the inner orbit of the eyes above the base of the
antennae, and the three basal joints of the antennae pale
yellow , the last stained with fuscous posteriorly. The
prothorax black , its posterior and lateral margins narrowly
pale yellow; the scutellum pale yellow; the elytra pitchy,
with a narrow pale yellow fascia across the base and a
broader one before the apex ; the basal fascia continued a
little along the outer margin, the apical one slightly curved;
the wings splendidly iridescent, with a somewhat milky
tinge, brownish along the costal nervure. The legs pitchy,
with the apex of the coxae , the trochanters , the base of
the femorae and the knees pale yellow , the latter more or
less indistinct; at the first and second pair the entire
underside of the femorae pale yellow. The abdomen pitchy,
the apical margin and edges of the segments pale yellow,
less distinct towards the apex , especially beneath. Beneath :
the thorax pitchy, with two pale yellow spots on each
side , one above the intermediate , the other above and
before the posterior coxae.

JSotea from the Il.ieyd.en ZVEuseuxn»

7Ö ICHTHYURUS SUTURALIS.

The liead sub-opaque, witli a large but indistinct heart-
shaped impression on the face above the antennae. The
pronotum very smooth and shining , covered with subtile
punctures, and with a row of deep punctures near the
anterior and posterior margin ; a somewhat quadrangular
impression before the middle of the hind margin , the im-
pression with a slightly raised and posteriorly grooved
carina in front. The elytra sub-opaque, closely covered
with large punctures as far as the front margin of the
pale yellow apical fascia', then without distinct punctures;
a slightly raised longitudinal line runs, not quite in the
middle , nearly parallel with the outer margin , and also an
oblique impression from the outer margin behind the shoulder
towards the inner margin a little before the apex without
however reaching it. The elytra very little narrowed towards
the apex which is broadly rounded, the sides nearly parallel,
the shoulders prominent. At the intermediate legs the
trochanters are sharply pointed at the apex within, the
femorae incrassated, slightly curved and armed beneath
with an acute tooth a little before the base, the tibiae
longer than the tarsi, nearly straight, the under surface
flattened, its margins irregularly serrated. The abdomen
slender , much narrowed towards the apex , each segment ,
except the apical one, being narrower than the preceding
one ; the apical segment roof-shaped , about twice as long
as broad at its base, its sides straight , very little divergent;
the incision angular, almost reaching the centre of the
segment, its sides straight.

Two males from Mount Ardjoeno , East Java (W. E. J.
Hekmeyer).

3. Ichthyurus suturalis ^ sp. n. cT and Q.

Length about 11 mm. — Male. The head, the parts
of the mouth and the antennae black; the labrum and
mandibles brown ; a tricuspidated spot on the face beneath
the antennae and the two basal joints of the antennae

Notes from the Leyden IVEusteuiix.

iCHTHYURUS SUTURALIS. 79

golden yellow, the latter stained with fuscous posteriorly.
The prothorax black, with the lateral margins broadly,
the posterior^narrowly margined with golden yellow;
the scutellum and two small triangular spots on the middle
of the metanotum immediately before each other golden
yellow. The elytra black, with the shoulders narrowly
and the suture broadly golden yellow; the wings iridescent,
hyaline , with the costal portion brown. The legs black ;
at the anterior pair the apex of the coxae , the trochanters
and about the basal half of the femorae , at the interme-
diate pair the apex of the coxae and the trochanters and
at the posterior pair the coxae and the base of the tro-
chanters and femorae pale yellow. The abdomen black,
the lateral margins of the segments yellow , broader at the
posterior edges, but less distinct towards the apex; the
posterior margin of the segments most narrowly margined
with yellow , that of the two penultimate segments broader.
At the under surface : the posterior margin of the abdominal
segments black , the thorax black , with three yellow spots
on each side , placed above the coxae.

The head opaque , closely covered with very fine punc-
tures; a large impression at the vertex; the scape of the
antennae outwardly with a small tubercle at the middle.
The prothorax opaque , closely covered with small punctu-
res , and with a row of confluent punctures near the front
and hind margin; the hind margin sinuated near the pos-
terior angles ; a somewhat heart-shaped impression before
the middle of the hind margin and a longitudinal slightly
raised line across the middle of the disc. The elytra nar-
rowed behind the middle; the apex rounded; the outer
margin concave behind the prominent shoulders, the inner
margin concave behind the short suture ; opaque , the basal
portion covered with large punctures ; an oblique impres-
sion runs from the outer margin behind the shoulders as
far as the middle of the base of the attenuated portion ,
and then runs upwards to the inner margin as far as the apex
of the yellow sutural spot. The anterior tibiae slightly

Notes from the Leyden Musexim,

8() ICHTHYURUS SUTURALIS.

curved and as well as tHe apical lialf of the f emorae covered
beneath with long black hairs. The intermediate trochanters
bifid , the inner tooth sharply' pointed , the outer and longer
one compressed and obliquely emarginated at the apex;
the intermediate femorae incrassate , slightly excavated within
and strongly compressed beneath; the under margin angu-
lar , the basal portion concave , then very minutely serrated
and inwardly with a row of short ribs; the intermediate
tibiae about as long as the intermediate tarsi, compressed,
turned at the apex. The abdomen somewhat narrowed
towards the apex ; the apical segment at its base narrower
than the penultimate , about twice as long as broad at the
base ; its sides divergent , very slightly waved ; the incision
angular , reaching the centre of the segment , its sides
curved outwardly ; the under surface of the apical segment
divided by a longitudinal deep gutter; on each side of
the gutter a flattened portion which is striated longitudi-
nally and limited laterally by a raised straight line; the
inner margin of the flattened portions terminating in a
very compressed acute edge , obliquely directed inwards ;
the space between these edges and the tail-tips sinuated.

Female. Difi:ering from the male in having the middle
of the posterior margin of the prothorax and the shoulders
black. The legs are black, with the apex of the posterior
coxae yellow , and the anterior and posterior trochanters as
well as the extreme base of the posterior tibiae brown.

The vertex of the head more slightly impressed and with
a fine longitudinal line across the middle; the scape of
the antennae without the small tubercle. The narrowed
portion of the elytra broader. The legs simple. The apical
segment of the abdomen not quite twice as long as broad
at its base, its sides parallel, slightly convex before the
middle ; the incision semi-oval , not angular , reaching the
centre of the segment; the disc with a broad, arched im-
pression before the incision; the under surface simple; the
under margin of the anus slightly tri-emarginate , the
inner emargination with two lateral acute teeth.
Notes from the Leyden Museum-

ICHTHYURUS PLANIFRONS. 81

Hab. Sumatra. — The male specimen of this species
allied to the Javanese /. lateralis Westw. , was cap-
tured between 17 May and 14 June of last year in
the Highlands of Palembang by Mr. A. L. van Hasselt,
chief of the Scientific Expedition to Central Sumatra ,
equipped by the Geographical Society of the Netherlands ;
the female specimen in October 1877 at Alahan pandjang by
Mr. Joh. F. Snelleman, Naturalist to the above mentioned
expedition.

4. Ichthyurus ,planifrons , sp. n. 9-

Length about 12 mm. — The head, the parts of the
mouth and the antennae black ; the mandibles dirty yellow,
with the apex chestnut-brown; the face along the inner
orbit of the eyes dirty yellow, embracing an oval black
spot a little above the base of the antennae ; the scape of
the antennae with two lateral dirty yellow stripes. The
prothorax black, with a transverse spot a little within
the front margin and reaching the sides , and three oval
spots touching the hindmargin dirty yellow. The scutel-
lum pale yellow with a longitudinal black stripe across
the middle. The elytra pitchy , with a mouse-grey tinge ,
blackish along the outer margin and at the tip ; the
wings hyaline , the costal portion brown. The legs black,
with the tip of the coxae and the extreme base of the
femorae pale yellow , the trochanters brown. The abdomen
above as well as beneath dirty yellow , becoming fuscous
towards the apex , especially beneath ; the apical segment
black, brown at its base. The thorax beneath black, dirty
yellow along the upper margin on each side.

Of a more robust form than the foregoing species. The
head shining , covered with very fine punctures , the vertex
broad and flattened; the antennae thicker than in the
foregoing species. The prothorax shining, covered with
almost imperceptible punctures ; its margins greatly raised ;
the lateral margins sinuated near the anterior, the hind

Notes from the Leytlen Museum.

82 ICHTHYURUS GESTROI.

margiu near the posterior angles ; the disc with five im-
pressions: one at each of the four angles, the fifth before
the middle of the hind margin and with a slightly-
raised longitudinal line at its bottom. The elytra narro-
wed beyond the middle , the tip rounded , subopaque , the
broad portion closely covered with distinct punctures ; a
slightly raised longitudinal line runs , not quite in the
middle , nearly parallel with the outer margin , joining the
inner margin at two thirds of its length ; an impression
along the outer margin from the prominent shoulder as
far as the narrowed portion of the elytra ; the narrowed
portion itself slightly impressed , its margins , especially
the apical one, raised. The anterior tibiae slightly com-
pressed, somewhat enlarged. The sides of the abdomen
nearly parallel ; the apical segment at its base as broad as
the hind margin of the penultimate segment , not quite as
long as broad at its base, its sides somewhat convergent,
at the basal half slightly convex; the disc impressed in
front of the incision ; the incision angular , not reaching
the centre of the segment, its sides slightly curved out-
wardly.

Hab. Sumatra. — The described specimen belongs to the
collections sent home by the Sumatra-Expedition, and is
captured in April 1877 at Soepajang by Mr. Joh. F.
Snelleman.

5. Ichthyurus Gestroi, sp. n. cT and Q.

Of this species, captured in 1870 by Dr. 0. Beccari at
Keren (district Bogos, North Abyssinia) on the flowers of
Cissus quadrangularis Schimp. ^), I received both sexes
through the kindness of Dr. R. Gestro of Genoa, under
the name of Ichthyurus discoidalis Westw. However the
received male specimen shows some such striking particula-
rities of which no mention is made in the description of

1) Annali del Museo Civico di Sforia Nafurale di Geneva, vol. IV, p. 359.
Notes from the Leydeii IMxisenna.

ICHTHYURUS GESTROI.

the male /. discoidcdis ^) , tliat I caunot consider Dr.
Gestro's species as identical with Prof. Westwood's. I have
dedicated the new species to Marquis Doria's learned
assistent.

Length about 8 mm. — Male. The head, the parts of
the mouth and the antennae black ; the face beneath and
a short line along the inner orbit of the eyes above the
antennae pale yellow ; the base of the mandibles pale yel-
low, their tip chestnut-brown; the labrum tinged with
brown ; the three basal joints of the antennae pale yellow.
The pro thorax fuscous, its margins more or less brighter;
the scutellum fuscous. The elytra yellow , paler towards
the base ; the wings almost hyaline , fuscous towards the
costal nervure. The legs fuscous , with the tip of the coxae
and the trochanters pale yellow ; at the anterior pair the
under surface of the femorae, at the intermediate pair the
whole femorae except a large fuscous patch on the outer
surface of the apical half, the under surface of the defor-
med portion of the tibiae and the apical not deformed
portion of the tibiae, and at the posterior pair the base
of the femorae pale yellow. Upper surface of the abdomen
yellow , the four or five basal segments fuscous , margined
with yellow; the apical segment fuscous. The under sur-
face of the body fuscous ; the segments of the abdomen
margined with yellow , the apical segment with a yellowish
stain at the base.

The head subopaque, the face shining, verry narrow
between the middle of the eyes; the eyes surrounded by a
slightly raised line ; a longitudinal sharp carina on the
cheeks , curved backwards at the top ; a slightly raised
longitudinal carina at the vertex. The prothorax shining;
a row of confluent punctures near the front margin, the
hind margin sinuated near the lateral angles ; a curved
impression before the middle of the hind margin. The

1) The female of this species seems to be unknown, at least undescribed,
Note» from tlie Leyden Museum.

ö4 ICHTHYURUS GESTROI,

elyka narrowed ; the outer margin much curved inwards
behind the prominent shoulders, the inner margin slightly
so behind the suture ; the apex rounded ; a longitudinal
slight impression at the middle of the broad portion , and
another more distinct one at the tip. The elytra for
about two thirds of their length covered with distinct
punctures. The anterior tibiae compressed and sinuated.
The intermediate trochanters very elongated , deeply grooved
at the under surface, bifurcated at the tip, the inner tooth
curved, compressed, slightly rounded at the apex; the
outer tooth hyaline , elongated , compressed and enlarged
at the apex ; the intermediate femorae very much inflated,
beneath excavated and the base armed with a compressed
spine obliquely rounded at the apex ; the intermediate
tibiae transversely dilated at the basal half; the dilated
portion deeply excavated beneath , its sides concave , its
posterior angles , especially the inner one , elongated and
curved inwardly; the apical half of the tibiae partly covered
by the dilated portion ; the first joint of the intermediate
tarsi elongated , longer than the tibia ; the posterior tro-
chanters truncated at the tip. The abdomen slender ,
narrowed towards the apex ; the apical segment at its base
as broad as the hind margin of the penultimate segment,
not quite twice as long as broad at its base, its sides
convex ; the incision angular , almost reaching the centre
of the segment , its sides nearly straight ; beneath : the
under margin of the anus prominent, longitudinally grooved,
incised at the tip.

Female. Differing from the male in having the face
above the antennae totally black, the basal half of the
elytra fuscous, slightly passing into bright yellow towards
the tip ; the legs totally fuscous ; the upper surface of the
abdomen bright yellow, the basal segments more or less
stained with fuscous ; the apical segment totally dark
fuscous.

Less slender than the male. The face between the middle
of the eyes broader ; the longitudinal carina on the cheeks

Notes from tlie Leyden ÜMuseum..

ICHTHYURUS GESTROI. 85

more prominent; the vertex with four deep impressions:
two rounded at the middle , . and two lateral ones very
elongated and slightly curved outwardly ; moreover a very
small but distinct impression immediately beyond the top
of the eyes. The elytra less narrowed , the inner margins
very divergent, without distinct suture. The legs simple,
the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi shorter than the
four apical joints together , the posterior trochanters rounded
at the tip. The abdomen not narrowed towards the apex;
the apical segment less slender and its incision less deep
than in the male sex , its sides convex ; the upper surface
with a longitudinal impression on the tail tips , confluent
in front of the incision , the under surface almost circular.

Leyden Museum, February 1879.

Notes froiTi the Leyden ^Museum.

HYSTRIX >fÜLLERI.

NOTE XXL

ON THE SUMATRA PORCUPINE, HYSTRIX
MÜLLERI, TEMMINCK MS.

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

Febniarij 1879.

In his short paper on the fauna of the Malayan Archi-
pelago S. Muller ') states, that Hystrix f asciculata is found
in Sumatra , Java and Borneo. In this he must have been
mistaken, and seems to have confounded H. javanica with
H. fasciculata.

H. fasciculata, Shaw *) is the Porc-épic de Malacca,
Buffon. ^) Wagner *) also confounded this species with
H. macroura, L. , which is the Poreus, aculeafus, sylvestris
seu Hystrix orientaUs singula7'is , Seba. ^) The H. macroura
has the tail half the length of the body and head (Seba),
II. fasciculata one third (Buffon) , the Java Porcupine ,
which has a very short tail, only nearly one fifth.

1) Verhandelingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche Over-
zeesche Bezittingen, 1839 — 44, p. 36.

2) General Zoology, 1801, Vol. II, part. I, p. 11, pi. 124, fig. 2.

3) Supplement, 1799, tome VII, p. 124, pi.

4) Schreber, Saugethiere, Suppl. Band IV, 1844, p. 23.

5) Thesaurus, 1734, t. 1 , p. 84, pi. 52 (figura bona).

Notes froxa. tlie Leyd.en lYXuseuin.

88 HYSTRIX MÜLLERI.

H. fasciculata according to Buffon is moreover white on
the belly.

In the Mémoires du Muséum d'histoire naturelle ^), Fr.
Cuvier states, "Ie genre Acanthion contient: l'acanthion
de Java , Acanthion javanicum , qui ne nous est connu que
par sa tête osseuse, dont nous avons déja décrit les traits
principaux (pi. 1 , figs. 3 et 4) ; l'origine de cette espèce
étant bien établie , on pourra aisément suppleer a ce qui
nous manque pour Ie faire connaitre complétement." As
there are no differences at all between the skulls of the
common Javan Porcupine and the figures given by Fr.
Cuvier and as there is hitherto found in Java but one
single species of Porcupine , Wagner ^) has made a "double
emploi" in giving a new specific name — H. breviftpinosa —
to the common Javan Porcupine , H. javanica , Cuvier.

J. van der Hoeven ^) gives a list of the Hystrices in
the Leyden Museum and among them H. torquata , a
synonym of H. javanica , and H. ecaudata , probably a
specimen without tail : the latter however I have not found
in our collection.

Marshall *) states that there are in the Leyden Museum
three stuff'ed examples of H. javanica , two skeletons and
three skulls ; of H. longicauda (under the MS. name H.
Mülleri, Temminck) one full-grown example from Sumatra,
a half grown individual , marked H. javanica , without
locality and a very young one in its first year from Borneo.
I never saw this last specimen in our Museum.

According to Sclater '") the Acanthochoerus Grotei ,
described and figured by Gray ^) is the same as the Por-

1) Tome IX, 1822, p. 431.

2) Schreber, SaugetMere , Suppl. Band IV, 1844, p. 20

3) Tijdschrift van J. v. d. Hoeven, 1836, t. Ill, p. llO.

4) P. Z. S. L. 1871, p 235, note.

5) P. Z. S. L. 1871, p. 234.

61 P. Z. S. L. 1866, p. 306, pi. XXI.

Notes from the Leyden Mtiseixm.

HYSTRIX MÜLLERI. 89

cupine figured by Marsden ^) , with the following very
brief description "Porcupine [hystrix longicauda) landak,
and, for distinction, babi landak." In his figure nearly
all the quills have two black rings, hitherto never met
with in the Porcupines from the Malayan Archipelago.
The Acanthochoerus Grotei (vide plate and description) is
a Porcupine with the tail rather elongated, covered with
white spines and having the whiskers black. The Sumatra
species of Porcupine in the Leyden Museum is not H.
longicouda , our Sumatra specimens having the tail as short
as the Java species , the spines on the tail being dark
ringed and the whiskers being black with very long
white tip.

Günther ^) described specimens and figured skulls of
H. crassispinis and Trickys lipura from Borneo. These
species may be distinguished at a glance from the other
Porcupines of the Malayan Archipelago , H. crassispinis by
the extreme thickness of the quills (about twice as thick
as an incisor) , Trickys lipura by having the tail reduced
to a scarcely perceptible prominence of the skin. The
differences in the skulls are evident when comparing the
figures of Cuvier's Javan species and those of Günther's
Bornean species with our Sumatran skull.

And so it seems that S. Muller — s. n. H. fasciculata —
has confounded three distinct species ; that in Sumatra ,
Java and Borneo at least four distinct species of Porcupine
are found ; and finally that the Porcupine collected by vS.
Muller at Padang (Sumatra) is a yet undescribed species.

Hystrix Mülleri, Temminck MS.

It must be noticed that S. Muller, 1. c. observes: "the
specimens of Porcupine from Sumatra have a much purer

1) History of Sumatra, 1811, third edition, p. 118, pi. XIII.

2) P. Z. S. L. 1876, p. 736, pi. LXX and LXXI.

Notes from the Leyden IMiiseiitn.

90 HYSTRIX MÜLLERI.

colour: in the specimens from Java tlie chest, bellj and
limbs are dirty red-brown , in the Sumatra specimens on
the other hand dark brownish black. In the latter more-
over the collar on the throat is brighter white and there-
fore more evident."

I add the following characteristics : the head is comparati-
vely very long and narrow ; the whiskers are very long — the
longest measures 19 c. m. — brownish-black at the base
with long white points. A slightly elevated crest arises
between the ears along the neck. The spines of the crest
are cylindrical, the longest measures 53 mm., brownish-
black , ringed with white towards the tip of the spine.
The spines on the back are polygonal and channeled , the
longest measures 4 cm., brownish-black , in youth white
at the tip. On the middle of the back the quills are
very long, the longest 19 cm. — in the H. javanica
126 m. m. — , the greatest thickness is nearly 6 m. m. ,
brownish-black ringed , white at the base and white towards
the point for 95 m. m. Other quills longer but slender,
and more rarely projecting beyond the former.

Tail as in the Java species , the spines however have
longer white points , and so the backpart of the animal is
much whiter than in th e Java Porcupine. Marshall in his
note (1. c.) says: "in the skeleton and skull I can find no
material differences between the two species (sc. H. java-
nica and H. longicauda z=z Miilleri).'' After a careful exa-
mination of two skeletons of H. javanica and one of H.
Mulleri, I agree with Marshall's statement about the
skeletons , as I find in both species the same number of
vertebrae, viz. 14 costales with 14 costae , 5 lumbares, 4
sacrales and 15 caudales. But there are diiferences in the
skulls. The skull of H. Millleri is longer and narrower,
the nasalia are longer, the length of the upper molar
series on the other hand is less in H. Millleri. The palatal
incision in the latter does not surpass the molar series,
while that incision in H. javanica advances forwards to
the front margin of the hinder molar, as 'va. H. crassispinis.

Notes from the Leyden ]Museu.m.

HYSTRIX MULLERI.

H. Mülleri.
m, m.
Length of body from tip of nose

to root of tail 618

Length of tail without termina]

quills 115

Length of one of the largest quills

on the back 190

Total length of skull 135

Length of nasal bone 59

Length ol ujjper molar series. . . 23
Distance between incisor and first

upper molar 37

Distance between incisor and first

lower molar 23

H. javanica.

127
118

48
26

The measurements of the skull were taken from the
skeleton of a very old specimen formerly collected at Padang-
bessie (Sumatra) by our diligent traveller S. Muller.

The other measurements are those of a very old male,
having lived Vj^ year in captivity at Padang at the house
of the Chinese Lie Saay , and a year in the Royal
Zoological Botanical Gardens at the Hague. We may
take this opportunity of expressing our sincere grati-
tude to that Society and especially to the Director Mr.
Maitlaud , to whom we are indebted for this very fine
specimen.

In the Leyden Museum we have of H. Mülleri four
stuffed specimens and one skeleton, of H. javanica four
stuffed examples , two skeletons and three skulls.

In the Galleries of the Amsterdam Museum , Natura Artis
Magistra, there is also an adult stuffed specimen of the
Sumatran Porcupine, which died last year in the Zoolo-
gical Gardens.

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

HYSTRIX PREHENSILIS AND H. BRANDTII, 93

NOTE XXII.

ON A NEW PORCUPINE FROM SOUTH-AMERICA.

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

February 1879.

Cuvier ') figured the skull of Hystrix prehensilis, and
afterwards Brandt ^) gave figures of the same species.
On comparing these figures it strikes one that great diffe-
rences exist between these figures , and the questions arise :
has either of the two authors perhaps figured a skull of
another species sub nomine H. prehensilis ? which is the
true H. prehensilis?

In our Museum I found three stufi'ed specimens and three
skeletons labelled H. prehensilis : two skeletons were col-
lected at Surinam by Dieperink in the year 1835; they
agree in all details ; the third skeleton we took out of a
specimen , purchased 1877 from the Zoological Gardens at
Rotterdam, s n. H. prehensilis.

In the Surinam skeletons I find the following numbers
of vertebrae: dorsales 16 with 15 '/g costae , lumbares 5,
sacrales 3 , caudales 32 : in the Rotterdam skeleton on the
other hand dorsales 15 with 15 costae, lumbares 7, sacrales
3 and caudales 35.

I find the following differences in the measurements of
the skulls which are of the same length — • 91 m. m.

1) Muséum d'histoire naturelle. 1S22, T. IX, pi. 20 tcr, üg. 3 et 4.
3) ISIénioires de rAcadémie impériale des sciences de Saint-Pétersbourg ,
1835, T. I, pi. IX, fig. 5, 6, 7, 8 et 9.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

94 HYSTRIX PREHENSILIS AND H. BRANDTII.

Surinam sk. Rotterdam sk.
m. m. I m. m.
Width between parietalia .... 51 41

Width between jugalia 56 53

Height of skull 47 45

Length of nasal bones 28 39

Width of nasal bones 27 25,5

Distance between incisor and first

upper molar 25,5 ' 23,5

Now it is evident that the skulls being of the same length,
the Rotterdam specimen has all its proportions smaller
except the length of the nasal bones. Moreover the roof
of the skull of the Rotterdam specimen is more vaulted ;
whereas the difference between the shape of the lower jaws
is another peculiarity of this species.

And now the figures given by Cuvier agree entirely
with our Surinam skulls , and those given by Brandt with
our Rotterdam skull.

Neither Cuvier nor Brandt have mentioned in the above
named works the number of vertebrae, but Wagner ') in
his list states that according to Cuvier the Synetheres pre-
hensilis has 16 vertebrae dorsales, 5 lumbares , 3 sacrales
and 30 caudales , which numbers agree very well with these
of our Surinam specimens. Cuvier's examples were from
Guyana , those of Brandt from Brazil , presented by Langs-
dorff. As Cuvier is the first author who gives figures of
Porcupine skulls with clear descriptions , we may consider
his Porcupine as the true Hystrix preliensilis, Brandt's
Porcupine is consequently another species, which agrees
with our specimen from Rotterdam. I propose to name
this species after Brandt, Hystrix Brandtii.

Brandt ^) figures another skull of a young specimen
of Porcupine, about which he remarks: "junioris aetatis
animalis cranium, ob ossa nasi et frontis minus elevata
cercolabis insidiosi cranio longe similius." Here Brandt

1) Schreber, Saugethiere, Suppl. Band III, 1843, p. 142.
3) O. C. tab. X, fig. 1 and p. 397.

Notes from the Leyclen IMiiseum.

HYSTRIX PREHENSILIS. 95

must have had before him a skull of the true H. prehen-
silis , characterized by having the nasalia less elevated , the
frontalia broader and on the vrhole a narrower skull.

In his "interpretatio" (p. 424) Brandt states that the
skull (tab. IX , fig. 5) is "one third" the natural size , it
must apparently be "two thirds."

Hystrix pre hens His auctorum.

General colour rusty brown. All the quills are yellow-
ish near the base ; most of them have a rusty brown ring
and a yellowish white tip, never exceeding 13 m. m. in
length. The longest quills measure 77 m.m., which agrees
very well with the measurements given by Buffon ^) , who
states "les plus long piquans sur le corps ont 2 pouces 8
lignes =r 73 m.m. " According to Shaw '^) the longest
quills measure 77 m. m. (three inches).

Here and there and principally upon the haunches there
are quills without such yellowish white tips ; so these are
yellowish white near the base and for the rest rusty
brown. The dorsal half of the tail is covered for the
greater part with quills of the same nature as those on
the back. Towards the point the tail is almost naked.
The underside of the tail near the root is covered with
strong bristles yellowish white colored, towards the end
of the tail they are entirely brown with short yellowish
white bases.

There are a few very long black bristles among the
quills of belly and legs.

The vertebral column consists of 16 vertebrae dorsales,
with 15^/2 costae, 5 lumbares, 3 sacrales and 32 caudales.

I cannot give the measurement of the length of the
tail, because the point is wanting. But the number of
caudal vertebrae beiug 32 and in H. Brandtii 35 I believe
the tail is longer in the latter. Buffon , 1. c. gives the
length of the tail of his Coundoe a longue queue 1 pied

1) Histoire naturelle, suple'ment, T. VII, 1789. p. 125.

2) General Zoology, mamm. 1801, Vol. II, part. I, p. 7.

Notes from the Leyden Mliiseiin-i.

96 HYSTRIX BRANDTII.

5 pouces 6 ligaes = 475 m. m., consequently shorter than the
head and body , which measured according to Buffon 2 pieds 6
lignes = 663 m. m. The tail of H. Brandtii on the other
hand is longer than the head and body together.

At present there is one stuffed female of this species in
the Leyden Museum , labelled Brazil , as well as two skele-
tons from Surinam , presented by Dieperink.
Hystrix Brandtii, n. sp.

General colour dusky chestnut. The quills are longer
than those of H. prehensilis. The longest measures 110
m. m. They are pure white near the base, each ringed
with dusky chestnut , the points being almost entirely white
for about 16 m. m. There are other quills which are white
at the base only and for the rest du.sky chestnut. Dorsal
parts of the tail conform to the back , for the rest covered
with short bristles and colored as in H. prehensilis. The
longer bristles of belly and legs are black and tipped with
white.

The vertebral column consists of 15 vertebrae dorsales
with 15 costae, 7 lumbares, 3 sacrales and 35 caudales.

L. M. according to Brandt,
m. m. m. m.

Length of head and body . 433 . . . 407.
Length of tail 568 .. . 540.

There are now of this species two stuffed females in the
Leyden Museum, one of them from Surinam ') (Dieperink),
the other one (from an unknown locality) died in the Zoological
Gardens at Rotterdam ; one skeleton taken from the latter
specimen, and the skull of the Surinam specimen.

1) This must be the specimen, about which Waterhouse (in his excellent Work,
titled "A Natural history of the Mammalia, 1848, Vol. II, p. 414") remarks
"A specimen in the Leyden Museum, and which is labelled as coming from
Surinam, measures 20 inches in length, following the curve of the back; its
tail is about 33 inches in length, and therefore proportionately longer than
in the animals belonging to the Zoological Society; in other respects it does
not differ, excepting that the hairs on the tail are dusky brown." The figure
of the skull, o. c. , plate 18, fig. 2 being copied from Brandt's figure is that
of Hystrix Bratidiii mihi.

Note» irom tlie Ijeyden JMuseum.

ECHIMYS MACROURUS. 97

NOTE XXIII.
ON A NEW SPECIES OF ECHIMYS.

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

February 1879.

Echimys maerourus, Temminck in litt.

DifiFers from the other species of Echimys hitherto des-
crihed by the extraordinary length of the tail.

Upperparts rusty brown : cheeks , sides of the abdomen
and outside of legs rusty. Chin , chest , belly and
inside of legs dirty white. Woolly hairs on the upperparts
rusty , intermixed with narrow flexible rigid hairs , rusty
near the base , brown towards the tip. The colors of the
upper and lower parts are sharply defined.

Ears elongated , rounded at the tip.

Tail with very short dirty yellow hairs

Whiskers surpass the tips of ears , brown near the base,
for the rest rusty.

Hind foot with five toes ; the three middle toes of nearly
the same length ; the fifth toe is shorter , the thumb is
the shortest, but very well developed. Fore foot with
four fingers and a very small thumb with a flat nail. The
two middle fingers of nearly the same length. Claws yel-
lowish white, covered by the long hairs of the toes.

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

y» ECHIMYS MACROURUS.

As we have no skull I cannot give the measurements
of the dentition.

One specimen (L. M,).

m. m.

Head and body 221

Taü 320

Ear 25

Hind foot 41

Hab. Surinam (Dieperink).

Note» from the Leyden :>lu.seu.ra.

CUCULUS AUDEBERTI. 99

NOTE XXIV.

ON A NEW SPECIES OE CUCKOO EROM
MADAGASCAR.

H. SCHLEGEL.

March 1879.

Cu cuius Audeberti.

The typical specimen of this new species , was obtained
by Mr. Audebert, on the tenth of June 1878 , in the neigh-
borhood of Ambodikilo near Mananare a place on the South-
western shore of the bay of Antongil. Our traveller states
that this was the only example of the species which he
met with during a course of two years in the North-
Eastern parts of Madagascar, a fact leading to the conclu-
sion that this species is much less generally distributed in
the country mentioned than its congener, the Cuculus
himalayauus or Rochii.

The next alhed species of Cuculus Audeberti is the Indian
Cuculus sparveroides , Vigors , from the continent of India,
put by modern ornithologists , after the example of S.
Muller in the subgenus Hierococcyx.

The two species show indeed a strong resemblance to
each other in size, in general appearance and in the
dimensions of their different parts. The Madagascar bird
is , however , quite distinct by very striking modifications
in the distribution of colors of the plumage.

These modifications may be thus stated : —

Notes from the Leyden ]Mti.seu.iii..

100 CUCULUS AUDEBERTI.

The whole underpart of the Madagascar species is of an
uniform pure white, without the least trace of longitudinal
streaks on the chest, or transverse bands on the breast,
flanks , and belly ; nor is the chest by no means washed with
rufous. The feathers of the shanks equally white and only
marked , instead of by numerous regular bands ,by a few dark
transverse spots. The under tail-coverts , one inch longer
than in Guculus sparveroides , show , on the contrary ,
each , several large and complete transverse black bands ,
whereas in the Indian species this marking occurs only
accidentally and is , moreover , reduced to a few obsolete
and imperfect transverse spots The under coverts of the
wing are pure white, and not of a rufous colour, transversed
with brownish black bands. The black bands , so conspicuous
on the inner webs of the quills in the Indian bird are entirely
wanting in the species of Madagascar. The dark colour
of the upper parts is , in our new bird , more dusky ,
without any reddish hue or ashy tinge. The tail-feathers
show the usual terminal large black band, but it is bor-
dered , at the end , with white , and followed by a white
spot, but the other bands, four or five in number, which
render the tail-feathers of the Indian species so conspicuous ,
do not exist in our new bird. Last of all, it must be
observed, that the bird has the extremities of both series
of quills , and of the great wing-coverts margined with pure
white, and that the bill is stronger and much larger at
its base , and that the nostrils have not a sort of tubular
aspect but that of a simple oblique split.

Mr. Audebert , to whom this species is dedicated , found
the iris of the eye of an uniform black color.

Measures of the principal parts of the female specimen ,
type of the species. Total length fourteen inches (French
measure). Wing eight inches and nine lines. Tail eight
inches. Undercoverts of the tail five inches and four lines.
Tarse eleven lines. Middle toe without nail eleven lines.
Bill from front eleven lines.

ISTotes from the Leyden MuseuiTi.

STRIX TENEBRICOSA ARFAKl. 101

NOTE XXV.
ON STRIX TENEBRICOSA ARFAKl.

H. SCHLEGEL.

March 1879,

Strix tenebricosa Ar/aki.

This bird is, in New-Guinea, the representant of Strix
tenebricosa, Gould, from South-Eastern Australia. Closely-
resembling the latter, it differs however by its smaller
size , by the white spots of the feathers being larger and
more regular orbicular , and by the light sooty brown color
of the face strongly inclining to white.

The measures (in French measure) of the principal parts
are as follow —

In Strix tenebricosa Arfaki : wing 9 inches 1 line ; point
of wing 1 inch 10 lines; tail 4 inches 4 lines; tarse 30
lines; middle toe (without nail) 18 lines.

In five specimens of Strix tenebricosa from Australia:
wing 10^/, to 11 Va inches; point of wing 18 to 27 lines;
tail 5 to 5^/2 inches; tarse 32 lines; middle toe Vl„ to
2 inches.

A single specimen of this conspecies was sent to the
Leyden Museum by one of the Dutch Missionaries of Andaï
It was killed near Hattam , on the G^'^ of December 1875.

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

TBERON TEYSMANNII. 103

NOTE XXVI.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF TRERON FROM THE
ISLAND OF SUMBA (SANDELWOOD).

H. SCHLEGEL.

March 1879.

Tver on Tey smannii.

Mr. Teysmann , tlie indefatigable honorary Inspector of the
cultures at Buitenzorg in Java, collected, amongst other
objects of Natural history , several years ago , during a
visit to the island of Sumba , commonly called Sandelwood-
island , two specimens of a pigeon of the genus Treron ,
which appears to belong to a species hitherto unknown to
naturalists.

This bird , dedicated to a gentlemen, who has rendered so
many services to science , has its next allied species in Treron
psittacea from Timor and in Treron floris inhabiting the
island from which its epithet is taken. Ornithologists will
remember that I brought the two latter species in a separate
subdivision , distinguished from some other allied species of
which Treron aromatica is the most remarkable , by their
somewhat more lengthened tail. This subdivision was
characterized by me (Muséum des Pays-Bas , tome 4 ,
Columbae , p. 58) in the following terms. "Queue un peu
allongee. Teintes générales du plumage d'un vert jaune ,
passablement vif en arrière du manteau, légèrement lave

iN'otes from the Ley den IVIuseutn.

104( TRERON TEYSMANNII.

de grisatre sur les autres parties et se répandant unifor-
mément sur tout Ie dessous de l'oiseau. De larges lisérés
jaunes aux couvertures alaires grandes et moyennes, plus
étroites aux rémiges secondaires. Blanc grisatre du dessous
des rectrices clair et occupant plus du dernier tiers de leur
longueur. Souscaudales vertes , mais tres largement bordées
de blanc roussatre." We have seen by this general diagnosis
of the two species , that the male and female are of the
same coloring, or in other words, that the male has not,
as in Treron aromatica and griseicauda , the shoulders
dark grey , nor the shoulder-feathers and the mantle tinged
with brownish red inclining to purple. Our new species
showing this same color, only on the hindest part of
the mantle and the hinder shoulder-feathers, this circum-
stance leads to an addition to the diagnosis of the subdivi-
sion , giving at the same time a very conspicuous character-
istic to our new species.

In size, Treron Teysmannii is superior to Treron floris
and even a little to Treron psittacea, the wing measuring
six inches to six inches and four lines; the tail however,
is of the same length as in Tr. psittacea, whereas it is a
third of an inch shorter in Treron floris. The bill from
front to point has in length seven lines and is of a greenish
horncolour. The tarse and toes appear to have been of
a greenish gray.

Front , throat , rump and upper tail-coverts greenish yel-
low. Under part of body yellowish green. The middle
pair of tail-feathers yellowish olive color. The other tail-
feathers grayish at the base, passing into a large band of
dark bluish gray, while more than the last third of these
feathers is of a grayish white color which spreads
also over the upperside of the other tail-feathers, but in
decreasing extension towards the outer feathers. Under
tail-coverts green , very broadely margined with fulvous
yellowish white. Crown and sides of the head, neck,
small wing-coverts , shoulder-feathers and mantle green with
a grayish hue; with the exception of the hindest part of

Notes from tlxe Leyden JMxiseum.

TRERON TEYSMANNII. 105

the mantle and the hinder shoulder-feathers , which are both
of a brownish red inclining to purple. Quills black , but
the tertiairies washed with green. Middle wing-coverts black,
very broadely margined with limonyellow like the terti-
airies ; great wing-coverts with somewhat smaller , and
primaries with very small yellow margins. Entire under-
side of the wing bluish ashy] gray.

The sex of our specimens not having been stated , it
is only by analogy that we may judge them both as being
adult males.

ilVoles i'roni llie Leytleii jMuseutiii

HALLOMYS AUDEBERTI. 107

NOTE xxvn.

ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MUS EROM
MADAGASCAR.

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

March 1879.

Up to the present time the different travellers have found in
Madagascar the following Muridae , viz : Mus indicus , rattus
and Tnusculus , and the very interesting Hypoyeomys antimena.
The first three species are probably introduced by vessels,
whilst Hypogeomys antimena is peculiar to Madagascar.

Last month our Museum received a large collection of
Mammals , Birds , a. s. o. gathered in that island by
Mr. J. Audebert , in which collection there were three spe-
cimens of Mice , which clearly belong to a new species ,
nay to a new genus. For showing the general size and
dentition of Mus decumanus , the hind feet are highly
enlarged , the ears longer , and the tip for about one sixth
the lenght of the tail is ornated with pure white hairs.

Hallomy s Audeberti^ n. g. et n. sp.

General tint of the rather short and very soft fur oli-
vaceous as in Pelomys fallax , Mus abyssinicus , variegatus
and vittatus. The fur of head , upper parts and sides of

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

108 HALLOMYS AUDEBERTI.

body , in and outsides fo forearms and thighs slate-
colored near the base , on the head , back and sides of
the body each hair having a black tip , separated from
the slate-coloured base by a rather broad yellowish brown
ring; whilst the hairs of the fore-arms and thighs are only
broadly tipped with reddish broAvn : intermixed are some enti-
rely black ones. Chin , lower parts of cheeks , throat ,
chest , and middle of belly and abdomen pure white : along
the sides of that white streak the hairs are colored like
those of the forearms and thighs. Hairs of hands and
feet dark brown. Whiskers black, tho foremost pure
white. The hairs of the upper parts of the tail near its
root are black, for the rest they are uniformly brown,
except those of the tip of the fail , which are pure white.

Ears oblong and broadly naked , blackish brown , well
rounded towards the tip.

Whiskers very long, projecting beyond the tip of the
ear; the foremost are short.

Tail closely behaired , shorter than head and body.

The feet are comparatively much longer and more develo-
ped than in any other species of Mice hitherto known , nay
comparatively longer than in the much larger Hypogeomys
antimena — thus showing its leaping habit. — The toes also
resemble those ol Pedetes , Scirtetes and Meriones , the three
middle toes — and especially the midmost — being very
elongated. The outerones are much shorter and attached
very high up : the first toe is the shortest. The fingers
also are more developed than usually, the thumb is the
shortest , the third finger the longest , the second and fourth
finger being of the same size.

The claws of the fingers about half the size of those of
the feet; the latter being very strong. Long curved rigid
hairs, growing at the root of the nails, are overhanging
the almost straight claws. The claws are brownish white
colored.

Cutting- teeth smooth , white towards the points ; upper
ones brownish orange, lower ones yellowish.

Notes from the Leyden UXXuseuxn.

HALLOMYS AUDEBERTI. 109

The skeleton presents the following number of vertebrae ,
viz: 13 costales, with 13 costae, 7 lumbares, 2 sacrales
and 33 caudales.

Measures of an adult male —

m. m.

Head and body 230

Tail 190

Ear 23

Hind foot with claws 57

Length skull 51

Width skull 26

Length upper molar series 8

Distance between incisor and first upper molar . 13.5

» » 5) 57 » lower „ . <

Hab: Maisine and Savary. — N. E. Madagascar (J.
Audebert).

As the above described species belongs to the first new
genus, discoverd by Mr. J. Audebert, I take advantage of
the opportunity in calling it after this naturalist.

^otes from tlie Leyden IVLuseuxu.

ARTAMIA BERNIERI.

Ill

NOTE xxvm.

ON ARTAMIA BERNIERI.

H. SCHLEGEL.

March 1879.

Artamia Bernieri.

My readers will remember that this species was origi-
nally based on a single specimen , introduced into science
by Isidore GeofFroy St. Hilaire , under the name of Oriolia
Bernieri (Tide : Acad, des sciences , Avril 2 , 1838 ; Revue
zoologique , vol. 1 , p. 50 ; Guerin , Magazin de Zoölogie ,
1839, Oiseaux, pi. 4). When I published in the "Recherches
sur la Faune de Madagascar , Mammifères et Oiseaux par H.
Schlegel et Fr. Pollen, p. 86, pi. 25" a description and
an exact figure of the very same specimen , I considered
the bird as belonging to the genus Artamia and the spe-
cimen as presenting a yet immature plumage , which led
naturally to the supposition , that the perfect plumage of the
adult would be a very diiferent one. This supposition was
proved true , but only with respect to the adult male ,
when we received, some years ago, specimens of the
adult male and female of the species. These specimens were ,
shortly afterwards , followed by a small series of others , all
killed by Mr. Audebert in the countries bordering on the
large bay of Antongil situated on the North-East coast of
Madagascar.

Notes from the Leyden IVIuseum.

112 ARTAMIA BERNIERI.

The specimens of this species , now before me , are
thirteen in number , viz. five adult males , two males in
passage and six females. It appears from the inspection
of these skins , that all the adult females and the males
in imperfect plumage show the system of coloration of the
specimen of the Paris Museum , figured in my above cited
work ; that the males in passage , one killed in March ,
the other one in November , although similar to the female
and young male , have their plumage partly varied with black
feathers , while the plumage of adult males is entirely tinged
with an uniform and deep glossy black , inclining to
greenish steelblue.

I add to these observations that the proportions of the
different parts appear to be very little liable to variations,
which will appear from the following measures —

Wing four inches and four lines to four inches and five,
lines. Tail three inches and three lines. Tarse ten lines.
Middle toe without nail seven inches. Bill ten to eleven
lines.

Notes from the Leydeii Mviseiinri.

ARDE A LANSBERGEI. 113

NOTE XXIX.

ON AN UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OE ARDEA
(ARDEA LANSBERGEI).

H. SCHLEGEL.

March 1879.

Ardea Lansberge i.

His Excellency, the present Governor General of Dutch
India J. W. van Lansberge, Bart. L. L. D. by repe-
atedly authorizing exploring expeditions into different
parts of the Indian Archipelago has given a glorious exam-
ple how to promote a science which he cultivates him-
self most ardently. Mr. J. E. Teysmann honorary Inspector
of the cultures at Buitenzorg in the isle of Java , put at
the head of the expedition , was accompanied by a certain
number of hunters for the purpose of collecting and preparing
zoological objects. During a visit in the district of Macas-
sar in the southern part of Celebes , the party met with the
undiscribed species of heron , the epithet of which will serve
to remember the name of one of the few high functionaries ,
who appreciate the interest and value of scientific researches.

The Ardea Lansbergei appears to belong to the divi-
sion of herons , designed under the name of Semi-Egrets (See
my Muséum des Pays-Bas , Ardeae , p. 20) , and approaches
in general appearance more particularly to Ardea gularis
and jugularis, but being very distinct from all of them

Notes from tUe Leyclen ]VIuserim.

114

ARDEA LANSBERGEI.

by a different system of coloration of the plumage, which
in some measure reminds us of that of the rare species
of true , buth rather small sized heron from Australia ,
Ambon and Celebes, called Ardea picata.

The specimens, five in number, obtained by Mr. Teys-
mann bear a most perfect resemblance to one another. Not
one shows a trace of lengthened linear feathers , neither at the
neck , nor at the chest or rump. The plumage presents properly
but two colors, viz. white and blackish slate-color. The
white , however strongly inclines to ashy grey on the front ,
the crown , the sides of the head and the basal part of the
feathers of the throat. The dark color occupies the mantle ,
the whole back, the tail with its upper and under
coverts , the feathers of the thighs , the sides of the body ,
and the whole underside of the wings , which , however ,
are lined with white on their external margin.

The feathers of the neck and chest are somewhat
lengthened , but of no unusual form. The bill , somewhat
slender and very slightly curved towards the tip, is of a
yellowish color and the naked parts of feet in their entire
extension appear to have been of this same color.

The inner margin of the nail of the middle toe is serrated ,
like in other herons.

The measures of the principal parts of these species are
as follow —

Wing seven inches and a half to seven and three quarters
of an inch (French measure). Bill from front twenty six
to thirty lines ; height of bill five lines ; but soon diminish-
ing to four lines. Tarse thirty two to thirty five lines.
Middle toe without nail twenty-three lines ; nail of this toe
four lines. Hind toe eleven lines ; its nail five lines.
Naked part of tibia eighteen lines.

Notes from tlie Ijeyden IMuseum.

HYPHERPES CORALLIROSTRIS. 115

NOTE XXX.
ON HYPHERPES CORALLIROSTRIS NEWTON.

H. SCHLEGEL.

March T879.

This species was established after a single specimen
without indication of the sex. See Newton in Proc. Zol.
Soc. London, 1863, p. 85, pi. 13. Crossley collected two
other specimens (Sharpe, ibid. 1871, p. 318), and Hart-
laub, Vogel Madagascars, 1877, p. 105, mentions a few
other specimens existing in different collections. They
were all obtained in the North-East part of Madagascar
from Tamatave upwards along the bay of Antongil. A
small series of specimens collected in the latter locality,
containing specimens of both sexes , proved , that there
exists a constant difference of color between the two sexes ,
and that all the specimens hitherto described belong to
the female sex. This sex indeed is distinguished by having
the underside of a sordid fulvous reddish brown , washed
with grayish green. The male, on the contrary, has all
these parts tinged with the same color as is seen on the
upperside of the bird.

Mr. Audebert states that this bird , creeping in among the
foliage of the tops of the highest trees of the primeval forest ,
is obtained with great difficulty.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseuxn.

PONEIA BIDENS. 117

NOTE XXXI.

ON A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF BAT
FROM CELEBES.

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

Febr. 1879.

Boneia, n. g.

Upper and lower lips deeply grooved; index finger with
a distinct claw ; wings from the back near the spine ;
metacarpal bone of the middle finger slightly shorter than
the index finger; tail well developed, rather thick; in the
upper jaw two incisors separated from the canines and from
each other ; upper canines grooved in front , lower canines
inclined outwards.

Boneia hi dens ^ n. sp.

1—1 1—1 3—3 2—2

Dentition. Inc. ^5 — -•, c. ^j — r, p. m

_2' "'• 1—1' ^- ^* 3—3' ■ 3—3'

Nostrils projecting by their inner margin , deeply emar-
ginate between : lower lip terminating in front in two ovale
naked spaces separated by a rather deep groove.

Eyes equally distant from nostrils and ears.

Ears moderate , rounded at the tip ; a prominend thickened
lobule at the base of the outer margin.

Notes from tlie Leyden IMuseum.

118 BONEIA BIDENS.

Wings from the back near the spine , about two lines
apart at their origin and from a point between the meta-
carpal bones of the first and second toe.

Tail comparatively long and very thick , projecting two
thirds its length beyond the interfemoral membrane.

Roof of the mouth with seven semi-circular palate-ridges :
the four anteriores are undivided , the three posteriores are
divided each by a narrow incision into two toothed half-
ridges.

Upper incisors very small', unicuspidate , separated from
each other by a large interval and also from the canines
by a wide space. Lower incisors unicuspidate , close to
the canines: in front they are separated in pairs by a
narrow interval; the outer incisors are larger and stronger
than the inner ones. Upper canines grooved in front,
lower ones smooth , distinctly inclined outwards. First upper
premolar minute , second premolar subacute, well developed ;
third premolar less than half the size of the former, equal
to the molars in size. The two first lower premolars about
half the size of the lower canines , subacute. The third
lower premolar slightly elevated above the molars , almost
as high as the other lower premolars.

No shoulder-glands in male.

Penis without bone. Claws very large and strong, well
arched.

Muzzle , ears , wings , interfemoral membrane , tibiae and
feet naked. Small glands above the eyes, lips and chin
are oruated with long and rather stiff hairs.

Face in front of the ears yellowish brown; crown and
back of head , a half collar ending on the sides of the neck
and the shoulders golden yellow. Chin , chest , abdomen ,
femur and upper half of humerus dark brown. Naked
parts of wings and interfemoral membrane brown.

Fur moderate long and dense. The fur of the half
collar slightly longer.

Type in the Ley den Museum.

Notes troiiT the Leyden Miuseiim.

BONEIA BIDENfS.

119

Measures of an adult male , preserved in alcohol —

m. m.

Head and body 190

Tail 23

Eye from nostril 16.5

» » ear 16.5

Ear 23

Forearm 94

Thumb with claw 42

Second finger with claw 65

Third finger metacarp 63

» » 1st phalanx 47

» » 2iid phalanx 65

Fourth finger metacarp 63

» » 1st phalanx 35

» » 2n<i phalanx 42

Fifth finger metacarp 63

» » 1st phalanx 27

» » 2nd phalanx 31

Tibia 50

Foot with claws 29

Hab. Celebes, Bone. (v. Rosenberg).

!N'otes from tli'e Leycleii IMuseuni.

TAPirOZOUS DOBSONI, 121

NOTE xxxn.

ON A NEW BAT, TAPHOZOÜS DOBSONI
FROM MADAGASCAR.

Dr. F. A. JENTINK.

Febr. 1879.

Taphozoxis D obsoni.

After the careful examination by Dobson ^) of the walk-
ing and suctorial organs of certain Bats , it is evident ,
that although there is a great difference in external form ,
the structure and the physiological signification are the
same. The very highly developed suctorial disks of Thy-
roptera tricolor and the comparatively simple adhesive sole
of the foot and thumb of Vesperugo pachypus present a
difference of degree only and not of function.

Spix ^) is the first who has discovered and described
a Bat , Thyroptera tricolor from Brazil , with sucking-cups.
Several years after , Gray ^) announced the very curious Mys-
tacina tuherculata of New-ZTealand , with a remarkable
climbing aparatus.

Meanwhile Temmink *) cursorily mentioned "les pieds a
plante large et déprimée" of his Vespertilio pachypus.

1) P. Z. S. L. 1876, p. 52G, pi. LV.

2) Sim. et Vesp. Bresil. 1823, p. 61, pi. XXXVI, fig. IX. (trough inad-
vertency of the printer the "index" has Thyroptera, bicolor).

3) Voyage of the „Sulphur"", 1843, Mammalia, p. 23.

4) Monographies de Mammalogie, 1835-4!, T. II, p. 2l7, pi. 54, f. 4-6.

Notes from the Leyden Miusevxm..

122 TAPHOZOUS DOBSONI.

Dobson ^) described the clinging organs of a Bornean
Bat , Vesperugo tylopus and of Vesperugo nanus , discovered
by Peters on his journey in Mossambique. The same ex-
cellent observer states in a paper on Vesperugo Blanfordi ^)
that "a broad adhesive cushion occupies the base of the
inferior surface of the metacarpal bone , and extends out-
wards and backwards upon the base of the metacarpal of
the second finger."

Finally Milne Edwards and Grandidier ^) have established
a new genus Myzopoda , upon a remarkable Bat from Ma-
dagascar, which they described under the specific name
'^aurita\ This species presents "des disques adhesifs situes
au-dessous du pouce des membres antérieures et au dessous
du pied des membres postérieurs."

The following species thus were hitherto known :

1. Thyroptera tricolor, Spix — Hab. Brazil, Surinam.

2. Vesperugo pachypus , Tem. — Hab. Darjiling, Tenasserim
Province , Andaman-islands , Sumatra , Java , Philippine-
islands.

3. Vesperugo nanus, Peters — Hab. Africa, south of the Sa-
hara, Madagascar.

4. Vesperugo tylopus, Dobson — Hab. North-Borneo.

5. Vesperugo Blanfordi, Dobson — Hab. Tenasserim.

6. Myzopoda aurita , Milne Edw. and Grand. — Hab. Mada-
gascar.

7. Mystacina tuberculata. Gray — Hab. New-Zealand.

Now I have the pleasure to add an eighth species that I
found in a collection of Mammalia from Madagascar,
sent by J, Audebert, our zealous explorer of that inte-
resting island. Among other bats there were in that
collection a fine specimen of Vesperugo nanus and also
a single specimen of the beautiful Myzopoda aurita.
Our species being a true Taphozous , I propose to name

1) P. Z. S. L. 1875, p. 472.

2) Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal. 1877, p. 312.

3) Bulletin de la Soc. philom. de Paris, Seance du 22 Juin 1878.

Notes from the Leyden ]Museum.

TAPHOZOUS DOBSONI. 123

it in honor of Dr. Dobson , the author of the highly
important Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the collection
of the British Museum ,

Taphozous Dobsoni, n. sp.

First phalanx of middle finger folded (in repose) on the
upper surface of the metacarpal bone. Radio-metacarpal
pouch loell developed. Gular sac large in the male ; as we
have received no female, we cannot state if she too pos-
sesses a simular organ.

Ears shorter than the head; inner margin not papillate.
Lower lip with a distinct groove.

Wings from the ankles. Interfemoral membrane greatly
developed.

Under surface of the base of the thumbs with small
jieshy pads. There is also a little rounded cushion near the
base of the under surface of the footsoles.

The face in front of the eyes is covered with short
blackish brown hairs.

General color as in Taphozous mauritianus : fur above
buff brown near the base , then brown with grey extre-
meties. Chest and abdomen pure white. Hairs round
gular sac colored as the sides of throat which is embel-
lished with a chestnut collar.

On the upper surface the wing-membrane as far outwards
as a line drawn from the ankle and the thumb to the
elbow and also the hairy antehumeral and interfemoral
membranes are brown, the hairs being colored as on the
back: the wing membranes for the rest white, except a
brown patch inside the first phalanx of the longest finger :
beneath all the hairs and membranes are white , except
the brown-colored interfemoral membrane.

Lower incisors distinctly trifid.

Length of the only specimen , an adult male , preserved
in alcohol.

Notes from the Leyden ]\Xuseu.m.

124 TAPHOZOUS DOnSONI.

m. ra.

Head and body 97

Tail 22

Free end of tail 12

Ear 13

Tragus 6

Forearm 62

Thumb 7

Third finger-raetacarp 62

„ „ 1st phalanx 22

„ „ 2i«^ phalanx 23

Fourth fiuger-metacarp 47

„ „ 1st phalanx 12.5

„ „ 2nd phalanx 8

Fifth finger-metacarp 36.5

„ „ 1st phalanx 12

„ „ 2"^ phalanx 10

Tibia 26

Foot and claws 10

Calcaneum 17.5

Hab : Madagascar, Mahambo (J. Audebert).

This species is the largest among the other hitherto
known African species of the genus Taphozous, which are
provided with a distinct radio-metacarpal pouch.

Notes from tlae Xjeyden IMiiseum..

NYCTINOMUS BEMMELENI. 125

NOTE XXXIII.

ON A NEW BAT, NYCTINOMUS BEMMELENI, FROM

LIBERIA.

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

March 1879.

Nyctinomus Bemmeleni , n. sp.

T^ ,.,. T 2 1— i 2—2 3—3

Dentition, inc. ^, c. j^^j, p. m. g^^, m. g— -„,

At a glance this species is distinguished from all the
other species of the genus Nyctinomus by the length of
the metacarpal bone of the third and the fourth finger , by
the peculiar manner in which the interfemoral membrane
and the wings are attached to the tibiae , and by the very
long end of the tail free from the membrane.

Muzzle as in the other species ; upper lip very expan-
sible and thick , deeply grooved by vertical wrinkles.

Ears united by a low band in front, but connected by
the bases of their inner margin , which form a sharp angle.
Earconch triangular , rounded towards the tip , the inner
and outer margins being oval. Tragus also triangular , very
small. Antitragus well developed , broad , obtusely rounded
towards the top , with a large base , separated from the
earconch by a very deep notch.

The female possesses no gular sac.

Notes irom tlie Leyden ]VIu.seuxa«

126 NYCTINOMUS BEMMELENI.

In the other species of the genus Nyctinomus the forearm
always exceeds in length the metacarpal bone of the third
and the fourth finger: in our species, however , the case is just
the contrary , for the metacarpal bone of the third finger
exceeds the forearm and that of the fourth finger equals
the forearm in length.

Comparatively the tail is not longer than in the other spe-
cies , but its part included in the interfemoral membrane
is particularly short and therefore the free end of the tail
is extraordinarily long.

In the other species of this genus according to rule the
wings are attached to the outside of the tibiae or ankles,
and the interfemorale membrane to the inside. Now
in the species in question the wings and the interfemoral
membrane proceed from the same point , to be found on the
middle of the tibia just between the out and inside.

The thumbs, the first and the fifth toe are very thick;
especially the latter, and further the other toes are orna-
ted with long rigid , white colored , overhanging hairs — as
commonly in the other species of this genus.

Fur dark smoke-brown above, yellowish brown beneath.
Ears, wings and tail colored as the back.

Upper incisors well developed , close together , separated
from the canines by a rather large interval. Lower ones
very little, bifid, crowded. First upper premolar very
small , acute , not filling up the space between the canine
and second premolar: first lower premolar about half the
size of the second premolar.
Type in the Leyden Museum.

Measures of the single specimen , being a female , pre-
served in alcohol.

m. m.

Head and body 54

Tail . . . " 35

Tail free from membrane 26

Ear ... 15

I^otes iroxxi the Leyden lMu.seu.rn.

NYCTINOMUS BEMMELENI.

127

m. m.

Tragus 2X2

Antitragus 3.5 X 5

Forearm 41

Third finger-metacarp 42

» » 1st plial 18

» » 2°d » 16.5

» » 3*^ » 8

Fourth finger-metacarp 41

» » 1st phal 14

» » 2nd » 11.5

Fifth finger-metacarp 24

» » 1st plial 12

» » 2^^ » 5

Tibia 14

Foot with claws 11

Hab. Liberia.

Mr. A. A. van Bemmelen, Director of the Zoological
Gardens at Rotterdam has been so kind as to present this
curious Bat to the Leyden Museum: I therefore propose
to name it in honor of its donor.

Notes frona the Leyden Museum.

NIGIDIUS LICHTENSTEJNII. 129

NOTE XXXIY.

ON A m^^ SPECIES OE LUCANIDE, mGlDlUS
LICHTENSTEIKII, EROM CELEBES.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

This new species belongs to Parry's ') Section A (man-
dibles robust , with a recurved process at the base) , b (pro-
thorax smooth, non-foveate; the anterior angles produced,'
non-emarginate) and is therefore allied to Nigidius laevi-
collis Westw. ^) of the Philippine islands, but at once to
be distinguished from that species by the different punc-
tuation of the sides of the prothorax and that of the sulci
of the elytra.

I propose to name the new species in honor of the well
known and sagacious inquirer of insect-life Mr. Jules Lich-
tenstein of Montpellier:

Nigidius Lichtensteinii, sp. n.
Male. — Length (without mandibles) 16 mm., breadth

1) Trans. Ent. Soc. of London. 1873. p. 343.

2) According to a communication recently received from Major F. J.Sidney
Parry, Nigidius Fomtosa/iits Bates is proximate to iV. cornutus Mc Leay,
perhaps even a less developed variety of that species. I have compared the
type specimen of Fonnosanus , most generously lent to me for that
purpose by its present possessor, ISIajor Sidney Parry, with the new species,
and I can state that they are quite diflTcreut.

Notes trom the Leyden ^luseum.

d30 NIGIDIUS LKHTENSTEINII.

at the shoulders 6,5 mm. — Of the same form as the
allied N. laevkollis Westw. Very shining, black , the outer
margin of the elytra more or less dark rufous.

The head as in laevicoUis but its lateral margins less
divergent, the lateral dilatations being wider in front and
their hind edges not so much prolonged ; the mandibles
as in laevicoUis, but their horn-shaped dorsal process less
curved , dilated inwards and slightly emarginate at the top.

The prothorax as in laevicoUis , but the punctuation of
the sides fine and spread , and the lateral margins straight ,
not emarginate beyond the flattened anterior angles. The
anterior tibiae with six teeth on the outer margin , and
the four hind tibiae with a rather strong central spine
preceded by two more minute spines.

The elytra as in laevicoUis , but the sulci narrower and
the foveae in their bottoms small, circular and distinct
from one another.

The punctuation of the under surface of the body not quite
as strong as in laevicoUis; the prosternum in front of the
space between the anterior coxae plane , not carinated.

Hab. Gorontalo , North Celebes (C. B. H. von Rosenberg).

Ley den Museum, March 1879.

Note» from the Leyden M!vi.«eu.m.

GALIDIA AND ITS SPECIES. 131

NOTE XXXV.
ON THE GENUS GALIDIA AND ITS SPECIES.

Dr. P. A. JENTINK.

April 1879.

In the year 1839 Is. Geoff. St. Hilaire ^) described and
figured three species of his new genus Galidia , viz : ele-
gans , concolor and olivacea , all natives of Madagascar. It
seems that Galidia olivacea has not been captured by
the travellers who visited Madagascar after Bernier and
Goudot: the only specimen hitherto known was the type
of which Is. G. St. Hilaire relates "la queue, dans notre
individu, est incomplete; mais, a en juger par la portion
tres étendue qui est conservee , elle parait plus longue
que chez la Galidie concolore" , and therefore every
one meant that the tail of the species in question would
be as long as it is in Galidia concolor ^). The two other
species are of frequent occurrence , especially Galidia elegans :
some writers considered them as belonging to the same
species , and the coyicolor as the young of the elegans ; other
authors agreed with Is. G. St. Hilaire in keeping the two

1) Magasin de Zoölogie, 1839, deuxièine série, p. 18 et sqq,. pis. 14, 15,
16 et 17. The descriptions are very exact and the figures extraordinarily beau-
tiful and of a striiiing resemblance.

2) Grandidier (Revue et Magasin de Zoölogie, 1867) says : "Je pense que
la G. concolor est un jeune individu de la G. olivacea," without giving reason
for this statement.

Notes irona the Leyclen Museum.

132 GALIDIA AND ITS SPECIES.

species distinct. Is. G. St. Hilaire however already described
the young of the elegans in the following terms "le jeune
age diffère de I'adulte par la couleur du dessus de son cou
et de ses épaules , region qui est d'un roussatre tiqueté de
fauve , et par la nuance moins foncée et moins vive du
rouge marron qui couvre le reste du corps. Les anneaux
noirs de la queue sont aussi moins marqués." Grandidier ^)
moreover remarks "le jeune et l'adulte ont la même colo-
ration ," and Bartlett *) states : "the colours of the young
are exactly the same as in the adult."

Is. G. St. Hilaire had before him of the G. elegans se-
veral individuals and two skulls, of G. concolor a single
skin without skull , and of G. olivacea a single mutilated
skin with its skull. He accurately pointed out the diffe-
rences between the skulls of elegans and olivacea , and figured
the skull of the former. As nobody after him has spoken
of the skull of G. concolor , and supposed that olivacea has
a tail as long as in concolor, olivacea might just be
the young of concolor, or the contrary might be the case.
So , there are three questions to solve , viz :

I''. If there are differences between the skull of concolor
and the skulls of the other species.

2°. How long the tail of olivacea is.

3*^. How many species of Galidia we must admit.

Up to last year the only species of the genus Galidia
represented in our collection was G. elegans; we possessed
three specimens and three skulls , two adult ones labelled
"Bernier 1834" and therefore originating from the same
collection to which belonged the types of Is. G. St. Hi-
laire's G. elegans ; the third specimen , a very young one ,
was purchased in 1875 of Mr. Frank in London and very
likely belonged to the collection of Mammals and Birds

1) Kevue et Magasin de Zoölogie, 1867.

2) P. Z. S. L. 1875, p. 64. He had before liira an about half-grown
young one.

Notes from the Leyden ^luseuna.

GALIDIA AND ITS SPECIES. 133

made by Waters in Madagascar and of which Bartlett
gave a list in the Proceedings for the year 1875.

Now last year our traveller , J. Audebert , sent a num-
ber of eight specimens and the same number of skulls of
Galidia, collected by him in N. E. Madagascar — Mana-
nare , Mahambo and Maisine. — Of these specimens three
adults and a youug one belong to G. elegans , two other
ones agi'ee in all parts with the description and figures
of G. concolor, given by Is. G. St. Hilaire, and the other
two belong clearly to G. olivacea of the same author. This
collection enables us to solve the above proposed questions.

In comparing the skulls of olivacea and elegans with
that of concolor we find the following differences. The
skulls being of the same length it must be noticed that
in elegans^ all the teeth are generally stronger and more
developed with exception of the hindmost upper and lower
molar : the hindmost upper molar is very small in elegans ,
but attains in concolor nearly the size and shape of the
second upper molar ; the hindmost lower molar in elegans is
merely a very small tooth with a minute excavation and a
few elevated tubercles ; in the concolor , on the other hand ,
the molar in question is provided with two deep excavations
and well developed tubercles and attains towards its base
the size of the first lower molar. Galidia concolor and
olivacea agree as to the shape and size of these hind-
most molars: Is. G. St. Hilaire remarked "a les juger par
leurs tuberculeuses , on penserait que les Galidia olivacea
et Galidia elegans sont de genres tres différents." — I have
before me six skulls of fullgrown or nearly fullgrown indi-
viduals of G. elegans, and no one of these shows a trace
of the small first upper premolar , which I find in the
two skulls of concolor and the two of olivacea. Is. G.
St. Hilaire had also observed that small tooth , but he
stated "sur trois cranes que j'ai sous les yeux , deux pré-
sentent cette petite dent : I'un appartient a une Galidia
elegans adulte , I'autre a I'adulte d'une autre espèce qui va

!N"otes from the Leyden üMviseviin,

134 GALIDIA AND ITS SPECIES.

être décrite sous Ie nom de Galidia olivacea ; le troisième ,
qui ne la présente pas, est celui d'une autre Galidia elegans ,
adulte comme la précédente et plus agée même , a eii juger
par I'etat de I'ossificatiou du crane," and lie therefore con-
cluded "I'existence ou 1 'absence de cette molaire accessoire
n'est done pas même un caractère spécifique." — How to
explain this discordance?

The auditory bulbus in G. concolor is backwards and
downwards sack-shaped dilated as in various species of
Herpestes , in G. elegans on the other hand it resembles
more that part as it is in Mustela. The form of the audi-
tory bulbus of G. olivacea is just intermediate between the
two other species. The foremost part of the skull is more
developed in G. concolor and olivacea than in elegans , whilst
in the latter the hind part of the skull is more developed.
In two skulls of the same size I find the following very
striking differences in the measures.

elegans. concolor.
m. m. m. m.

Length of the skull 70 70

Distance between the eye-hole and inter-
maxillary 19 21.5

Distance between the eye-hole and occipital

crest 54 50

Distance between the auditory bullae . . 10 8

Width between jugalia 40 38

Smallest width on the upper surface of

the skull 14 15.5

The skulls of our G. olivacea belong to immature indi-
viduals, but proportionally they agree much more with
the skulls of concolor than with those of elegans.

The shape of the skull and dentition of G. concolor and olivacea
are nearly the same and greatly differ from G. elegans.

It must here be observed that G. concolor and olivacea also
agree with respect to the length of the claws of the hands ,
which are much larger and less arched than these parts in
G. elegans.

JN'otes from the Leyden IVIuseum*

GALIDIA AND ITS SPECIES. 135

There are however very striking differeuces between
the concolor and olivacea ; the coloration is different , and
the tail of G. olivacea is remarkably short. It is indeed
very comprehensible that Is. G. St. Hilaire , having but
a single skin , which was mereover mutilated concluded ,
on seeing the short tail, that his individual had the tail
smashed. As I have stated above , we possess two specimens
of this species with tails as short as the specimen of Is. G.
St. Hilaire, and both tails are complete.

Consequently we are qualified to admit with Is. G.
St. Hilaire three distinct species of Galidia , of which
now short diagnostics follow.

Galidia elegans, Is. G. St. Hilaire.

This species is at a glance to be distinguished by its reddish
fur , black ringed tail , white bordered ears and short claws
of the hands and feet.

Muzzle shorter than in the other two species ; ears lar-
ger, triangular. General tinge of the fur of a shining
reddish , very beautiful color ; upperparts of head , neck and
back between the shoulders passing to brownish-red; ears,
except the broad white margin , chin , throat , chest and
inside of forelegs of a more grajdsh hue ; belly , abdomen ,
in and outsides of hind legs and outside of forelegs dark
red , passing to intense black on the hands and feet.
Whiskers very short, black.

head and body, tail with tuft.
Our oldest specimen measures 39.5 c. m. 35 c. m.
» youngest » » 22.5 c. m. 13.5 c. m.

This very young individual very clearly shows the black
rings on the tail.

Galidia concolor , Is G. St. Hilaire.

Tail almost as long as in the foregoing species , but
colored like the back. Fur brownish red. Claws of the
hands very long , those of feet as in G. elegans.

Notes from the Leyden IVIuseiim,

136 GALTDIA AND ITS SPECIES.

Muzzle more pointed than in elegans , ears shorter
and more rounded. General tinge of the upperparts a
shining , very fine , brownish red , passing towards chest ,
belly, abdomen and inside of legs to a more reddish
color , the hands and feet being black. The peculiar tinge
of the upperparts , tail and outsides of legs , is caused by the
different colors with which the various hairs are embel-
lished , viz : brown colored woolly hairs , reddish hairs repe-
atedly ringed with black and hairs which are entirely
black. Whiskers short, black.

Length of a fullgrown individual : head and body 35,3 c. m.,
tail with tuft 28,5 c. m.

I believe that the "Vondsira," Flacourt ^) and "le Van-
sire," Buffon et Daub. ^) belonged to this species and not
to G. elegans as Is. G. St. Hilaire and other authors state ,
for , in my opinion , these authors would not have over-
looked the very striking characteristic , viz : the black
ringed tail, if they had had before them specimens of the
latter species.

Galidia olivacea ^ Is. G. St. Hilaire.

Tail much shorter than in the foregoing species , colored
like the back. Fur dark olive-colored. Claws of hands and
feet as in the G. concolor , but the former are more arched
than in that species.

Muzzle and ears as in G. concolor. Upperparts of a
magnific dark olive color, passing towards the lower parts
and insides of legs to a more brownish-red tinge. Hands
and feet grizzled black. The fur of upperparts and tail
consists of olive-brown woolly hairs , other hairs of which
some are entirely black, and some black with one or
two reddish olive-brown rings; the hairs of the tail have
more of such rings. Whiskers short , black.

Measurements of a nearly fullgrown individual : head and
body 28.5 c. m., tail with tuft 19 c. m.

1) llistoire de la grande isle Madagascar, 1661, p. 154.

2) Histoire naturelle, 1770, nouf. éd., T. XIII, p. 89, pi. XXII.

Notes from the Leyden ]VIuseiim.

HEDGEHOGS FRO>r MADAGASCAR. 137

NOTE XXXVI.
ON THE HEDGEHOGS FROM MADAGASCAR.

Dr. F. A. JENTINK.

April 1S79.

Mivart ^) in a very interesting paper lias pointed out
the resemblances and differences between the skeleton and den-
tition of the genus Centetes and Hemicentetes. But it seems
that he has confounded the two species which were known
as belonging to the genus Hemicentetes , for he describes and
figures very exactly the different parts of the skull and skele-
ton of Hemicentetes variegatus , Et. Geoff. St. Hilaire , under
the name Hemicentetes madagascariensis , Shaw, — notwith-
standing these two species present great differences in ex-
ternal characteristics and also in dentition , that is to say
in the mutual proportions of the teeth.

As in so many other parts of Natural History there exists
a very great confusion in the names given by the different
authors to the various species of Hedgehogs from Mada-
gascar.

It therefore seems not superfluous to trace the history
of their synonyms.

But I will first remind the reader, that the various
Madagascar species of Hedgehogs present the following
external characteristics: there is a species resembling our
common European Erinaceus^ but belonging to another

i) P. Z. S. L. 1871, p. 58, pi. V.

Notes from the Leyclen IMuseuxa.

i38 HEDGEHOGS FROM MADAGASCAR.

genus ; the other species resemble young tailless Porcupines ,
and among them we may distinguish three species , the
first shows nowhere trace of longitudinal lines; the second
bears three white bands on the back , the middle of
the head being also provided with a white streak ; while
the third species is ornated with fii-e white lines on the
\)2ick,' without white streak on the head.

Flacourt ■*) relates : il y a une espèce de porcespy que
Ton nomme Tendrac {Tendiac in the very bad illustra-
tion), les gens du pais en sont fort friands tant les
Roandries que les Negres: mais pour moy je n'en ay jamais
pen manger. lis sont tousieurs fort gras, leur chair est
fade, longue et molasse. lis dorment six mois, pendant
lesquels il ne mange point, et pour cet effect s'enterrent
assez avant en terre : cependant qu'ils dorment leur poll
tombe, et il en renaist d'autre quand ils se reveillent. lis
foisonnent beaucoup ; leur poll est aussi picquant que celuy
du Herison. II y a quantite de Herisons ainsi qu'en France ,
qu'ils nomment Sora.''

Now it is evident that Sora is the species resembling
externally the Erinaceus europaeus. But who shall make out
what Flacourt meant with his Tendrac f Did is belong to the
genus Centetes or to Hemicentetes ?

Buffon ^) described and figured s. n. Tendrac and Tanrec
two Hedgehogs from Madagascar , without streaks on the
back, the Tendrac measuring about 16 c. m. , the Tanrec
about 21 c. m. According to Buffon the Tendrac resem-
bles the "common Herisson;" the Tanrec^ on the other
hand , having a much more pointed muzzle , a kind of
elevated crest on the neck , e. s. o. , belongs thus to ano-
ther group or species.

Afterwards ^) Buffon figured another Hedgehog s. n.
le jeune Tanrec, measuring about 11 cm., and embellished
with three white streaks on the back : and in the descrip-

1) Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar. 1661, p. 152, pi. tig.

2) Histoire naturelle, T. XII, 1764, p. 440, fig». LVI et LVII.

3) Histoire naturelle, Supple'm3nt, T. Ill, 1776, p. 214, fig. XXXVII.

Notes from the Leyden ]yiu.seu.m.

HEDGEHOGS FROM MADAGASCAR. 130

tion he states "la première de ces bandes s'étend depuis Ie
museau tout le long de la tete et continue sur le cou et sur
l'épine du dos: les deux autres bandes sont chacune sur
les flancs." The subjoined figure being very exact and the
description very clear, it is rather inconceivable how Buffon
could believe this specimen to be the young of the above
named Tanrec.

The specimen ') figured s. n. le Tandrac ^ Buffon re-
garded as a young of his Tendrac, earlier described,
whereas it was a very young specimen , or variety — mea-
suring about 5.8 c. m. — of his jeune Tanrec , as will be
seen in reading his description : "le corps porte une grande
quantité de piquans d'un blanc jaunatre , qui semblent se
reunir par bandes irrégulières. On remarque au-dessus du
nez une bande d'un blanc jaunatre, qui s'étend jusqu'au
commencement du dos et se termine en pointe a ses deux
extrémités."

Schreber *) called le Tanrec, Buffon, ?kn^le jeune Tanrec,
Buffon, Erinaceus ecaudatus, taking these two species for
the same. But as they belong to two different species ,
as I have shown, we must the species-name "ecaudatus"
apply only to the first species. He ^) named le Tendrac,
Buffon , Erinaceus setosus.

Sonnerat *) figured s. u. le petit Tandrek de Madagascar ,
a Hedgehog — measuring about 19 cm. — with Jive
white streaks on the back. This specimen belonged to another
species and not to Erinaceus setosus , Lin. Gmel. ^) , the
"setosus" bearing no streaks at all. The latter author
followed Schreber in confounding le Tanrec, Buff, et le
jeune Tanrec , Buff. , under the name of Erinaceus ecaudatus.

1) Histoire naturelle. Supplément, T. VII, 1789, p. 301, fig. LXXVI.

2) Die Siiugethiere, J778, T. Ill, p. 584,, pK CLXV and CLXVI.
3; Die Saugethiere, 1778, T. Ill, p. 583, pi. CLXIV.

4) Voyage aux Indes orientales et a la Chine, 1806, 2rae éd. T. IV, p. 118,
pi. 91.

5) Systems naturae. 1788, ISih ed: T. I, p. 117.

Note» from the Leyden. ^luseuxo.

440 HEDGEHOGS FROM MADAGASCAR.

Shaw ^) called le petit Tandrek , Sonnerat , Erinacetis
Madagascariensis , at the same time keeping together almost
all the described Hedgehogs from Madagascar under that
name: more especially however having in view in that
description Sonnerat's Hedgehog. We therefore consider
this Jive streaked Hedgehog as Erinaeeus madagascariensis.
I agree with Shaw in keeping distinct Buffon's Tanrec ,
not however as a variety as he did ^).

Et. GeoiFroy St. Hilaire ^) admitted two species: the
first was the Setiger setosus (Erinaeeus setosus, Schreber)
and the second species was a Hedgehog with three white
streaks on the back, which he named Setiger variegatus,
and thus being le jeune Tanrec, Buffon. — These species
were brought with by Sonnerat.

Erinaeeus {Centenes) **) semispinosus , Cuvier *) is a syno-
nym of Setiger variegatus as being based upon le jeune Tanrec ,
Buffon. Cuvier rightly observes that this species presents
six incisives in each pair of jaws.

Centenes spinosus , Desmarest ^) is Setiger setosus , Geoff.,
as the description also shows.

The new genus Ericulus established by Is. Geoff. St. Hi-
laire ') is based upon a Hedgehog with "incisives au nombre
de quatre a chaque machoire," and therefore agrees with
Setiger^ Et. Geoffr. St. Hilaire, the latter generic name
thus having the priority.

Echinops Telfairi , Martin ^) , presents the snout , ears ,
tail , and spiny covering of the upper surface of the body ,

1) General Zoology, 1800, Vol. I, T. II. p. 54,8.

2) General Zoology, 1800, Vol. I, T. II, p. 549.

3) Catalogue des Mammifères, 1803, p. 72.

4) According to Cuvier this genus-name should have been given by lUiger ,
but lUiger in his "Prodromus, 1811, p. 124", has established the genus Ceii-
tetes , in favor of Erinaeeus ecaudatus, Lin. Gmel.

51 Le règne animal, 1817, T. I, p. 166.

6) Mammalogie, 1820, T. I, p. 162.

7) Annales des sciences naturelles, 1837. Seconde Série, T. VIII, p. 60
(4 Septembre).

8) P. Z. S. L. 1838, p. 17.

iS'otes from, the Leytlen IMuseiiiii.

HEDGEHOGS FRt'.M MADAGASCAR. 141

as in Erinaceus , but the incisors in the upper' jaw are
four in number, and therefore this species entirely agrees
with Setiger setosics , which generic and specific name is
the oldest. — Wagner ^) has changed the generic name
Echinops to Echinogale. — For the same reason Ericulus
nigrescens , Is. Geoff. St. Hilaire *) also is Setiger setosus ,
or perhaps a black variety of latter. Centetes armatus ,
Is. Geoff. St. H. (o. c) agrees with the true Centetes ecau-
datus , whilst his Centetes setosus (o. c.) was a young spe-
cimen of Erinaceus madagascariensis Shaw , as the figures
clearly demonstrate.

In "Notes sur les Mammifères , etc.", A. Grandidier ')
enumerates among two other species (viz: Centetes ecauda-
tus , L. and Ericulus nigrescens^ Geoff. = black variety of
Setiger setosus) also Ericulus spinosus , Illiger. As I men-
tioned above, Illiger has invented the generic name Centetes,
and moreover emplayed only the specific name ecaudatus , Lin.
Gm. Perhaps Grandidier meant Ericulus spinosus , Is. Geoff.
St. H. , but this specific name (the species was based upon
specimens in a very bad state of conservation) is synonymous
with Ericidus nigrescens^ Geoff, (see the description apud
Geoffroy, o. c). Echinops Mivortii *) , Grandidier, or Echi-
nops Miwarti ^ , Grandidier , apparently belongs to the black
variety of Setiger setosus.

Pollen and v. Dam ^) have gathered specimens , some ivith
and others ivithout white lines on the back, they however
state that the former were young specimens of the latter —
viz: of Centetes ecaudatus. — Is. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, o. c.
says "les jeunes individus de cette espèce , (du Centetes
setosus , Cuvier =r Erinaceus madagascariensis , Shaw) different
considerablement des adultes. J'ai sous les yeux plusieurs

1) Die Siiugcthiere Schreber's, Supplementband, II, 1841, p. 29.

2) Magasin de Zoölogie, 1839, deuxième Série, p. 1 et sqq. pk 1 a 4,

3) Revue et Magasin de Zoölogie, 1867.

4) Bulletin de la Société de Géographie, 1871.

5) Revue et Magasin de Zoölogie, 1869, p. 338

6) Recherches sur la faune de Madagascar, 1868, 2'ne partie, p. 25.

JVotes from the Leyden IMuseum.

142 HEDGEHOGS FROM MADAGASCAR.

Tanrecs long seulement de quatre pouces — 10.8 c. m. — :
leur corps est , en clessus , noir , avec cinq bandes longitu-
dinales blanchatres , dont les latérales sont pen distinctes,"

Finally , Bartlett ^) enumerated among other Mammels
from Madagascar , Ericulus nigricans , inhabiting Tamatave ,
but as he added no description at all , nobody can make
out what he meant , without having seen his type specimen :
perhaps it was a slip of the pen and was his example the
Ericulus nigrescens, Geoif.

Now recapitulating the foregoing , we may distinguish
the following genera and species of Hedgehogs, found in
Madagascar.

A. Se tiger *), Etienne Geoflfroy St. Hilaire — 1803.
I. ?zf . c. — \ P. M. — . M. — .

2—2 1—1 3—3 3—3

Resembles externally the common European Hedgehog.
No streaks nor bands on the back. No crest.

1. Setiger set o sus, Schreber — 1778.

Upperparts of head , from a line drawn between the
eyes and ears , of back , sides of the body and upperparts
of thighs furnished with harsh quills ; they are , however ,
not so harsh as in the common Erinaceus. Head, throat,
breast, belly and legs are almost naked, sparingly covered
with soft and rather short hairs. Eye-brow hairs and
whiskers very long , the longest attaining more than twice
the length of the wishers of Erinaceus europaeus.

Quills greatly differing in hue in the various specimens.
Generally the points and bases are white: the youngest

1) P. s. z. L. 1875, p. 6i.

2) Mivart (P. Z. S. L. 1871, p. 73) keeps distinct the genera Ericulus, Is.
Geoff, and Echhwps, Martin. Echinops , Martin, however was based upon a not
fuUgrown individual — measuring about 13 cm. — and therefore the /«'wr/wzojif
molar in each jaw was still wanting, but it agreed for the rest in all respects
with Ericulus, Is. Geoffroy, whilst this latter is a synonym of Setiger, Et.
Geoffroy.

Notes IroiTi the Leyclen ]VIuseum.

SETIGER SÉTOSUS. 143

individual — measuring about 10 c. m. — before me, has
the bases colored like the rest of the quills, viz. reddish
brown , the points being white , but several quills are entirely-
reddish brown. In our largest specimen — measuring about
22.5 c. m. — all the quills bear a rather narrow subterminal
black ring ^) : another individual — measuring 14 c. m. —
shows many quills Avhich are black , except towards the base.
Another again , of the same the length as the former , has
the white quills embellished with a brown sub terminal ring.
Upperparts of head , hands and feet are covered with smoke
brown hairs , the remaining parts of the body being straw
colored. Whiskers black, brown or straw-colored. Hairs
of the eye-brows black.

Upper jau\ The incisors are separated from each other
by intervals, the two middle are the largest, — much
more developed than in the other Madagascar Hedgehogs —
subcylindrical , perpendicular, and placed at the apex of
the jaw ; the two other ones are shaped as the former , but
less developed in all proportions, though stronger than
in the following species. Separated by a small space suc-
ceed the canines , simular to the incisors , but longer and
bearing a small posterior notch — in very old individuals
the incisors too are notched. The molars , separated by
a space from the canines , are crowded , which is not
the case in the other species.

Lower jaw. The hindmost incisors are the longest , for the
rest they are shaped as the other ones and obliquely di-
rected forwards ; the canines and incisors are crowded and
notched. The canines bear two notches, for the rest sha-
ped like the hindmost incisors , but larger in all proportions.
The first false molar is separated from the canines and the
other molars by a narrow space. The other molars are
crowded.

The muzzle, ears and tail as in the common Erinaceus
europaeus.

1) Both this sjiecimen and the following belong to the black variety , introduced
by Is. Geoffrey St. Hilaire as a distinct species under the name of nigrescent-

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

144 SETIGEB SETOSUS.

Our Museum contains : ten — nine stuffed and one al-
coholic — specimens from different parts of Madagascar,
viz : from Tintingue , Tamatave , Mouroundava and Mahambo ,
collected by Lantz , v. Dam and Audebert , and nine skulls.

B. Centetes, Illiger — 1811.
I. ^-^. c. ~. P. M. -^ -. M. ^.

3—3 1—1 3—3 3—3

Resembles externally young Porcupines. No streaks nor
bands on back or head. Crest well developed.

2. Centetes ecaudatus , Schreber — 1778.

Muzzle much more enlarged than in Setiger setosus ,
therefore the head attains nearly half the length of the
body — in Setiger setosus about one fourth.

Upperparts of head , cheeks , sides of neck , fore-part of
back and outside of thighs closely covered with harsh
quills, forming on the hind part of the head between the
ears an elevated crest. Quills white ■^) or yellowish white
with a rather small brown or reddish-brown subtermiual
ring. Some quills are entirely white. Hind part ot back ,
sides of body and outside of legs furnished with longer
flexible bristles-like quills, on the hindmost part of the back
gradually passing to very elongated — in the largest
individual before me they measure 65 m. m. — undulating-
bristles which are overhanging the rump and tail. These
bristle-like quills and bristles are white or yellowish white
colored with a brown or reddish-brown subterminal ring ,
the extent of the two colors being in proportion to the
length of the coverings. A few among them are entirely
brown. In the young ones — measuring about 15 c. m. —
there are a few short pure white quills between the long-
bristles and also some entirely brown bristles, much
longer than the other ones.

1) The specimens with very long pure white points to the quills and bristles
belong to Centetes armatus. Is. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, (see o. c. p. 31, pi. 2).

Notes from llie Leyden Bluseum.

CENTETES ECAUDATUS. 145

Chin, throat, chest, belly and inside of legs furnished
with a few white or dirty white more or less rigid hairs.

Naked muzzle , ears , feet and hands brownish black.

Upper jaw. Incisors separated from each other and from
the canines; the middle ones are the longest, the others
are notched. Canines very strong and long , inclined fore-
wards , without notch. First premolar separated from the
canine by a much longer space than that which separates
the first premolar from the second; the second premolar
much longer and more, developed than the first, crowded
with the third premolar and other molars which it exceeds
in height.

Loioer jmv. Incisors not crowded , longer than the upper
ones , the foremost pair is the largest , a. s. o. , they are
all notched. Canines shaped and sized like the upper ones ,
received into a fossa in the upper jaw. First premolar
shorter and less developed in all proportions than the se-
cond , separated from the canine by a much wider interval
than from the second premolar. The latter exceeds the third
premolar and also the molars in height. The two hindmost
premolars and the molars also are crowded ').

There are now in the Leyden Museum of this species
fifteen stuSed specimens, one skeleton and nine skulls,
collected by Pollen, v. Dam and Audebert in Mada-
gascar, Mahambo and Maisine, in Nossi be, Nossi faly,
Mayotte and Mauritius. The largest specimen measures
about 33 c. m., the smallest about 15 c. m. : the largest
skull measures 10 c. m., the smallest 6.5 c. m.

C. Hemicentetes, Mivart — 1871.
L t±, c. — . P. M. — . M. — .

3—3 1—1 3—3 3—3

With white streaks or bands on the back. Crest well
developed.

1) For more details I refer to P. Z. S. L. 1871, Mivart, "on Heraicentetcs.'
Notes Irom. tlie Leyden DVIiiseum.

146 HEMICENTETES MADAGASCARIENSIS.

3. Hemicentetes madagascariensis , Shaw — 1800.

Muzzle elongated simular to Centetes ecaudatus. Head
also attaining about half the length of the body.

Upperparts of head covered with rather short quills, on
the neck forming an elevated crest. These quills are white
with a brownish black subterminal ring. Above the eyes
there is a white patch, below them a black one.

The body is ornated with five white lines , the middle
forming a kind of rather broad band from the crest to the
tail. These lines consist of pure white quills.

In the young ones — measuring about 10.5 c. m. —
the back between the white streaks , the sides of the body
and outside of legs are furnished with short flexible quills
and much more elongated bristles , these bristles and quills
being uniformly of a dark blackish-brown color.

In the old ones — measuring about 23 c. m. ^) — there
are also flexible quills and large bristles on the back between
the white streaks and on the sides of the body, but here
the quills are white with a sub terminal brownish black
ring, passing to longer and brownish black or entirely
white colored bristles towards the hind part of the back
and the outside of legs.

In all the specimens there are between the quills and
bristles on the sides of the body and outside of legs irre-
gularly spread a few pure white quills. Cheeks , chin ,
throat, breast, belly and inside of legs sparingly covered
with rather rigid whitish hairs. Whiskers blackish brown
projecting beyond the ears.

Naked muzzle , ears , hands and feet dirty yellow or brown
colored.

Upper jaw. — Incisors separated from each other: the
second incisor is slightly curved and notched. Canines

1) Our oldest specimen of this species therefore is about 8 c. m. larger than
the youngest of the Centetes ecaudatus (see above^, which should be noticed
Hs being of the highest importance !

Notes from the JLieyden ZMuseuni.

HEMICENTETES MADAGASCARIENSIS. 147

well developed , curved and inclined forewards , separated
from the incisors by a wide space. Still wider is the in-
terval between the canine and the first premolar which
is very strong , provided with a single notch and higher than
the second, which is placed at a short distance from
it and rises but a little above the third premolar and the
other molars.

Loioer jaw. — The four middle incisors horizontally
inclined forewards , closely crowded. Second and third
incisor provided with a notch. Canines shaped and sized
like the upper canines. They are received into a fossa in
the upper jaw. Distance between the canine and first
premolar twice the distance between the canine and hindmost
incisor. First premolar more developed in all proportions
than the second , and like these provided with two
notches. The first and second premolar are separated by
a distance as large as that between the canine and hindmost
incisor. Second premolar a little higher than the third
premolar and other molars which are crowded. (See Mi-
vart , 0. c).

Of this species we possess six stuffed specimens, four
preserved in alcohol and four skulls , collected by Pollen ,
V. Dam and Audebert, in N. 0. and N. E. Madagascar
and in Reunion.

4. Hemicentetes variegatus, Et. Geoflfroy
St. Hilaire — 1803.

Head exceedingly elongated, much more than in Hemi-
centetes madagascariensis , attaining about a third of the length
of the body; muzzle tapering anteriorly, nakedish.

On the middle of the head is a yellow streak , on the
back there are three simular streaks. In the individuals
which agree with le jeune Tanrec , Buffon , the streak on the
head uninterrupted ^) passes to the streak on the middle

1) Et. Geoifroy St. Hilaire, o. c. says, "dessus du corps orne de trois
lignes blanches jaunatres; celle du milieu s' etend du bout du museau a, I'anus.
Le pelage est mêlé de soies et de quelques piquans."

Notes from the Leyden ^Xuseux».

148 HEMICENTETES VARIEGATUS.

of the back (l have five specimens before me). In the
landrac, Buffon (supp. T. VII, p. 301, fig. LXXVI),
however, there is a very small whitish line on the middle
of the head , abrupt near the base of the crest , nor is the
streak on the middle of the back continuous (we possess
a single specimen). As there are still more differences
in coloration , I will describe this individual by itself
as a variety of the Hemicentetes variegatus.

The foremost quills of the crest , the quills , bristles and
soft hairs on the head marked off by a line drawn from
the base of the ear to the corner of the mouth , sides
of the neck, posterior upper half of the sides of the
body , parts between the yellow streaks on the back , coverts
of the haunches and outside of legs, are intensely black.
The rest of the quills of the crest, the uninterrupted band
along the middle of the head and back , the two other
bands anteriorly curved towards the spine , the anterior
and posterior lower half of the sides of the body, are
uniformly yellow. Cheeks, chin, throat, chest, belly and
inside of legs covered with rather soft yellow hairs. Muzzle ,
ears, short whiskers, hands and feet blackish.

As to the dentition it will suffice to copy Mivart's very
accurate description of the teeth of Hemicentetes madagasca-
riensis (lege ^^ variegatus''). "The iipper incisors on each side
are all separated from each other and from the canine ; and
the first upper incisor is also separated by an interval from
its fellow on the opposite side. The first two incisors on
each side are of nearly the same size and shape. Each is
conical , pointed and much hooked , with a very large pos-
terior lobe. The third incisor is much shorter, gradually
broadening downwards from the socket to the distal edge.
The canine is shaped like the first two incisors , but rather
larger and with the posterior lobe relatively smaller. It
is very much smaller, relatively as well as absolutely than
in Centetes , I add "and in Hemicentetes madagascariensis'". —
The first premolar, in shape and size, is very much like
the canine , though separated from the latter by an inter-
Notes trom tlie Leyden IMuseum,

HEMICENTETES VARIEGATUS. 149

space, which is about three times as long as that which
divides the canine from the third incisor. The second
premolar is separated from the first premolar by an inter-
val still greater than that which divides the first premolar
from the canine. It has a posterior talon , but no inter-
nal cusp. The third premolar is nearly contiguous to the
second ; it is much simpler than is the homologous tooth
in Centetes. All the molars are contiguous to each other
and to the third premolar.

In the loiver jaw the six incisors are much closer toge-
ther than are those of the upper jaw. This is less due to
their inplanation than to the lateral expansion of their
crowns. They are less vertically extended than are the
upper ones , and each expands upwards from the root to
the cutting-edge. The canine is very much smaller, rela-
tively as well as absolutely, than in Centetes, I add "and
in Hemicentetes madagascariensis.'" — It is not received into
any fossa in the upper jaw. It is a much curved conical
tooth , with a considerable posterior cusp at its base. The
first premolar, in size and shape, is quite like the canine
in front. It is separated from the latter by a considerable
interval."

I add to the above description: the second loioer pre-
molar is separated from the first and third by an inter-
val as great as that which divides the first premolar
from the canine. The third premolar is placed at a short
distance from the molars , which are closely crowded. The
premolars do not exceed the molars in height.

Generally the dentition of this species is weaker and
much less developed in all proportions than it is in Hemi-
centetes madagascariensis. In comparing the skulls of a
specimen of Hemicentetes madagascariensis — measuring
10.5 c. m. — with that of a specimen of Hemicentetes va-
riegatus — measuring about 17 cm. — one loould believe
the latter to he a young specimen of the former species.

We possess of the above described species: one stuffed
specimen , four preserved in alcohol — the smallest mea-

Notes from the Ijeyden IMtiseum,

150 HEMICENTETES VARIEGATUS.

sures about 9 c. m, — and two skulls , gathered in diffe-
rent parts of Madagascar by Crossley and Audebert.

Hemicentetes variegatus, var. buffoni,
Jentink — 1879.

I have before me a specimen — measuring about 14 c, m. —
and agreeing in all details with the description given by
Buffon, 1. c. , of his Tandrac, which measured 5.8 c. m. —
and was therefore a very young one. The general shape
of our individual is that of Hemicentetes variegatus with
which it also agrees in dentition as well in number as
in shape and size of teeth. But the differences in colora-
tion are very great.

On the upper parts of head and body predominate two
colors, viz: black and whitish straw-yellow. The belly is
yellow passing to a more brownish color towards the
chest , throat and chin. Upper parts of head , except a small
streak on its middle, black: the small streak on the head
is yellow, attenuated towards its extremities and ends
near the base of the crest. Elevated crest, neck, a tri-
angle on the foremost part of back, a large oval patch
on the spine from the middle of the back to a point be-
tween the haunches, and a broad streak on each side of
the body, curved upwards on its fore-part towards the
spine at a distance of 6 lines and also curved upwards on
its hindmost part towards the end of the large oval patch ,
but without touching it and downwards to the root of tail ,
are uniformly of a straw-yellow. The middle part of the
back , between the ends of the upwards curved side-streaks ,
a broad ring around the large oval patch on the back ,
the sides of neck , the coverings of shoulders passing to an un-
interrupted broad streak along the sides of the body , beneath
the yellowish side-streaks, and along the outside of the
legs, are colored entirely black.

On the upperparts of the body the greatest part of the
hairs is woolly; irregularly spread are rather harsh quills
Notes from, the lueyden ]Mii»eiim.

HEMICENTETES VARIEGATUS. 15l

and short rigid hairs. Crest consists on its hind part of'
elongated woolly hairs , on its foremost part of large rigid
bristle-like quills. The headcoverings are rigid hairs.

On the underparts of the body the fur consists of woolly
hairs and longer stiffer ones.

Muzzle, ears, hands and feet brownish black.

Of this variety we have a single specimen and its skull ;
the individual was captured by Crossley on his journey in
Madagascar.

JN"otes IVom the Leyclen ÜMuseum,

GLYCYPHANA RUGIPENNIS. 453

NOTE xxxvn.

ON A NEW SPECIES OE CETONIDE, GLYCYPHANA
RUGIPENNIS, EROM SUMATRA.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

Glycyphana rugipennis , sp. n.

Allied to Gl. Macquartii G. & P. ') and Gl. Sumatrensis
V. Voll. ^) hy its coloration , slender form and elongate
scutellum , but quite distinct by the rugosity of the lateral
and apical portion of the elytra.

Length 12,5 mm., breadth at the shoulders 6,5mm. —
Entirely black , with the lateral margins of the pronotum
and the posterior angles of the prosternum red , the for-
mer with the inside waved and a small black spot just before
the middle. Upper surface opaque , velvety , except the
clypeus which is shining ; under surface shining , sparingly
covered with whitish hairs.

Clypeus quadrate , emarginate and slightly raised at the
front margin , sparingly punctured in the middle , more
densely so at the sides. Pronotum punctured ; the lateral
margins , especially at the anterior angles , with curved short

1) Gory et Percheron, Momym-p/ne des Cétoines. p. 251, n°. 116; pi. 47,

I- 7-

2) Tij(Uchrift voor Entomologie. 1)1. VII (1864) p. 157, n». 22; pi. 10, % 5.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseutn.

154 GLYCYPHANA RUGIPENNIS.

lines. Scutellum elongate , impunctate. Anterior tibiae with
three distinct lateral teeth. Elytra deeply sinuated behind
the shoulders , then nearly parallel , with three slightly
elevated longitudinal ridges, one along the suture , the two
others uniting at the prominent apical tubercle , the ridges
bordered by striae which are decomposed into elongate
punctures towards the base of the elytra; the lateral and
apical portion of the elytra rugose by small pointed tuber-
cles directed backwards ; the sutural angles slightly rounded.
The pygidium slightly rugose by irregular punctures , sprink-
led over with short white hairs. Under surface : the segments
of the abdomen with two irregular rows of triangular
punctures , the sternum aciculate , the centre of the meso-
sternum nearly impunctate and with an impressed longi-
tudinal line. The sternal process broadly rounded and
slightly prominent in front.
Hab. Sumatra (Dr. S. Muller).

Leyden Museum, April 1879.

iS^otes from the Leyden IMnseiina.

ENDELUS SNELLEMANNI. 165

NOTE XXXVIII.

ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF BUPRESTIDES
EROM SUMATRA.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

1. End el us Snellemanni^ sp. u.

Length 5,5 mm., breadth at the shoulders 2,5 mm. —
Head : the clypeus golden red ; the face bright bronzy green
with a golden hue ; the vertex golden with fiery red tinges ;
the mandibles black; the antennae bronzy. Pronotum
golden with fiery red tinges. Scutellum and elytra golden
green , the latter narrowly black along the suture , the extreme
lateral margin and at the apex. Under surface of the body
black, somewhat bronzy, the femora of the intermediate
and posterior legs bronzy green ; the central portion of the
prosternum golden.

Head wide, shallowly and distantly punctured, widely
excavated between the eyes, the excavation with a small
but deep oval impression at the top of the face , continued
across the vertex by a narrow longitudinal channel. Pro-
thorax transverse , the sides which are slightly raised ,
very slightly divergent towards the base; the latter bisi-
nuate, the median lobe in front of the scutellum broadly
truncate and slightly emarginate; the disc with a large
but shallow transverse impression on the basal half, in
front of which the disc is finely and very distantly punc-

P^otes from the Ley den. Museum.

156 TRACHYS DENUDATA.

tured ; moreover there are a few deep punctures along the
anterior margin; at the sides the punctures are large but
shallow and somewhat confluent; in front of the hasal
margin there are several deeply impressed curved short
lines. Scutellum triangular without distinct punctures , its
apex very acute. Elytra a little wider at the base than
the base of the thorax, rounded and prominent at the
shoulders , very convex at about a fifth of their length ,
the sides nearly parallel as far as half their length , although
slightly sinuated behind the shoulders, then regularly
attenuated towards the apex; the apex of each rounded
and very finely serrated. The elytra are slightly rugose and
irregularly covered with elongate punctures placed in a lon-
gitudinal direction. The under surface of the abdomen shows
some very fine longitudinal lines composed by series of short
curved lines ; the mesosternum some transverse curved lines ,
and the bright metallic central portion of the prosternum
some large and deep punctures.

This species is without doubt nearly allied to Endelus
cupido H. Deyr. of Singapoor (Malacca) i) but may be at
once distinguished from it, not only by its different color,
but also by the deeply impressed curved lines in front of
the basal margin of the prothorax, by the rugosity and the
serrated apex of the elytra, etc,

A single specimen was captured in March 1877 during
the recent Scientific Expedition to Central Sumatra at
Soepajang by Mr. Joh. F. Snelleman, to whom I dedicate
this pretty species.

2. Traehys denudata, sp. n.

Length 3 mm., breadth at the shoulders 1,5 mm. — Head
and antennae , pronotum and scutellum , under surface of
the body and the legs bronzy black; the elytra dark

1) Annales de la Société Entomologique de Belgique. tome VIII (1864) p. 230,
n". 304.

Notes from the Ley den Museum.

TRACHYS DENUDATA. d57

blue with some violet tinges. The whole insect without
a dense pubescence, but sparingly sprinkled over on the
upper surface with very fine and short white hairs , almost
imperceptible on the elytra.

Head wide, covered with faint traces of curved short
lines , widely excavated between the eyes , the excavation
with a shallow channel at the bottom ; the inner orbit of the
eyes slightly raised. Prothorax very transverse , the lateral
anterior angles slightly produced and acute , the lateral pos-
terior ones angular ; the lateral margins somewhat flattened ,
nearly straight, very divergent towards the base which is
bisinuate; the median lobe in front of the scutellum slightly
truncate ; the whole upper surface covered with very fine semi-
circular lines , each of which surrounds the base of a very
fine and short white hair. Scutellum very small , trian-
gular. Elytra at the base as wide as the base of the
prothorax , the shoulders prominent , the sides nearly pa-
rallel as far as half their length , although slightly sinu-
ated behind the shoulders , then slightly attenuated towards
the apex which is rounded. The elytra have no carinae
at the sides, but show oblique rows of shallow and
distant punctures. The under surface of the body shows
very faint traces of curved lines.

A single specimen of this species , which in several respects
is allied to Trachys azurea H. Deyr. of the Aru-islands
and Mysole, and T. cupripyga H. Deyr. of Borneo ^)
was captured in July 1878 during the recent Sumatra-
Expediton at Soeroelangoen by Mr. A. L. van Hasselt.

Ley den Museum, May 1879.

1) /. c. p. 247, n«. 321 and 322.

Notes from the I-ieyden Museum.

TALEGALLUS PYRRHOPYGIUS. 159

NOTE XXXIX.
ON TALEGALLUS PYRRHOPIGIUS.

H. SCHLEGEL.

May 1879.

Two species of Talegallus are generally known to na-
turalists. One, Talegallus Lathamii inhabiting Austra-
lia, is remarkable for its size equalling almost that of
the Turkey , for its wattled throat and tolerably long roof-
shaped tail. The other , Talegallus Cuvieri , is found in
New-Guinea and most of its dependencies , viz : the isles of
Mysole , Salawattie , Aru and lobie.

This latter species , however , has been subdivided , by cer-
tain modern naturalists , into several other species. All those
birds presenting the same size, the same proportions and
the same coloring of plumage , other characters have been
sought for in order to corroborate those species. One of
these characters is said to be in the coloring of the legs and
feet , reddish in Talegallus jobiensis , Meyer , yellow in the
specimens of all other countries. The specimens of lobie ,
have , moreover , after the statement of Dr. Meyer , the
feathers of the crown somewhat larger and more elongated ,
a phenomen presented also by some specimens of Tinamus
major, separated by Oabanis under the name of Trachy-
pelmus subcristatus , a separation which appears rather
hazardous. The .specimens of the Archipel of Aru and
South-Eastern New-Guinea are entitled , in the opinion of
Salvadori , to the rank of a different species , designated by

Noten lirom. the Leytlen Musexim.

160 ÏALEGALLUS PYRRHOPYGIUS.

him under the name of Talegallus fuscirostris on account
of the brownish color of their bill. Our specimens from
the Aru islands have like all others the bill yellow , although
Mr. von Rosenberg states in his manuscript that the bill
of these very same specimens when they were newly killed ,
was of the same brownish color , shown by young birds
and which is gradually fading into yellow. Lastly , I wish to
mention that the Talegallus Arfaki of Salvadori is established
on a couple of newly-born specimens caught on the Arfak
range of mountains.

It is , nevertheless , true , that there exists , in New-
Guinea , besides the Talegallus Cuvieri , a species very
different from all those mentioned in the foregoing lines.
The .skin of one single specimen of this apparently undes-
cribed species was recently brought to Europe by one of
the Dutch missionaries stationed on the eastern coast of
the North- West peninsula of New-Guinea. The large col-
lection from which I selected this skin, containing not
only birdskins from the mainland of New-Guinea , but also
from some of the islands of the bay of Geelvink , and not
being labelled , it will be the task of further investiga-
tors to point out the habitat of this bird in a more
special way.

Our Talegallus pyrrhopygius , although presenting in
general the same coloring of plumage as Talegallus Cuvieri ,
differs from this species by several so very conspicous
characteristics , that its comparative diagnose can be summed
up in the following few lines.

Our bird is in all its dimensions somewhat smaller than
Talegallus Cuvieri. The bill is shorter, more rapidedly
bent downwards and of a brownish gray horn color, and
not yellow as it is commonly the case in Talegallus Cuvieri.
The legs , feet and claws are throughout of a brown horn
color, and show not at all the yellow tint of those parts
in the common species. The feathers of the neck and
the upper part of the throat are much more developed ,
and more numerous. There exists , finally , a very striking

Notes from, the Leyden IMuseura.

TALEGALLUS PYRRHOPYGIUS. 161

difference in the coloring of the upper tail coverts and the
rump , these parts being in Talegallus Cuvieri of the same
tint as the rest of the plumage , whereas these parts , in
Talegallus pyrrhopygius , present a fine chestnut color ,
lively on the upper tail coverts, faint on the rump.

The principal parts of the two species present the fol-
lowing measures. Wing in T. Cuvieri nine inches and ten
lines to ten inches four lines; in T. pyrrhopygius eight
inches and ten lines (French measure). Tail in T. Cuvieri ,
five inches ten lines ; in T. pyrrhopygius , five inches and
five lines. Tarse in T. Cuvieri three inches three lines ;
in T. pyrrhopygius, three inches. Middle toe in T. Cuvieri
twenty three lines, in T. pyrrhopygius, twenty two lines.
Hind toe in T. Cuvieri , ten lines ; in T. pyrrhopygius nine
lines. Length of bill, in T. Cuvieri thirteen to fourteen
lines; in T. pyrrhopygius eleven lines.

Notes froin the Leyden Museuixi.

GALLINULA. FRANKII. 16C

NOTE XL.
ON GALLINULA FRANKII.

H. SCHLEGEL.

May 1879.

The readers of my work entitled "Muséum des Pays-Bas"
will recollect that I identified with the Gallinula olivacea
of Meyen , inhabiting the Philippine islands , a bird col-
lected by the late Dr. Bernstein , in the islands of Halma-
hera and Ternate , and which was afterwards stated to live
equally in the isles of Amboina and Mysole. This bird was
designated by me as belonging to a particular subdivision
characterized by its very small triangular frontal plate.

Mr. Frank, the well known dealer in zoological objects
at Amsterdam , a man who , during more than half a
century , with an unaltered integrity , has procured for our
Museum many thousands of the most valuable objects,
sent to me the skin of a bird, recently collected in
New-Guinea, which appears to belong to an undescribed
species of Gallinula.

This bird, which I introduce under the name of Galli-
nula Frankii , is to be considered as a second species of
the subdivision established in favor of the above men-
tioned Gallinula olivacea.

In size and general aspect, both birds present this sort
of similarity which betrays their affinity, but no very close
inspection is necessary to point out many strongly marked
characteristics , which distinguish the two species from
each other.

Notes Irom tlie Lcyden Museum.

164 GALLINULA FRANKII.

Indeed , Gallinnla Frankii , has the frontal plate even
smaller than Gallinula olivacea , the culmen of the upper man-
dible is more curved, and the bill itself, yellowish in
Gallinula olivacea, is dusky brown in our new species.
Legs and feet are grayish brown in the latter species,
grayish yellow in the former. Of all the characteristics ,
however, the coloring of the plumage presents the most stri-
king difference , the Gallinula Frankii having all parts tinged
formely with a dark grayish brown , washed with oliva-
ceous , with the exception of the belly , that of the throat
the color of which is somewhat lighter , and that of the quills
and tailfeathers which are of a pure dark brown. Galli-
nula olivacea has , on the contrary , the whole upperside of
an olivaceous color, whereas the underside is of an ashy
gray, passing to ferrugineous on the belly, the feathers
of the tibia, and the under-tail coverts.

Principal measures of Gallinula Frankii. Wing five
inches and three lines (French measure). Tail two inches
and four lines. Tarse two inches. Middle toe without
the nail twenty two lines. Hind toe eight lines. Naked
part of tibia ten lines. Length of bill one inch. Height
of bill at front five lines.

As to Gallinula olivacea, this species presents the follo-
wing measures. Wing four inches and ten lines to five
inches four lines. Tail twenty three to twenty six lines.
Naked part of tibia ten to eleven lines. Tarse twenty
two to twenty three lines. Middle toe twenty one to twenty
two lines. Hind toe eight lines. Bill from front thirteen
to fourteen lines. Height of bill at front five lines.

Our specimen of Gallinula Frankii was brought to Europe
by one of the Dutch missionairies residing on the eastern
coast of the North-West peninsula of New-Guinea , but the
locality where it was killed could not be ascertained.

Notes from the Leyden ]Museum.

PALAEMON CARCINUS. 165

NOTE XLI.

ON SOME SPECIES OE THE GENUS PALAEMON
FABR. WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW FORMS.

Dr. J. G. DE MAN.

May 1879.

P alaemon carcinus Fabr.

Milne Edwards , Hist, natur. des crust, t. II , p, 395. —
Von Martens , Ueber einige Ost-asiatiscbe Siisswassertliiere ,
in "Archiv fur Naturgescbichte," 1868, p. 34.

There are specimens of this beautiful species in the
Museum collection from Siam , Java , Celebes (Makassar)
and Borneo. Always, at every age, the first pair of legs
are longer than the scale of the external antennae: in
very large adult specimens they project with half of the
wrist (carpopodite) beyond the antennal scale, in young
and very young specimens only with the hands (cheli-
pedes). In adult specimens the carpopodite of the second
pair of legs is as long as the palm , but it is comparatively
longer in young specimens. Thus in a young male spe-
cimen that has a length of 65 millimetres (the distance
between tip of beak and end of terminal segment) , the
carpopodite of the second pair of legs measures 9 mm.,
the palm 4^/2 mm., and the fingers 2^1^ mm. ; in a male
specimen of the length of 120 mm., on the contrary , these

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

166 PALAEMON LAMARREI.

measures are respectively 17 mm., 13 mm., lO^/g mm. , the
difference between wrist and palm being already diminislied ,
and in very large adult specimens the carpopodite and the
palm have the same length.

P alaemon Lamarrei M. Edw.

Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. t. II, p. 397. — De Haan,
Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 171.

According to De Haan this species lives also in
Japan. — I have found in the collection of the Leyden
Museum the type specimen, that has been described by
De Haan as Palaemon Lamarrei M. Edw. A close exa-
mination of this species has led me to the conclusion ,
that it is wholly identical with a species from South-America ,
described by Heller under the name of Palaemon Ama-
zonicus. (Sitzungsberichte Wien. Akad. Bd. XLV , 1862,
p. 418, taf. IL fig. 45).

There are many specimens of this Palaemon Amazonicus
Heller from Suriname in the Museum Collection, which
species may be distinguished from the Indian Palaemon
carcinus Fabr. by its much smaller size and more especially
by the fact that the first pair of legs are scarcely as long
as the scale of the external antennae (they are mostly
somewhat shorter) , that the second pair of legs are as long
as the rostrum , and that nearly the third anterior part of
the carpopodites of these legs projects beyond the scale of
the external antennae. The teeth on the upper margin
of the rostrum are also arranged somewhat otherwise in the
American species than in Pal. carcinus Fabr. : in Pal. Amazo-
nicus Heller there are 7 — 8 equidistant teeth on the posterior
convex part , only the posterior tooth of which being placed
behind the eyes ; these teeth are separated by a great inter-
val from the three or four anterior teeth which extend to
the apex of the rostrum ; in Palaemon carcinus Fabr., on

Notes from the Leyden ZVIuseum.

PALAEMON ROSENBERGII. 167

the contrary, there are 10 or 11 teeth on the posterior
convex part of the rostrum , the two posterior teeth of which
being always placed behind the eyes.

The Palaemon Lamarrei of De Haan (non Milne Edw.)
is therefore identical with Palaemon Amazonicus Heller. This
fact is the more inexplicable , because I have found the
Suriname specimens of Palaemon Amazonicus Heller provi-
ded with the name of Palaemon Dieperinkii De Haan ;
so that I may conclude that the latter name has been given
by de Haan to the American species This name, howe-
ver which has never been published , should disappear from
science and the species should henceforth bear the name
of Palaemon Amazonicus Heller. But is seems to me
very necessary that new researches confirm this pretended
appearance of Pal. Amazonicus in Japan !

Palaemon Rosenhergii n. sp.

Length of the adult female 250 mm.; male unknown. —
Rostrum slender , nowhere enlarged , reaching to the extre-
mity of the scale of the external antennae; upper margin
almost straight, not convex as in Pal. carcinus Fabr.,
curved upward a little toward apex , provided with 13 teeth,
the nine posterior of which being equidistant and separated
by a somewhat greater interval from the four anterior
which extend to the apex ; the three posterior teeth are
placed upon the cephalothorax behind the eyes ; lower
margin with 10 strong equidistant teeth. Cephalothorax
smooth ; terminal segment of the abdomen not slender and
acuminate as in Palaemon carcinus Fabr., but somewhat
rounded at the end, its lateral margins converging in a
much less degree than in the latter species. For the rest this
form closely agrees with Pal. carcinus Fabr. — The first
pair of legs project with half of the carpopodite beyond
the scale of the external antennae , the carpopodite being
longer than the arm and a little more than twice as lonj?

IS^otes from the Ley den IMuseuixi.

168 PALAEMON ORNATUS.

as the hands; fingers somewhat shorter than palm. The
second pair of legs are a little unequal in size , the right leg-
being the larger ; they are shorter than the body , but they
agree closely with those of Pal. carcinus Fabr. : carpopodite
somewhat longer than the arm , thickened anteriorly and
somewhat longer than the palm which is cylindrical and
thicker than the thickest part of the wrist; fingers some-
what shorter than palm , close to one another and the curved
points crossing one another ; the moveable finger covered
with coarse hairs except at the end , and armed with two
very small teeth at its base , the immoveable finger with
only one small tooth that projects between the two teeth
of the other. The arm , and more especially the wrist
and the hands, covered with numerous short small spines.
The fifth pair of legs project with the terminal joint beyond
the antennal scale , and are covered with extremely subtile
spines.

The measures of the various joints of the larger leg of
the second pair are as follow: arm 40 mm., wrist 52 mm.,
palm 45 mm., fingers 33 mm. A single specimen has
been collected by the celebrated traveller Mr. von Rosen-
berg at Andaï in New-Guinea, to whom I have much
pleasure in dedicating this new form , which may be distin-
guished from Pal. carcinus Fabr., the most nearly allied
species , by the form and the structure of the rostrum and
the terminal joint of the abdomen.

Pal a em on o mat us Oliv.

Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. t. IL, p. 396. — von Mar-
tens, 1. c. p. 36. — Palaemon vagus Heller, Sitzungsber.
Wiener Akad. 1862, p. 417, taf. II, fig. 42, 43. Palae-
mon longimanus Hoffmann, Crustaces de Madagascar etc.,
p. 34, pL IX, fig. 68 and 69.

The Museum collection contains numerous specimens, of

Notes from the Leyclen AHuseum.

PALAEMON ORNATUS. 469

every age , of this widely distributed species from Andaï (New-
Guinea), Gebeh, Morotaï, Halmaliera , Amboina, Teruate,
Flores, Xulla-Bessy, Goroatalo (Celebes) and from the
island of Reunion , besides two large specimens collected
by Mr. Forsten in the Molluccas.

These specimens present some little differences and pecu-
liarities , and therefore it will be useful , I believe , to give
a description of each of them.

The largest specimen , a male , collected by Mr. Forsten
in the Moluccas, has a length of 160 mm.; the second
pair of legs are equal in size , being 250 mm. long of
which the arm has 52 mm., the wrist 45 mm., the palm
75 mm., and the fingers 45 mm.; the fingers are armed
with the typical teeth (one tooth on the moveable finger
and two teeth on the immoveable) , and are much curved ,
especially anteriorly. The rostrum projects beyond the end
of the peduncle of the internal antennae, but it is shorter

than the scale of the external antennae, and — dentate.

There are nine specimens from the island of Xulla-Bessy
in the collection ; in these specimens the rostrum is as long
as, or a little longer than the peduncle of the internal
antennae. A male having the length of 92 mm., has
the legs of the second pair almost equal in form and longer
than the body, for they are 120 mm. and 105 mm. long
respectively, the two fingers of both legs being armed
with the ordinary teeth. Another male, on the contrary,
100 ram. long, has the legs of the second pair very une-
qual in size, the larger 140 mm. with curved fingers and
strong teeth , the smaller one 90 mm. with closely-united
fingers which are armed only with extremely subtile
teeth. In a young female of the length of 68 mm.,
the second pair of legs are 43 mm. long , the fingers
being as long as the wrist and shorter than the palm. —
The single specimen from Gebeh is a young female of the

length of 78 mm.; the rostrum reaches to the end of the

7
peduncle of the internal antennae , being — dentate ; the

Notes from, the Leyden IMuseuxn.

i70 PALAEMON ORNATUS.

second pair of legs are 50 mm. long, the arm measuring

11^/2 mm., the wrist 10 mm., the palm 11 mm., and the

closely united fingers 9 mm.

In the eight specimens from Halmahera, collected by

7 9

Bernstein , the rostrum is - — - dentate , in some shorter ,

in others rather longer than the peduncle of the internal
antennae. In a male of a length of 87 mm., the second
pair of legs are unequal, being respectively 108 mm, and
90 mm. long , and the fingers of both legs are toothed. A
female, 90 mm. in length, has the second pair of legs
equal in size, measuring 60 mm., the fingers without
teeth and closely united to one another, arm 12' {^ mm.,
wrist lO'/g mm., palm 12 ram. and fingers ll^/g mm.

rt g

The rostrum is — — dentate , and reaches beyond the

peduncle of the internal antennae in the four young female
specimens , collected at Amboina.

Likewise appears the rostrum in the young female ,
caught at Anda'i, bearing 8 teeth on the upper margin
and 3 on the inferior.

Two males were collected at the island of Ternate : the
larger specimen having a length of 95 mm , has the
second pair of legs rather equal in size, 120 mm. and
115 mm. long respectively with widely curved and typi-
cally toothed fingers, the arm measuring 24 mm., wrist
21 mm., the palm 37 mm. and the fingers nearly 24 mm.
In the younger specimen , on the contrary , 75 mm. long ,
the second pair of legs are rather equal , 65 mm. long ,
and the well-toothed fingers are rather little curved , the
arm measuring 14 mm., the wrist 13^/2 mm., the palm
18 mm. and the fingers 7'/2 mm.

The rostrum is - dentate in the male , collected at the

island of Flores , and reaches to the end of the peduncle
of the internal antennae.

A female specimen 105 mm. in length, from the bay of

Notes from the X^eycleii IMuseum.

PALAEMON ORNATUS.

171

7
Gorontalo (Celebes), lias the rostrum - dentate , reaching

beyond the peduncle of the internal antennae, and the

second pair of legs are rather unequal, being 85 mm.

and 75 nïm. long respectively.

The Leyden collection contains 7 middle-sized specimens

from the island of Morotaï , which present some remarkable

differences in the shape of the second pair of legs. They

belong positively to the form , described by Mr. Heller as

a proper species under the name of Palaemon vagus Hel-

7 9

ler: the rostrum is dentate and reaches to the end or

' 2—3

rather a little beyond the end of the peduncle of the in-
ternal antennae. The second pair of legs are slender both
in the male and in the female , and they are thinner than
in the typical specimens of Pal. ornatus ; they are equal or a
little unequal in the male , and the fingers which are
toothed but closely united to one another, are rather
shorter than the palm and somewhat longer than the wrist.
Likewise in the female. — Thus a male of the length of
90 mm. has the second pair of legs equal in size , being
75 mm. long, the arm measuring 15 mm., the carpopodite
13 mm., the palm 16 mm., and the fingers 15 mm. Another
male specimen, 100 mm. long, presents the legs of the
second pair unequal in size and more slender, being 90 mm.
and 65 mm. long respectively , and of the larger leg the
arm measures 19 mm., the wrist 17 mm., the palm 21 mm.
and the fingers 17 mm. A female specimen 100 mm. long
has the legs of the second pair equal in size , the length being
80 mm., the arm measuring 17 mm., the wrist 14 mm.,
the palm 19 mm. and the fingers 16 mm. These Morotaï
specimens however closely agree for the rest with the ty-
pical Fal. ornatus , except in the remarkable differences
of the second pair of legs , so that I conclude with Mr.
von Martens this form to be only an interesting variety
of Pal. ornatus Oliv., perhaps even a local variety.

There are finally several specimens of a Palaemon , col-
Notes from the Leyden ]VIiiseuni.

172 PALAEMON ORNATUS.

lected by Mrs. Pollen and van Dam in the island of Reu-
nion , which belong positively to the species , called Palae-
mon ornatiis Oliv: these specimens however have been
described and figured by Mr. Hoffmann (1. c.) under the
new name of Palaemon longimatms Hoffm.: it is hoivever quite
impossible for me to find any specific difference between these

specimens and the typical examples of Pal. ornatus Oliv.

7 9

from the Moluccas. Thus the rostrum , being - — - dentate ,

is in most specimens rather shorter than the peduncle of
the internal antennae, in some individuals however it
reaches to the end of this peduncle , and it agrees closely
in its form with the rostrum of Pal. ornatus Oliv. The
specimens present also a complete resemblance in all other
regards with the Indian species. Hoffmann has given the
measures of the largest male specimen , and the figures of
its second pair of legs : the largest female specimen that has
a length of 105 mm., has the second pair of legs equal in size ,
being 75 mm. long, th^ arm measuring 15 mm., the wrist
13 mm., the palm 16 mm., and the fingers 14 mm.; in
a very young female specimen 63 mm. long, the second
pair of legs are also equal in size, measuring 35 mm.,
while the arm has a length of 7^/2 mm., carpopodite of
6'/v mm., palm of 7 ram. and fingers of 6 mm.

Palaemon ornatus Oliv. accordingly has a wide geogra-
phical range , being found in Tahiti (Fleller) , New-Zealand
(Heller) , New-Guinea (Andaï , von Rosenberg) , Halma-
hera , Morotaï , Amboina , Celebes , Ternate , Flores , Ado-
nare , Waigeoei (Milne Edwards) , Xulla-Bessy , Gebeh , the
Philippines (von Martens) and also at the island of Reu-
nion , a very wide range for a fresh-water form. As we
have seen , this species however presents some varieties ,
individual and local , not only as regards the relative length
of the rostrum with respect to the peduncle of the inter-
nal antennae , or the antennal scale and the number of

JSotem from, the Ley den IMueseum.

PALAEMON MAYOTIENSIS. 173

teeth ( ) , but especially in the variable shape of the

second pair of legs. But the palm of these legs is always
at every age longer than the wrist or the fingers.

Palaemon mayottensis Hoffra.

Hoffman , Crustaces de Madagascar , p. 32 , pi. IX ,
fig. 61 and 62.

Nine specimens of this interesting form have been col-
lected by Mrs. Pollen and van Dam at the island of
Mayotte , situated west of Madagascar. By comparing
these specimens with those of the island of Reunion ,
identified by me with Palaemon ornatus Oliv., as well
as with Indian examples of the latter species , I have
been led to the conclusion that the Pal. mayottensis
Hoffm. too should he considered only as a local variety
of Pal. ornatus Oliv. The only essential difference is
that in Pal. mayottensis Hoffm. the whole legs of the
second pair are always shorter in proportion to the
length of the body than in the typical specimens of
Pal. ornatus Oliv., but the proportions of the measures
of the various joints of these legs are quite the same in
Pal. mayottensis Hoffm. as in Pal. ornatus Oliv. Thus , in
the largest male specimen , of which Hoffmann makes
mention, that has a length of 125 mm., the second pair
of legs are only 120 mm. long; but they are much longer
in a specimen of Pal, ornatus Oliv. of the same size. In
a male of the length of 70 mm., these legs measure 50 mm.;
in a female of 100 mm. they attain the length of 65 mm.
The rostrum reaches to the end of the peduncle of the
internal antennae , or is somewhat longer in other indivi-
duals; it is armed with 8 — 9 teeth on the upper , and with
two or three on the inferior margin.

Notes from the Leyden JVIuseum.

174 PALAEMON REUNIONNENSIS.

P al a em on Reunion 7i en sis Hoffm.

Hoffmann , Crustac. de Madagascar , p. 33 , pi. IX , fig. 66
and 67. Palaemon equidens Heller, 1. e. p. 418, taf. H,
fig. 44.

Twelve specimens of this species have been collected at
the island of Reunion by Mrs. Pollen and van Dam.

This species which has been identified by Heller with
Pal. equidens Dana, this author having received it from
Mauritius , is closely allied to Pal. ornatus Oliv., which latter
species is also found at the island of Reunion , though being
quite different from Pal. Reunionnensis.

The slender rostrum always reaches beyond the end of
the peduncle of the internal antennae, sometimes even to
the apex of the scale of the external antennae , and extends
more backward so that in most individuals there are three
teeth placed upon the cephalothorax behind the eyes ; upper
margin with 8—10 teeth, inferior margin 3 — 4 toothed;
the upper margin extends straightly , being a little convex
above the eyes and slightly ascending toward the apex.
The first pair of legs reach a little beyond the end of the
rostrum , the second pair of legs are very elongated , slender
and equal in size. (Mr. Hoffmann says erroneously that
the carpopodite of the second pair of legs is longer than
the palm , for even the contrary takes places , the
palm being longer than the carpopodite , and so it is
represented in the figure). In a male specimen 130 mm.
long, the second pair of legs measure 155 mm.; the
arm , extending beyond the scale of the external anten-
nae, has a length of 34 mm., the carpopodite of 33 mm.,
the slender palm of 44 mm. and the toothed and closely
united fingers of 25 mm.

In a male of a length of 105 mm., the second pair of legs
measure only 82 mm., the arm reaches no more to the
end of the antennal scale, and has a length of 18 mm.,

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

PALAEMON NIPPONENSIS. 175

the wrist is 17 mm., the palm 20 mm. and the fingers 14
mm. The carpopodite is accordingly somewhat shorter than
the arm and the palm , but always longer than the fingers
which are never so widely curved as in Pal. ornatus Oliv.

Palaemon Japonicus de Haan.

De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 172. — von
Martens, 1. c. pag. 43.

This species presents some resemblance to the Indian
Pal. ornatus Oliv., but may be distinguished by the shape
of the rostrum , four or five of its teeth forming a longi-
tudinal series, posterior to the eyes, and by the form of
the second pair of legs : the arms being comparatively shorter
and thicker , the hands more depressed and the fingers too
comparatively shorter.

It may also be distinguished from Pal. brevicarpus
de Haan by the shape of the rostrum and the structure
of the second pair of legs : these species are quite different
from one another.

I may be allowed to add the measures of a young
male specimen of Pal. .Japonicus De Haan, only 65 mm.
in length ; the left leg of the second pair is already some-
what greater than the right one, and is 46 mm. long, the
arm measuring 8^/3 mm., the wrist 9 mm., the palm 13 mm.,
and the fingers 7 mm.

Palaemon nipponensis De Haan.

De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 171. — Palae-
man Sinensis Heller , Novara-Reise , p. 119 , taf. X , fig. 11. —
von Martens, 1. c. p. 42,

The length of the rostrum of this species is very vari-
able, reaching in some specimens to the end of the peduncle

Notes from the Leyden IMuseuiii.

17G PALAEMON NIPPONENSIS.

of the internal antennae , in others to the apex of the
antennal scale; the last tooth (on the cephalothorax) is
situated at a greater distance from the preceding which
extend all along the upper margin which is not curved
upward. The second pair of legs are equal in size and are
longer than the body in adult specimens , but shorter in the
young. — In a male of a length of 100 mm., they measure
125 mm., the arm being 23 mm. long, the wrist 35mm.,
the palm 26 mm., and the hairy fingers 22 mm. — Another
male, measuring 75 mm.; has the second pair of legs
70 mm. long, the arm measuring 14 mm., the carpopodite
19 mm., the palm 15 mm., and the fingers 10 mm. In
a female, of a length of 77 mm., (I have found the female
specimens together with the males in the same jar , though
they were unknown to de Haan) the second pair of legs
measure 50 mm., the arm O^/o mm., the wrist 13'/2 mm.,
the palm O^/g mm., the fingers 6^/3 mm. — In the male
the inner margins of the fingers of the second pair of legs
are provided at every age with innumerable stiff hairs , and
with a very small tooth at the base ; in the female these
stiff hairs are less numerous and more scattered. In the
adult male of the length of 100 mm., the arms of the
second pair of legs extend beyond the scale of the external
antennae, but in specimens of 75 mm. they are shorter
than the antennal scale, especially in the female. In some
individuals the surface of the cephalothorax is a little gra-
nulated , but in other specimens it is quite smooth.

Palaemon Sinensis Heller belongs positively to this spe-
cies , being a young specimen of it ; the description of that
species , given by Heller and von Martens , agrees en-
tirely with that of young individuals of Pal. nipponensis
De Haan. — Pal. nipponensis De Haan may be distin-
guished from Pal. longipes De Haan by the more numerous
teeth on the rostrum and by the second pair of legs being
shorter and otherwise shaped.

Notes from the Leyden Mnseutn.

PALAEMON MACROBRACHION. 177

Pal a em 0 11 longipes De Haan.
De Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, p. 171.

This species is positively closely allied to Pal.
Idae Heller. (Sitzungsber. Wieu. Akad. Bd. 45. p. 416,
taf. II , fig. 40 , 41 and von Martens , 1. c. pag. 39j.
Unluckily there are no typical examples of Pal. Idae
Heller in the Leyden collection, at least no adult speci-
mens , so that it is quite impossible for me to discover the
real differences of these species , if they are not identical.
The rostrum of Pal. longipes De Haan reaches to or beyond
the end of the peduncle of the internal antennae and

is - — - dentate ; the last tooth of the upper margin is

situated at a somewhat greater distance from the preceding
which extend closely along the upper margin towards the apex.
The surface of the cephalothorax is granulated. In a male
specimen of a length of 85 mm., the larger leg of the second
pair measures 160 mm., being twice as long as the body,
the arm being 28 mm., the carpopodite 47 mm., the
palm 40 mm., and the fingers 23 mm. — The hands are
a little spotted , and the fingers are provided with small
teeth at their bases , the moveable finger having two teeth ,
the immoveable only one.

I may be allowed to add that also Pal. Alphonsianus
Hoffm. (Crustaces de Madagascar , p. 33 , pi. IX) will pro-
bably prove to be identical with Pal. Idae Heller; but I
have not found the authentic specimens of this species
in the collection ; however , according to Mr. von Hilgendorf
(Baron von der Decken's Reise p. 102) Pal. Idae Heller
is also found at Zanzibar.

P alaemon mac7'ohrachion Herklots.
Herklots , Additam: ad Faun. Afric. Occid. p. 15.
This species inhabits the western coast of Africa , and is

Notes from the Leyden IVEuseum.

i78 PALAEMON VOLLENHOVENir,

allied to Pal. Idae Heller. The surface of the cephalo-
thorax is smooth ; the two last teeth of the upper margin
of the rostrum are situated upon the cephalothorax pos-
terior to the eyes. The arm of the second pair of legs is
cylindrical and thickened , the wrist thickened anteriorly
is longer than the arm , and longer than the palm , the
fingers are half as long as the palm in the adult male,
closely united to one another , and covered with coarse
hairs ; the immoveable finger is provided with a very small
tooth at its base.

In a male specimen that has a length of 110 mm., the
larger leg of the second pair is 140 mm. long, the arm
measuring 31 mm., the wrist 42 mm., the palm 32 mm.,
and the fingers 18 mm.

Pal. macrobrachion Herklots may be distinguished from
the Japanese Pal. longipes de Haan by the slender rostrum ,
the upper margin being slightly convex , and curved upward
towards the apex , the rostrum reaching to the end of the scale
of the external antennae , by the second pair of legs being
comparatively shorter , and by the closely united very
hairy fingers.

P alaemon Vollen h oven ii Herklots.

Herklots , Tijdschrift Nederl. Entomol. vereeniging , Deel I,
p. 96.

Only the female of this species was known to Mr. Her-
klots ; the Museum however has received some time ago
an adult male and a still greater female of this species
from the Congo coast , so that I have now been enabled
to complete our knowledge of this form.

The fine male specimen has a length of 140 mm.; the
cephalothorax is 70 mm. long and the rostrum measures
40 mm. ; the rostrum is longer than the peduncle of the
internal antennae, almost as long as the scale of the

12
external antennae, — toothed, the four last teeth on the

4
Notes from the Leyden ]VIu.seixm*

PALAEMON VOLLENHOVENII. 179

cephalothorax being posterior to the eyes. The outer foot-
jaws are as long as the peduncle of the internal antennae.
The first pair of legs are 70 mm. long, and project with
the greater half of the wrist beyond the antennal scale.
The second pair of legs are a little unequal , the left being
the larger one, and they measure 195 mm. and 155 mm.
respectively ; the arm of the larger leg projects a little beyond
the antennal scale, measuring 35 mm., the carpopodite
32 mm., the nearly cylindrical palm 62 mm. and the
fingers 45 mm. — The fingers are somewhat curved, the
tips crossing one another; the moveable finger is provided
with a strong tooth somewhat behind the middle , and
with three much smaller teeth behind the latter at its base ,
the interior tooth being a little larger; the immoveable
finger is also armed with a large tooth at the base and
a smaller one behind the latter. — The whole leg is covered
with numerous small spines which are somewhat stronger
at the inferior margin of the various joints ; the fingers ,
especially the immoveable one, are a little hairy at their
bases. — The third pair of legs are somewhat longer than
the antennal scale, but the fifth pair do not reach to the
tip of these scales.

The female specimen is 130 mm. long , the cephalothorax

12
measuring 60 mm.; the rostrum is — dentate and shorter

than the antennal scale. The second pair of legs are
equal, much feebler than those of the male, 115 mm. long,
consequently somewhat shorter than the body ; the arm is as
long as the peduncle of the internal antennae and has a length
of 22 mm., the carpopodite measuring 20 mm., the palm
28 mm., and the closely united fingers 24 mm. ; the fingers
have no teeth, the tips crossing one another.

Pal. VoUenhovenii Herklots is the representative of the
American Fal. Jama'kensis Herbst on the western coast
of Africa and nearly allied to that species. But it is a
much more interesting fact that the African species is also
most closely allied to the Japanese Pal. brevicarpus de Haan ,

Notes rrom the Leyden IMuseuiTi.

i80 PALAEMON JAVANICUS.

SO that the females of both species (the Museum contains
only female specimens of Pal. hrevicarpus) may be distinguis-
hed almost enclusively by the different shape of the rostrum :
the rostrum of the Japanese form is less straight, somewhat
more convex upon the eyes , and always the jive last teeth
on the cephalothorax are posterior to the eyes ; there are
only 2 or 3 teeth on the inferior margin , which are situated
more backward than in Pal. Volleyilwvenii ; the carpopodite
of the second pair of legs is somewhat less slender, and
the fingers are always a very little longer than the palm ,
while they are a very little shorter than the remaining part
of the hand in the African species ; for the rest these forms
do not present other differences.

Palaemon Javanicus Heller.

Heller, Sitzungsber. Wien. Akad. Bd. 45. p. 421 taf. H,
fig. 48. — von Martens, Archiv. fur Naturgesch. 1868.
p. 45.

The Museum is in possession of one well-preserved male
specimen, collected by Mr. Semmelink at Bezoeki (Java),
and of five specimens (1 cf , 4 9) found by Mr. Bleeker at
the same island.

These specimens , though all undoubtedly belonging to
Pal. Javanicus Heller, present however some interesting
individual differences, which it will be necessary to des-
cribe.

In the male specimen of Bezoeki , having a length of
85 mm., the rostrum is very slender, reaching a little

beyond the scale of the external antennae , and - toothed ;

the three posterior teeth are situated on the cephalothorax ,
and the first tooth is placed close to the apex, being
separated from the preceding by a somewhat greater inter-
val than the other ones. The legs of the second pair are

Notes from, the Leyden Mwseum.

PALAEMON PILIMANUS. 181

65 mm. and 50 mm. loug respectively; of the larger leg
the arm is measuring 14 mm., the wrist 15 mm. and the
whole hand 27 mm., the palm which is compressed in pro-
portion of 3:4, having a length of 18 mm. — The
measures of the other leg are respectively: arm ll'/gj
wrist 12, hand 20 mm., of which 12 mm. for the palm. —
According to the description of Mr. Heller (it may be
allowed to say that the figure does not agree with the
description), the carpopodite should be almost as long as
the palm. The other legs do not reach the extremity of
the scale of the external antennae.

The male specimen , collected by Mr. Bleeker , has a length
of 75 mm.; the rostrum projects scarcely beyond the pe-

9
duncle of the internal antennae , and is — dentate ; the

two posterior teeth of the upper margin are placed on the
cephalothorax , but the first tooth has the same situation
as in the male of Bezoeki. The second pair of legs have
a length of 60 and 46 mm. respectively; the measures of
the larger leg are as follows : arm 13 mm., wrist 14
mm., whole hand 27 mm., the palm measuring 19 mm.,
the fingers being comparatively shorter than in the specimen
of Bezoeki ; the palm is also somewhat broader. The arm
of the other leg measures 10 '/g mm., the carpopodite 1 1 '/s mm.,
the hand 19 mm., of which 12 mm. for the palm, the
fingers being also a little shorter. In a female specimen ,
of a length of 65 mm., the second pair of legs measure 37 mm.
and 31 mm.; the rostrum agrees entirely with that of the
male specimen of the same locality. The arm of the larger
leg measures 8 mm., the carpopodite also 8 mm., the hand
14 mm., and the palm 8 mm.; the measures of the small
leg are respectively 6'/2, 7, 10 and 6 mm.

The fingers are closely united to one another and are
armed only in the larger leg with very rudimentary teeth.

Palaemon pilimanus n. sp.
A small species, more or less allied to FaL latimanus

Notes irom tlie Leyden ÜMuseum.

482 PALAEMON PILIMANUS.

V. Mart. and Pal. Javanicus Heller, but sharply characte-
rized.

Rostrum somewhat shorter than the peduncle of the
internal antennae and descending a little towards apex ;
upper margin scarcely convex with 9 — 13 equal and equi-
distant teeth , the three or four last teeth being posterior
to the eyes , and situated on the cephalothorax ; inferior
margin scarcely emarginate between the eyes , and provided
with one or two feeble teeth ; the rostrum is a little lon-
ger than half the length of the cephalothorax , and the apex
is entire. — Cephalothorax smooth; the small hepatical
spine situated not far from the antennal spine on the
lateral surface. The terminal segment of the abdomen
shorter than the lateral appendages , and provided with two
pairs of small spines on its surface as usually. External
maxillipedes comparatively very elongate , reaching beyond
the peduncle of the external antennae , almost to the extremity
of the scales. First pair of legs much longer than the
scale of the external antennae ; the arm reaches to the
extremity of the outer foot-jaws , and therefore almost to the
tip of the antennal scale ; fingers covered with scattered hairs.
Second pair of legs unequal , both in the male and in
the female; in the adult male the larger leg (in some
individuals the right , in others the left) is somewhat lon-
ger than the body. The arm cylindrical , thickened a httle
in the middle , and reaching almost to the extremity of
the scale of the external antennae ; carpopodite very short
and thickened , almost as thick as long , and rather cubical
in the larger leg, being half as long as the arm and the
palm. Hands slender and depressed, though swollen a
little at the base ; palms broader than the carpopodites ,
everywhere equally broad and compressed in proportion
of 7 : 9 ; the palm of the great hand is somewhat longer
than the arm, and twice or more than twice as long as
the short carpopodite; the fingers of the great hand are
a little shorter than the palm , compressed a little , and
closely united to one another ; but the tips are curved ,

Notes irom the Leyden IMuseuTn.

PALAEMON PILIMANUS.

d83

crossing one another, and the whole length of the inner
margins is armed with 13 — 15 blunt, almost equal and
equidistant teeth. The fingers of" the small hand are rather
longer than the palm , also closely united to one another ,
and provided with a smaller number of similar teeth as in
the great hand. The legs of the second pair appear to
be smooth to the naked eye, but the outer surface of the
arms , and also in some less degree of the other joints are co-
vered with minute spines , only perceptible with a magnifying
glass. The external surface of the palm , except a small portion
at the base , and the external surface and the inner mar-
gins of the fingers , are covered with long coarse hairs both
in the great and in the small hand. The internal surface
of the various joints is smooth. In the female the second
pair of legs are somewhat smaller than in the male, but
they have the same shape and physiognomy. In young
specimens of a length of 28 mm., the second pair of legs
are already unequal in size and wholly resembling those
of the adult animals. — The third pair of legs reaches to
the end of the antennal scale , but the fifth pair does not
project to the tip of that organ.

Seventy specimens of this fine species (of which only
10 or 12 are females) have been collected by Mr. Snel-
leman in the river of Alahan-Pandjang , and five more
specimens at Moeara-Laboe , both localities of the interior
of the island of Sumatra.

The largest male specimen has a length of 45 mm.;
the second pair of legs measures respectively 52 mm. and
38 mm.; the arm of the larger leg measures 12 mm., the
carpopodite 6 mm., the hand 28 mm., of which 14 mm.
for the palm ; the arm of the smaller leg is 9 mm. long ,
the carpopodite 4^/2 mm., the hand 19 '/j mm., and the
palm 8 mm.

The second pair of legs of a female specimen of 36 mm.
measures respectively 30 mm. and 22 mm. ; the measures are
respectively (when following the same order as for the male) of

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum..

184 PALAEMON PILIMANUS.

the larger leg: 7, S'/j, 14 '/gi 7 mm., and of the smaller
leg: 5, 2'/2, Q'/s, ^\, mm.

I have found a (very rare) variety which is allied to
the type by numerous transitions, in vrhich the fingers of
the hand of the larger leg of the second pair are a little
longer than the palm , and also those of the smaller leg
somewhat more elongated.

Leyden, May 1879.

Notes from the Leyclen ÜMuseurri.

ISCH/OPSOPHA NIGRILOBA. 185

NOTE XLIL

ON TWO NEW SPECIES OE THE GENUS
ISCHIOPSOPHA, GESTRO.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

1. Ischiopsopha nigriloha., sp. n. (^.

Synonym: Lomaptera nigriloha, v. Voll. in Mus.
Lugd. Bat.

This species may at once be recognized by tlie black
color of the deeply emarginate median lobe of the pro-
thorax.

Length 24 mm., breadth at the shoulders 11,5 mm. —
Shining green , in some lights with a faint yellowish red
tinge at the pronotum and the basal half of the elytra ;
the extreme tips of the clypeus, the median lobe of the
prothorax, the extreme base of the elytra along the sides
of the median thoracical lobe , and the tibiae and tarsi
black ; the palpi and antennae , except the club of the latter ,
dark pitchy ; the first joint of the antennae bronzy green
above , the club brown with a metallic hue.

The clypeus strongly , the vertex distantly punctured ;
the lateral margins of the clypeus very slightly raised.
The prothorax very transverse, its lateral margins regu-
larly curved , the median lobe deeply emarginate ; the
disc distantly punctured , more thickly at the sides
especially towards the front margin , intermixed at

Notes from the Leyclen Mitiseum.

i80 ISCHIOPSOPIIA. EMARGINATA.

the anterior half of the lateral margin with some trans-
verse short striae. The slightly rounded top of the scu-
tellum visible in the incision of the median thoracical lobe.
The elytra at the base hardly broader than the base of
the prothorax, sinuated behind the shoulders, slightly nar-
rowed towards the apex behind the middle , and transver-
sely depressed just behind the median thoracical lobe; the
apex deeply notched and strongly spined at the suture.
The elytra sparingly sprinkled over with very fine but
distinct punctures , the posterior half of the lateral margin
covered with deep transverse striae, joining the sutural
margin across the apical tubercle , the apical portion smooth.
The upper part of the pygidium transversely striated , the
striae curved upwards, the underpart with some transverse
short lines intermixed with a few punctures ; the sharp trans-
verse keel regularly rounded. The apical half of the anterior
tibiae armed with three distinct lateral teeth ; the erect
hairs at the anterior coxae and femora black ; all the femora
with some curved impressed lines in front , and a row of
punctures before the hind margin; the tibiae deeply punc-
tured. The sternal process narrow, elongate, slightly
curved upwards towards the apex, the lateral portions of
the prosternum longitudinally striated ; the mesosternum
sparingly sprinkled over with very fine punctures and with
a few transverse striae along the front margin ; the abdo-
minal segments with a few punctures, more numerous
however at the fifth segment; the sixth segment as well
as the basal half of the sides of the first transversely
striated; besides the second and third segment, the fourth
also shows a stridulating spot which is however small.

The described specimen was captured at Doreh (New
Guinea) by Mr. D. S. Hoedt , and presented to the Leyden
Museum with many other valuable insects.

2. Ischiopsopha emarginata^ sp, n. 9-

Allied to the foregoing species, but distinct not only

Notes from the Leyden jVIuseum.

ISCHIOPSOPHA EMARGINATA. 187

by its different coloration , but also by its more slender
and parallel form (although being very wide in its shoul-
ders) , by the Avant of spines at the apex of the suture ,
by the different shape of the transverse keel of the pygi-
dium , etc.

Length 21 mm., breadth at the shoulders 11 mm. —
Shining green with a bronzy hue ; the tips of the clypeus
black , passing into dark purple ; the anterior and inter-
mediate femora -with shades of dark purple at the base
and apex ; the tibiae bronzy green at the base , passing
through dark purple into black towards the apex ; the tarsi
black. The palpi and antennae dark pitchy , approaching
black , except the club which is dark brown.

The clypeus strongly punctured , an impunctate space
at the vertex of the head ; the lateral margins of the
clypeus very slightly raised. The prothorax less trans-
verse than in I. nvjidloha , its lateral margins regularly
curved , the median lobe deeply emarginate , the disc most
distantly and finely punctured , thickly and somewhat con-
fluent along the lateral margins. The slightly rounded
apex of the scutellum visible. The elytra at the base
broader than the base of the prothorax , deeply sinuated
behind the shoulders , then almost parallel ; the apex very
slightly notched , and not spined at the suture. The elytra
sparingly sprinkled over with very fine punctures, the
lateral margin from a little behind the middle covered
with deep transverse striae joining the sutural margin
across the apical tubercle, the apical portion smooth. The
pygidium closely and transversely striated ; the lower part
more regularly so than the upper part , the former with a
large central impression; the sharp transverse keel straight
behind, but broadly rounded laterally.

Under surface and legs as in /. nigriloha.

A single female from New Guinea (C. B. H. von Rosenberg).

Leyden Museum, May 1879.

Notes from the Leyden ]VIuseum.

FIGULUS MARGINALIS. 189

NOTE XLIII.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF TPIE LUCANOID GENUS

FICtULUS EROM THE MALAYAN

ARCHIPELAGO.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

Figulus margin alis, sp. n.

Synonym: Figulus subcastaneus v. VolL (uec Westwood),
Tydschrift voor Entomologie. DL VIII (1865) p. 146
n". 146 and p. 156.

Allied to Figulus subcastaneus Westw. ^) but quite dis-
tinct from that species by the different tuberculation of the
head , by the comparatively longer prothorax and the presence
of a tubercle on the middle of its front margin , by the
different sculpture of the lateral margin of the elytra, etc.

Length 8 — 11 mm., breadth at the shoulders 2,6 —
3,5 mm. — Elongate , parallel , slightly convex. Shining ,
except the lateral margin and apical portion of the elytra
which is opaque. Above dark piceous approaching black ;
beneath and legs more or less bright brown red.

1) The Entomological Magazine, vol. V (1838), p. 263, si). 8. — The cor-
rectness of the determination of the species that I believed to he the true
subcastanejis, and of which the Leyden Museum possess two specimens from
Java (Prof. Blume), has been confirmed by a figure drawn up from the
type specimen by Prof. Westwood and kindly sent to me by that author.

r^otes Ironi the Lcytlen !MiiReiim.

190 FIGULUS MARGINALTS.

The liead transverse , concave above , covered with large
but rather shallow punctures, the punctures much smaller
along the anterior margin which is widely emarginate ; the
ocular canthus narrow , regularly rounded , not emarginate
in front , finely and longitudinally scratched , and termi-
nating posteriorly in an acute rectangle; its outer margin
slightly raised. The face between the eyes provided with
two distant indistinct tubercles , and with two impunctate
longitudinal ones in front of the inner orbit ^). The man-
dibles are slightly curved and acuminate, longitudinally
grooved above, and armed with a small tooth a little
before the middle on the inner side. The prothorax is
broader than the head , as long as broad , if not longer
than broad *) , the sides sub-parallel , the base truncate
with acute angles , the anterior angles slightly produced
and rounded; a slight but distinct tubercle on the middle
of the front margin ^) , and a narrow , longitudinal , deeply
punctured groove across the middle of the disc. The disc
strongly and rather closely punctured , except a nearly
impunctate broad streak on each side of the groove and
a finely punctured narrow one along the lateral margins.
The slightly raised lateral margins become distinctly cre-
Dulate a little behind the middle. The elytra are of the
same width as the prothorax , parallel , pointed and minu-
tely crenulated at the shoulders , with all the striae dis-
tinctly punctured , the interstices flat with an irregular
row of very fine punctures on the middle, the lateral
margin and the apical portion opaque , the former provided
with concatenated semicircular shining lines , the latter with
large but shallow circular punctures *). Beneath the sides

I) In F. sulcastaneus Westw. the head is provided between the eyes with
a transverse central tubercle most slightly impressed at the top, and the
longitudinal tubercle in front of the inner orbit is much more developed.

2j Distinctly broader than long in F. sulcastaneus Westw.

3) Totally wanting in F. subcastaneus Westw.

4) In F. subcastaneus Westw. the lateral margin and apical ])ortion of the
elytra are not opaque, although covered with irregular opaque punctures, which
are confluent on the lateral margin behind the middle.

Notes from the Leyclen ]VIuseuin.

FIGULUS MARGINAI.IS. 191

of the abdomen and mesosternum strongly punctured ; the
middle of the mesosternum impunctate , with an impressed
longitudinal line.

This species seems to be not uncommon at Java (Prof.
Blume and Dr. S. Muller) , Sumatra (Dr. S. Muller and
Sumatra-Expedition) and Borneo (Dr. S. Muller and Dr.
Schwaner) , and will be found in the collection of the
Leyden Museum , and in those of Prof. J. 0. Westwood ,
Major F. J. Sidney Parry, and Mr. F. Ancey of Marseille.

Leyden Museum , June 1879.

Notes Iroiii tlie Leyden Museum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 193

NOTE XLIV.

THE GENERA OF EUROPEAN NEMERTEANS

CRITICALLY REVISED, WITH DESCRIPTION OF

SEVERAL NEW SPECIES.

Dr. A. A. W. HUBRECHT.

During a stay at Naples in the past winter , I became
acquainted with a great number of Nemertini which had
escaped my notice on a former occasion (1874) , and of
which I could have numerous specimens in different varie-
ties thanks to the greatly improved methods of dredging
and searching which are now practised in Prof. Dohrn's
splendid establishment.

This enabled me to gain a better insight, not only in
the anatomy of the group , but in the range of varieties ,
species and genera as well. The preliminary results of
these researches are contained in the following pages.

The number of genera, which at present have been in-
troduced into zoological literature to designate Nemerteans
belonging to the European fauna amounts to forty-eight.
The following is a list of their names, authors and dates:

Planaria (Linn.) 0. F. Muller . . 1773.

Fasciola , » » »

Gordius , » > »

Cerebratulus , Renier 1804.

Tuhulanus , » »

Lineus, Sowerby 1805.

Acicula, Renier 1807.

Borlasia, Oken 1817.

IsTotes from the Leyden Museum.

194

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

N emeries , Cuvier.

. 1817.

Folia , delle Chiaje .

. 1825

Meckelia , Leuckart .

. 1827

Prostoma^ Dugès . . .

. 1828.

Lohilabrum , de Blainville

Ophiocephalus , »

SipJionenteron , Renier . ,

Notospermus, Huschke .

. 1830.

Poly stemma , Ehrenberg.

. 1831.

Micrura , »

Tetrastemma , »

Am^phiporus , »

Hemicyclia »

Ommatoplea , »

•s>

Notogymnus, »

Carinella , Johnston . . .

1833.

Ramphogordius , Rathke.

. 1848.

Chloraima , Kölliker .

. 1844.

Cephalotrix , Oersted . .

Astemma , » . .

• »

Akrostomum , Grube . .

1845.

Serpentaria , Goodsir.

Valencinia , de Quatrefages.

1846.

Oerstedia , „

Pylidium , J. Muller.

. 1847

Scotia, Leuckart . .

. 1849

Baseodiscus , Diesing .

. 1850

Alardus , Busch .

1851

Vermicfulus , Dalyell . .

. 1853

Cosmocephala , Stimpson

. 1854

Cnidon, Joh. Muller. .

Loxorrhochma , Schmarda

. 1859

Quatrefagea , Diesing. .

. 1862

Pty diodes, »

Ototyphlonemertes , Diesing

Otoloxorrhochma , »

DitactorrhocJima , »

•»

Notes from the Leyd

Lset

iin.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 195

Prosorhochmus , Keferstein .... 1868.
Drepanophorus , Hubrecht .... 1874.
Avenardia, Giard 1878.

It is clear that for an order of worms , which is yet
so imperfectly known as the Nemerteans, this extraordi-
nary large number of genera must contain many synonyms.
Authors who failed to find well marked characters , by which
to distinguish the species of these worms (which moreover
showed such a protean variability in their external appearance)
highly overvalued any small structural difference which
happened to be common to two or more species and im-
mediately founded a generic division on so insufficient a
basis. The short and incomplete description of many of
the genera was further one of the causes which led to
unnecessary multiplication of their number, whereas the fact
that in many cases no account whatever was taken of the
internal anatomical characters, when establishing a new
genus, gave rise to a considerable confusion, which it will
be difficult to get rid of gradually.

If we take the three naturalists , whose researches have
most contributed to our knowledge of the Nemertini in
the last thirty years : Quatrefages , Keferstein and Mac-Intosh
we find different genera adopted by each of them and —
what is more embarassing yet — a different scope given
to the same generical name, in consequence of which
Keferstein for instance employs the name Borlasia for
worms belonging to the great subdivision of armed Ne-
merteans , whereas Mac-Intosh , more strictly adhering to
Okens original intention, applies it to an unarmed species.

Quatrefages who examined atlantic as well as mediter-
ranean forms (Annales des Sciences Naturelles Vol. VI
1846) admits the six genera Valencinia , Borlasia , Nemer-
tes , Folia , Cerebratulus and Oerstedia. Keferstein (Zeitschr.
f. Wiss. Zoölogie, Bd. XII) adopts M. Schulze's suborders
of armed (Nemertinea enopla) and unarmed Nemerteans
(Nemertinea anopla) and establishes three families on charac-

Notes froni the Leyden IMviseurn.

19C THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

ters taken from the cephalic fissures. One family (the
Tremacephalidae) contains all the Nemertinea enopla , ar-
ranged in the genera Polia , Borlasia , Oerstedia , Micrura,
Prosorhochnus and Lohilahrum. His two other families:
the Gymnocephalidae and Rhochmocephalidae both belong
to the Nemertinea anopla. The former contains only one
genus: Cephalotrix , the latter four: Linens, Cerehratulus ,
Nemertes and Ophiocephalus . Total eleven genera. The
number of species which he examined was much less
than those which Quatrefages disposed of. He largely con-
tributed to our knowledge of the anatomy of the group
but I do not think his systematic arrangement was a
very successful one, although it has found its way into
numerous textbooks. So for instance he does not seem to
have noticed that four of his six genera of armed Ne-
merteans were established by their authors for unarmed
species {Polia , Borlasia , Micrura , Lohilabrum). Quatre-
fages had commenced to create a confusion by applying
those generic names in a wrong sense; still Keferstein
might have corrected the error instead of extending it.

Mac-Intosh (Ray Society Publicat. 1873, '74) who has
limited his researches to the British Nemerteans (of which he
describes 31 species) has distributed them in twelve genera, four
of which [Aynphiporus Tetrostevima, Prosorhochmus and Nemer-
tes) belong to the family of the Amphiporidae, five {Lineus, Bor-
lasia, Cerebratulus , Micrura, Meckelia) to the family Lineidae,
two {Carinella, Valencinia) to the family Carinellidae ,
whereas the genus Cephalotrix forms by itself the family
of Cephalotricidae. The first family again coincides with
the suborder of Nemertinea enopla, the three last with
that of the Anopla. It is a pity that before fixing upon
his final arrangement, which must be recognized as a
most decided advance upon his predecessors , the author
had no occasion personally to examine the principal medi-
terranean species , which might have induced him to a
reduction in the number of his genera as will presently
be proposed. His families are very well chosen; here at

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 497

last the internal structure of these worms, which exter-
nally present so little difference, is taken into considera-
tion and an arrangement into more natural groups is the
immediate result.

If we apply the rule that generic names may not stand
when applied in a sense different from what they were
intended for by their author (as may be judged from the
species on which he primitively established the genus: the
type species, or typical specimens), three of Quatrefages'
genera {Polia, Borlasia, Cerebratulus) must be cancelled
and his species divided over other genera to which they more
properly belong. To Keferstein's Polia and Borlasia the
same rule should be applied, as well as to Mac-Intosh's
Meckelia. Rigidly speaking the name Nemertes Cuv. was
applied to a worm quite different from those which later
authors united under that name. However not only Quatre-
fages and Mac Intosh but KöUiker (Verb. Schweiz. Naturf.
Gesellsch. Chur 1844) and many others have all applied the
name Nemertes to armed species and so here we may feel
justified in maintaining it in this modified sense. Then
of course the species to which Keferstein and v. Beneden
applied this name must reappear in another genus. And
if we separate Keferstein's genus Micrura from the Tre-
macephalidae , again placing it amongst the Anopla we
have only the genera Ophiocephalus and Lohilahrum to
account for in order to bring the arrangements of Kefer-
stein and Mac Intosh in accordance. Now Opldocephalus
was established by Blainville for a worm brought by Quoy
and Gaimard from their voyage of circumnavigation and
had it not been brought from Sydney Blainville himself
would not have hesitated in placing this species in the genus
Cerebratulus. Such at least may be understood from his
text (Diet, des Sciences Nat. Paris 1828. Vol. 57). Delle
Chiaje further discredited this generic name by employing
it in 1829 (Descr. e Not degli Anim. invertebr. etc. Vol.
Ill, p. 127) for three species very heterogenous among
themselves and of which we will have occasion to speak

Notes from the [Leyden Mluseuin.

198 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

further on. So we are amply justified in proposing the
suppression of this name.

Lobilabrum de Blainville must be cancelled too. Here
however we must motive our judgment more circumstan-
tially, as this genus, which was established by Blainville
on one specimen of a species {Lohilabrum ostrearum) never
since met with by any other naturalist , is remarkable
for the very striking characters by which it can immedia-
tely be distinguished from other genera. These characters
are: a blunt snout with two horizontal lips at the extre-
mity, both of them bilobed and apparently tentaculated.
The slit between the lips is at the same time a continua-
tion of the lateral fissures on both sides of the head. In
all other respects there is a very strong resemblance to
species of Linens or Cerehratulus living in the same localities.
One day -in Naples I was fortunate enough to get a second
specimen of this rare genus which, like Blainville's speci-
men , was collected from a bottom covered with bivalve
shells. It was duly figured and preserved and longitudinal
sections were made of the curious snout. Soon after I
was struck by the extraordinary resemblance in habitat
which existed between another Nemertean fwhose anterior
extremity exactly answered to that of a Lineus or a Cere-
hratulus and carried two well pronounced lateral fissures)
and this single specimen of Lobilabrmn. Once my doubts
raised I pursued the investigation by purposely cutting off
the tip of the snout in one of the last mentioned specimens
in a direction vertical to the body axis. Immediately the
curious arrangement of the lobed and tentaculated lips
which had hitherto been limited to the genus Lobilabrum
appeared, the animal lived comfortably for several weeks
and afterwards longitudinal sections showed that an epi-
dermoidal covering had made its appearance identical with
what had been found in the Lobilabrum specimen. Con-
necting these results with the fact of their living amongst
bivalve shells I concluded that the genus Lobilabrum was
established on a specimen the tip of whose snout had been

Notes from the Leyden. ]VIuseuTn.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 199

abnormally severed by an oyster, into the opened shell
of which it was stealthily tr3dng to penetrate. The extreme
rarity of the species was a corro berating evidence. On
these grounds I propose to cancel the generic name of
Lohilahrum, the type ^) of which probably belonged to
one of the species of Atlantic Lineidae.

The remaining genera mentioned by these three promi-
nent authors (even when a few of them may presently
be shown to be synonymous, and their number therefore
liable to further reduction) must form the nucleus for any
further proposal for the systematic arrangement of the
order. Before developing my own views on this head I
have still to account for several of the genera which are
contained in the list on page 194. Planaria and Gordius
have come to be used for different types of worms and
the Nemerteans described under these generic names must
be distributed under the head of Cerehratulus and Lineus.
Tuhulanus will be shown to be identical with Carinella ;
Meckelia was used for the same worm which had served
as the type to Renier's Cerehratulus marginatus , so was
Serpentaria and both of them must be again substituted
by the name which has the indisputed claims of priority.
Mac Intosh applied the name Meckelia to quite a different
animal which seems to be misplaced among the Lineidae
and may prove to be more closely related to the Cephalo-
tricidae or Valenciniaidae , at all events to belong to the
suborder of Palaeonemertini (vide p. 206). Notospermus and
Notogymnus were established upon an unmistakable Cere-
hratulus as Quatrefages has long ago shown. Siphonenteron
and Vermindus have never been well characterized ; the former
was moreover synonymous with another genus of the same
author from the beginning, and so both have been aban-
doned. Then again Astemma and Cephalotrix are synonyms
and with Mac Intosh we propose to retain only the latter

1) I inquired for the type specimen at the Museum in the Jardin des
Plantes; however is was not to be found, and probably has never reached Paris.

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

200 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

name. Hemicyclia , Polystemma, Ommatoplea and Chloraima
have again made room for generic names with undisputed
claims to priority ; Cnidon was used for a true Cerebratulus
as will be shown hereafter , Alardus and Pylidium were
only very young stages of a species of Lineidae. The ame-
rican genus Cosmocephala was only lately introduced into
the European fauna by 0. F. Jensen (Turbellaria ad littor.
Norvegiae. Bergen 1878) and applied to a worm which was
probably a true Amphiporus. As to Rhamphogordius^ Acicula
and Scotia it is very questionable whether the animals
described under these names were Nemerteans.

Akrostomum may possibly apply to a division of armed
species ; Baseodiscus was founded on a mutilated specimen
of Folia delineata ; Ditactorhochma , Quatrefagea , Ptychodes ,
Loxorrhoclima ^ Ototyphlonemertes , Otoloxorrhochma and Ave-
7iardia were names with which Diesing, Sclimarda and
Giard unnecessarily burdened the synonymy of the group.

The table on page 201 is intended to show at a glance
the general conclusions which I have come to respecting
the degrees of affinity existing between the different genera.

Carinella Johnst. must without doubt be regarded as a
form which in its structure has retained more primitive
characters than any of the others : its central nervous system
lies immediately under the skin , its two longitudinal
lateral nerves are nowhere found enclosed by the muscular
tissue of the body-wall but always exterior to this. This
situation of the nerve-tissue which is ontogenetically a pro-
duct of the epiblast reveals a more primitive condition.
So does the intestine and so does the proboscis. The first
is not yet provided with those numerous and regularly
placed coeca which in the more developed forms branch
off right and left throughout the whole length of the animal ,
with the exception of the oesophageal region. In Carinella
a simple intestinal canal is present in the tail as well as
in all the other body regions. The proboscis is thin and
slender, only very rarely extruded and provided in its
anterior part with urticating organs. A constricted part

Notes iroxn the Ley den jMusenrri.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

201

fa
Q

«J

t» ^

y^^

P -^

p-l

P i

S j

1— (

o i

o ;

S _

- W

-«1

o •

Vi \

§ 1

Ph 1

CM
O

H— (

«2

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

2Ö2 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

about six times as long as wide separates the anterior and
posterior region of the proboscis. The same constriction
— however of a different character — is found in Valen-
cinia and Polia , it has disappeared in the Lineidae, whereas
in the armed species is has become more strongly differen-
tiated and is represented by the muscular bulb in the
proboscis which contains the stylet and the styliferous
vesicles.

The interior of the proboscis appears to be divided into
compartments by numerous transverse, thin, ring-shaped ridges
which seem to offer different aspects in the three suborders
proposed above. Whereas in the Schizonemertini they are
visible throughout the whole length of the proboscis at
equal and comparatively short distances , they make their
appearance in the Palaeonemertini only in the anterior part,
which it situated before the above mentioned constriction.
In the suborder of the Hoplonemertini they seem to have
disappeared altogether. Both here and in the Palaeonemer-
tini there is a characteristic granular appearance in the
posterior half of the proboscis behind the constriction ,
which is again absent in the Schizonemertini , where the
segmented character of the anterior part in uninterruptedly
maintained throughout the whole length of the organ.

A posterior lobe of the cerebral ganglion communicating
by a ciliated duct with the exterior could not yet be
detected in Carinella or in Cephalotrix ; it is however pre-
sent in Valencinia and Polia and in both very intimately
connected with the anterior lobes. In both these genera
the exterior opening of the ciliated canal is small, but
whereas in Polia a transverse groove in the epiderm with
numerous smaller grooves perpendicular to the first and
all strongly ciliated seem to lead to this opening, such
complications are absent in Valencinia. They are again
met with in the armed genera Amphiporus and Drepano-
phorus where they exactly resemble those of the unarmed
Polia. Here however the posterior lobes have become more
detached from the ganglion , only communicating with it

Note» from the Leyden IVIuseum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERÏEANS. 203

by fibrous commissures. Vestiges of a simple transverse
groove on a level with the cerebral ganglion are present
in Carinella as well , although , as mentioned above , no
ciliated canal leading to the nerve-ganglion could be detec-
ted in that genus. In Cephalothrix the groove too seems
to be absent. In the four other genera of unarmed Nemer-
teans : Linens Sowerby , Borlasia Oken , Cerehratulns Renier
and Langia mihi , the simple external opening which was
present in Vahncinia is represented by deep lateral fissures
on both sides of the head , situated in the plane of the
body-axis. The simple opening has here widened out into
these fissures which can be opened and shut at will by
the arrangement of the muscles of the head and which
are covered internally by a thick coating of very long
vibratile cilia. All the four genera are further concordant
in the deep red tinge of their nervous system, which is
due to haemoglobine contained in this tissue. On the
whole they form a very natural suborder. In the genus
Cerebratulus I propose to include all the species described
under the generic name Micrura by Ehrenberg and after-
wards by Mac Intosh. I could not detect anatomical dif-
ferences and the sole exterior difi'erence: the very small
caudal appendage, seems to appear under certain circum-
stances in true Cerebratuli as well and may hardly rank
as a generic character. Urticating elements , which have
been found in the proboscis of Carinella and Cephalothrix
are absent in Polia, Valencinia and all the Hoplonemertini ;
they reappear in numerous species of Schizonemertini
where they may even attain considerable dimensions.
The six genera of armed Nemerteans form a subdivision
not less natural; five of them seldom attain to a length
which can be called considerable in relation to their width :
the genus Nemertes^ however, contains worms which are
often extremely long and threadlike. These two subdivi-
sions may rank as so many sub-orders , whereas the more
primitive forms of Nemerteans , showing characters out of
which those of both these subdivisions might have gradually

Notes trom tlie Leyden ^M^useum.

204 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

developed should rank as a third suborder. I hold this to
be more in accordance with the real affinities than the
subdivision in the two suborders of the Anopla and Enopla ,
as proposed by Max Schulze. And so the classification of
the European genera which I propose is the following.

Ordo NEMERTINI.
I. Subordo PALAEONEMERTINI.

Familia Cephalotricidae.

Genus

Cephalotrix.

))

Carinellidae.

Genus

Carinella.

Valenciniaidae.

Genus

Valencinia.

Poliaidae.

Genus

Folia.

Tdo. SCHIZONEMERTINI.

Familia

Lineidae.

Genus

Li neus.

Borlasia.

Cerebratulus.

Langiaidae.

Genus

Langia.

rdo. HOPLONEMERTINI.

Familia

A mphiporidae.

Genus

Amphiporus.
Drepanophorus.

Tetrastemmidae.

Genus

Tetrastemma.

Oerstedia.

Prosorhochmus.

Nemertidae.

Genus

Nemertes.

Notes from

the Leyden IMusenin.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

205

The following table, analytically arranged, may be of
use in determining the genus of a given specimen:

f very long and slender , often
I coiled together in knots; i)ro-
V boscis rather short

Mouth before the'

ganglia ; proboscis

furnished with

stylets ; body

(HOPLONE-

MERTINI)

with four

more or lessj
short and bul-
ky; proboscis/
long ; head

large eyes, body
short and stout

small eyes,

body more

slender, very

contractile

viviparous

oviparous

with nume -
rous eyes ,

deep lateral

fissure on both

sides of the head

(SCHIZONE-

MERTINI)

with one central stylet in
the proboscis

with a curved hook in the
proboscis provided with
numerous small stylets

body -margins bent upwards, the
frilled edges nearly meeting

/ not so very long well develo-
in comparison! ped, furnished
to its width ; V with urtica-
eyes rarely nu- \ ling organs
gene- /

body flat

or roun-^

ded

rally absent,
proboscis

no stylets in
the proboscis ;
mouth be-
hind the
ganglia

extremely

long; eyes very

numerous

, attenuated,
i muscles of
f body wall very
\ strongly tinged
with red

' no deep lateral

Assures on the

head (PALAE-

ONEMER-

TINI)

posterior lobes of the

ganglion present,
I coalesced with the
I supero-anterior lobe;

no visible posterior
lobe to the ganglia

no eyes, opening for
the proboscis dis-
tant from the tip of
the snout

eyes, opening for
the proboscis ter-
minal

head pointed, con-
tinuous with the
body

head distinct from

the body, spathuli-

form

Nemertes.
Oerstedia.
Prosorhochmus.

Tetrastemma.

Amphiporus.

Drepanophorus.
Langia.

Cerehratulus.

Borlasia.
Lineus.

Valencinia.
Folia.
Cephalotrix.
Carinella.

We now pass to the description of the species found at
Naples. Only a short notice will be given of those which have
been already satisfactorily described by Mac Intosh or

Notes from the Leyden Museum.

206 THE GENERA OP NEMERTEANS.

other authors, whereas the new species and those which
have heen confounded with others will be described more
circumstantially. The exact and detailed synonymy of each
species cannot as yet be given in full. For several of the
species which are about to be mentioned , Mac Intosh's
elaborate monograph gives a list of synonyms to which I
may be allowed provisionally to refer.

Subordo I. PALAEONEMERTINI mihi.

No deep lateral fissure on the side of the
head. No stylet in the proboscis. Mouth behind
the ganglia.

Famiha Cephalotricidae Mac In tosh.

The dorsal commissure of the ganglion in front of the
ventral one. Lateral nerves placed between the longitudinal
muscular coat and an isolated inner band of fibres. The
proboscis has three coats.

Genus Cephalotrix Oersted. Head pointed, continuous
with the body. No posterior respiratory lobe to the gang-
lion, nor ciliated duct leading to the exterior.

1. Cephalotrix linearis (J. Rathke) Oersted.
Synon. Cephalotrix bioculata Oersted.

„ occellata Keferstein.

„ longissima „

„ filiformis Mac Intosh.

Astemma rufifrons Oersted.
To this species I refer a small number of specimens
from the bay of Naples with about 20 — 30 very small
eyes quite close to the body margin. The intestine was
not provided with coeca. Laterally about on the same
level with the mouth and with the hindermost eye-speck
a very small opening was noticed (of the watervascular
system?). Brown pigment was present on the tip of the
snout; the animals were whitish and measured up to 5 mm.

Notes from tlie Leyden ]NXuseura.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 207

2. Cephalotrix signatus n. sp.

This species immediately strikes us by its curious coloration
as well or by the disposition of the eyes. The belly is
white , the back of a uniform yellow. On the head the
pigment takes the form of two club-like horns, longitudi-
nal and parallel , with a white median streak between them
and united at their base by a short yellow transverse bar.
Two identical club-shaped yellow blotches appear on the
ventral side of the head. The small eyes (30 —40) are
placed on a row along the margin of the head; near the
tip of the snout there are two patches of eyes, each con-
taining about four or five. The proboscis is provided with
urticating elements. Length 15 mm.

Family Carinellidae Mac Intosh (sens, strict.).
Lateral nerves situated to the exterior of the muscular
coat of the body-wall , which is composed of two layers.

Genus Carinella Johnston. Snout wider than the rest
of the body , bluntly rounded in front , spathulate. A
transverse groove in the epidermis situated in the same
level with the ganglion , no ciliated duct in connection
with this groove. Intestine without coeca.

3. Carinella annulata (Montagu) Mac Intosh.

Synon. Carinella trilineata Johnston.

Polia crucigera delle Chiaje.

Valencinia ornata de Quatrefages,

Nemertes superbus Kölliker.

Siphonenteron elegans Renier.

Tubulanus elegans „

This species is not rare in Naples. Its ground colour
varies from a light van Dyck brown to dark chocolate
brown. The average of specimens has four longitudinal
white lines running along the middle of the back , belly
and sides and intersecting the numerous white rings. In
several other specimens only the white rings were present,

Notes irom the Leyden ^luseum.

208 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

whereas a few specimens — perhaps in coincidence with
the spawning season — had turned to a light yellowish fawn
colour. The proboscis is furnished with urticating organs.

4. Carinella polymorpha (Renier) Hubr.
Synon. Valencinia splendida Quatref.

Tubulanus polymorphus Renier.
Differing from the foregoing species by the form of the
head which is still wider and more hammershaped as well
as by the colour, which is always a uniform reddish or
orange brown. In spirits the part of the body posterior
to the oesophagus generally presents a darker colour than
the anterior part.

Familia Valenciniaidae mihi.

Nerves just within the muscles of the body-wall , sepa-
rated from the epiderm by only a thin layer. No cephalic
furrows or fissures , but a small opening an each side of
the head leading by a ciliated duct into the posterior lobe
of the ganglion.

Genus Valencinia Quatrefages. The opening for the pro-
boscis far behind the tip of the snout.

5. Valencinia longirostris Quatrefages.
Synon. Valencinia lineformis Mac Int.

Colour white with a roseate hue, which is occasionally
stronger anteriorly. No eyes in the specimens I had occa-
sion to examine. Head pointed , though rarely so much as
in Quatrefages' figure of the species. Specimens at Naples
did not exceed 1 dm. in length. They were generally coiled
together in knots, though not very long themselves.

Family P oliaidae mihi.

Lateral nerves within the muscles of the body wall. A
pair of posterior lobes to the ganglion are coalesced with
the inner and hinder surface of the superior lobes.

Notes from the Ley den ]VIu.seutii.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 209

Genus Folia delle Chiaje. Head separated from the body,
by a very faint constriction and rounded anteriorly as in Cari-
nella. The jDOsterior lobes of the ganglia communicate by
means of ciliated canals with two transverse cephalic grooves
which do not meet on the dorsum but carry numerous
short parallel grooves , perpendicular to the first. Eyes with
lenses. Two longitudinal nerve-trunks in the proboscis.

6. Polia delineata delle Chiaje.
Synon. Baseodiscus delineatus Diesing.

This species attains to a considerable length, always
remaining comparatively thin. Dark brown stripes longi-
tudinally intersecting the light brown ground colour are
present ventrally as well as dorsally, even in the youngest
stages. About five to seven may be counted in a trans-
verse line across the back. The mouth is small and is
situated immediately behind the ganglion. The posterior
lobe of the ganglion is characterized by a special greenish hue.
Up to twenty-three eyes were counted on each side of the
head. Proboscis very thin. Next to Cei^ebratulus marginatus
and Amphiporus pulcher this is the most common species
in Naples.

7. Polia curta n. sp.

Distinguished from the foregoing by its greater width in
comparison to its length. The brown stripes are much
more closely set on the back, 12 — 15 being counted in a
transverse line on the back. The belly remains white;
only in the very largest examples it becomes striped too ,
the region of the mouth and undersurface of the head
always excepted. In very young examples the stripes are
yet stellate pigmentspecks , whereas at the same age they
are stripes already in Polia delineata. Eyes , ganglion and
cephalic grooves as in this species.

8. Polia minor n. sp.

This interesting species has on superficial inspection a

Notes from the Leyden IMuseuni.

210 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

very strong resemblance with true representatives of the
genus Amphiporus , hereafter to be described. It is com-
paratively short and stout, the single specimen I obtained
measuring 15 mm. in length and 4 to 5 mm. in width.
The eyes are exceedingly numerous; there are at least
80 on either side of the head. The proboscis seems to be
wider in the middle than at the two ends ; neither the
proboscis nor the proboscidian chamber occupy the whole
length of the body. In the tail it appears (on compression
of the animal) that the lateral nerves of both sides meet,
the commissure being situated above the anus. The colour is
a yellowish grey , merging into a reddish orange anteriorly ;
the sides of the body seem to be more or less transparent.

Subordo II. SCHIZONEMERTINI mihi.

A deep longitudinal lateral fissure on each
side of the head, from the bottom of which a
ciliated duct leads into the posterior lobe of the
ganglion. Lateral nerves between the longitu-
dinal and inner circular muscular coat of the
body-wall. Nervous tissue deeply tinged with
haemoglobine. Mouth behind the ganglia.

Familia Lineidae Mac Intosh.

Body more or less flattened. Nerve trunks situated quite
laterally, diametrically opposite.

Genus Linens Sowerby. Body extremely long in compa-
rison to its width. Eyes very numerous.

No species belonging to this genus were found at Naples ;
three species are known from the Atlantic: Lineus longis-
simus (Gunn) Sowerby, Lineus ohscurus Desor (Mac Intosh
makes the two species ont of it: Lineus gesserensis and
Lineus sanguineus) and Lineus lacteus (Montagu) Mac Intosh.

Genus Borlasia Oken. Body round and massive, not

Notes irom the Leyden Museum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 211

tapered posteriorly. Proboscis extremely slender. The thick
muscular coats of the body-wall are tinged red.

9. Borlasia elizahethae Mac Intosh.

Synon. V Ophiocephalus murenoides delle Chiaje.

No eyes , body hardly flattened dorso-ventrally, generally
with numerous wrinkles on the surface. I found specimens
in which the head was white and speckled with green as
described by Mac Intosh , others in which it was of the
same purplish brown colour of the body. The white cross-
belts were sometimes distinct , sometimes very faint indeed.
Urticating elements in the proboscis.

Genus Cerebratulus Renier.

Body more or less flattened. Proboscis generally with
a cross of fibres at each pole in transverse section. Eyes
not very developed , rarely numerous. Urticating elements
of different size in the wall of the proboscis. In several
species four longitudinal nerve trunks in the proboscis. In
others there is a very delicate caudal appendage.

10. Cerebratulus marginatus Renier.

Synon. ? Fasciola angulata 0. F. Muller.
Serpentaria fragihs Goodsir.
Meckelia somatotomus Leuckart.
PoUa siphunculus delle Chiaje.
Cerebratulus" angulatus Mac Intosh.

» grandis (Sars) 0. Jensen.

Lineus beattiaei Gray.
Meckelia olivacea Rathke.

This is in Naples the most common species and can attain
considerable dimensions. A spirit-specimen is in my posses-
sion in which the width of the body close to the tail
measures 30 mm. In colour it varies from a whitish grey
or brown to a dark steelblue. There is no difference in

Kotes Ironi the Leyden Miisevini.

212 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

the coloration of back and belly ; it is uniform all over.
The margins of the body are white, so are the margins of
the cephalic fissures. Exceptionnally the white margins
may sometimes disappear {PI. angulata 0. F. M.). No
eyes. An anal papilla was observed in most of the spe-
cimens , in some of which it seemed even to have become a
short caudal appendage. This species was first described
by Renier. Blainville afterwards created a confusion by
figuring this species under the name of C. hilineatus ,
which had been employed by Renier for quite a distinct
species as will be noticed further down. Delle Chiaje did
not correct Blainville's error and moreover brought these
two species together with Renier's Tubula'nus (a true Cari-
nella) in his genus Ophiocephalus , the third species of which
was 0. murenoides (probably identical with Mac Intosh's
Borlasia elizabethae). C. marginatus seems to extend from
Norway to the Mediterranean.

11. Cerehratulus pantherinus n. sp.

This species may on a superficial inspection be easily
confounded with the foregoing by its colour and the two
white lines alongside of the body margins. Still I found
it to differ constantly in no unimportant points: inter-
nally, by the red colour of the nervous tissue which was
constantly much paler than in C. marginatus or in any
other species of the same genus (less haemoglobine con-
tained in the nervous tissue) ; externally by the spotted or
marbled character which the brownish grey ground-colour
afi'ects on the head and the anterior portion of the trunk.
The belly is generally of a lighter colour than the back.
The margins ot the respiratory fissures are never white as
in C. marginatus , at the same time they seem to be shorter
than in this species and the head more truncated. Finally
there was a marked difference in the physiological sensiti-
veness of the two species towards desoxygenated seawater.
One specimen entirely devoid of pigment, was of a uni-
form pale yellow.

Notes from tlie Leyden IMuseuizi.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 213

12. Cerehratulus bilineatus Renier.
Synon. Lineus bilineatus Mac Intosli.

(nee Polia bilineata delle Chiaje!)
Cerebraiula oerstedii van Beneden.
Cerebratulus taenia Mac Intosh.
» bivittatus Ulianin.

Renier has given a very fair description of this species
which , as mentioned above , was confused with another
species by Blainville and delle Chiaje. This has again
induced Mac Intosh into error, who was the first to find
this species on the British coast and who felt justified in
identifying it with another of delle Chiaje's species which
(curiously enough) bears the same specific name of Polia
hilmeata. Delle Chiaje's last named species is however
quite different from the true C. bilineatus as described by
Renier and figured by Mac Intosh (Plate YI, fig. 1) and
will be noticed in its turn. We may remark that delle
Chiaje himself never identified his species with the one
described by Renier.

I have little to add to Mac Intosh's description ; at Na-
ples the specimens were generally pinkish. In examining
very small specimens with the microscope the two dorsal
white lines, being less transparent, appear darker than
the ground-colour.

13. Cerebratulus dellechiajei Hubr.
Synon. Polia bilineata delle Chiaje.

(nee Lineus bilineatus Mac Int. !)

This species is quite different from the foregoing and
seems not to be rare in the neighbourhood of Capri. Delle
Chiaje's figure (PI. 103) gives a very fair representation of it, the
dark greenish or purplish ground-colour being intersected
by one very thin white line in the median line of the
dorsum and two broad ones to the right and left of it.
These are continued on the head ; the belly is of a uniform

JVotes f'roirx the Leyden Miiiseum.

Ö14 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

(lark grey, the margins of the body are generally marked
off by two other white lines. A small caudal appendage
similar to that of other species which have formerly been
united in the genus Aficrura is present in most of the spe-
cimens. The deep red colour of the ganglion shines through
the pigmented tissues of the head. The urticating elements
in the proboscis are of different dimensions ; the smaller ones
measure 0.018 mm. without thread, the larger ones up to
0.075 mm. Eye-specks very numerous in four series, close
to the lateral margin of the head , two of them on the
ventral, two on the dorsal lips of the respiratory fissures.
In each series I counted from 12 — 30 eyes , the number
differing according to the size of the specimen. There is a
considerable amount of variation in the intensity of the
ground-colour which in some has become so dark that the
white lines on the back have almost totally disappeared ,
after having passed through a reddish tinge , and that only
the tip and sides of the head are whitish yet. The belly
is very dark too in these specimens, whereas in others it
is white or nearly so , and in that case the coloured stripes
on the back have faded down to a light sienna.

14. Cerehratulus liguricus (Blanchard) Hubr.

Nemertes ligurica Blanchard. (Ann. des Sc. Nat.
XII. ser. 3.)

By its general appearance this species may be easily
taken for C. inarginatus. The colour is a light grey with
whitish margins. Contrary to what is found in the latter
species, this Nemertean has eyespecks, about 12 on each
side of the head. In specimens which are preserved entire
a small translucent caudal appendage , capable of a certain
lengthening and shortening is often , though not always ,
visible. In most of the specimens an extremely fine trans-
verse wrinkling of the skin seems to be a characteristic
feature.

Notes from the JLieyden Museum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 215

15. Cerebratulus dohrnii u. sp.

To this species I refer several specimens from the bay
of Naples of no very considerable size but very gracefully
coloured. The four margins of the cephalic fissures are
marked off by thin brown streaks. Another brown streak
along the middle of the back is more sharply defined on
the head than farther backward. The ground-colour seems
to be pale yellowish ; to the right and left of the median
dorsal line there are two white longitudinal bands which
in their turn are bordered by two light brown ones occu-
pying the body margins. Near the tip of the snout there
are about three eyes on each side. Although there is a
certain resemblance between this species and C. bilineatus
Renier they cannot be confounded when examined in the
fresh state. The largest specimens measured when exten-
ded 4 cm. in length and l^/g i^^^' i^ width.

16. Cerebratulus purpureas (Dalyell) Hubr.
Synon. Gordius purpureus spinifer Dalyell.
Micrura purpurea J. Muller.
Cerebratulus flavifrons Grube.
Micrura purpurea Mac Intosh.

This species was not uncommon at Naples although I
never saw specimens of considerable size. The colour was
of a dark blackish purple; the white patch on the tip of
the snout seems to contain, when examined with the
microscope , two sets of pigment-grains. Eyes could not
be detected. The mouth is of moderate dimensions. There
is a thin caudal appendage on the posterior extremity of
the body. Dimensions of urticating elements in the proboscis
rather considerable (0.133 mm. with, 0.037 mm. without
the thread).

17. Cerebratulus grubei. n. sp.

Of this new species I was able to examine three spe-

Notes from the Leyden Bluseum.

216 TÏÏE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

cimens caught at different times and in different localities.
They resemble the foregoing species at first sight , espe-
cially by the colour. On closer inspection they proved to
be distinguished by the fact that the tip of the snout is
not white but black and that a very thin white transverse
ring makes its appearance immediately behind the tip of
the snout. Grube has already found this worm in the
Adriatic (Die Insel Lussin, Breslau , 18(34, page 96)
without however describing it as a distinct species. In
captivity the dark glossy colour of one of these animals
changed to a dirty light brown. In length they did not
exceed 14 mm. I was unable to detect a caudal appendage.
The mouth is moderate.

18. Cerebratulus tristis n. sp.

Two specimens were procured of this species which has
again by its dark purple coloration strong resemblance to
the two foregoing. The snout seems to be rather pointed ,
more so than in the two latter species ; the coloration is
uniform all over the body; the cephalic fissures are long
and deep ; the mouth is exceedingly small. Urticating
elements were found in the proboscis , different in some
respects from those in the two foregoing species (the larger
ones only measured 0.011 mm. without thread).

19. Cerebratulus geniculatus (delle Ch.) Quatrefages.
Synon. Notospermus drepanensis Huschke.
Notogymnus » Ehrenb.

Meckelia annulata Grube.
Polia geniculata delle Chiaje.
(nee C. geniculatus Grube!)

Of this species only one very young specimen was brought,
having the usual green colour; two others belonged to a
curious dark purple variety. The white rings round the
body were identical, the front one showed the characteristic

Notes from the Leyden IVIuseura.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. ^17

triangle pointing forwards , wliicli is already figured by
Huschke. This species seems to be more compressed than
others of its congeners. I failed to detect any caudal
appendage. The proboscis contains urticating elements
(0.036 mm. without thread).

20. Cerebratulus hepaticus n. sp.

Under this name I wish to describe a species which is
represented in Naples by numerous specimens , often attaining
a considerable size (up to 8 or 10 mm. in width). The
ground colour which is subject to much variation is gene-
rally a mixture of grey , red and brown ; the hinder part of
the body is generally distinguished from the anterior por-
tion by its brick red colour , which is due by transparency
to the coloured cells in the wall of the intestine. The proboscis
when protruding is transversely banded with brown in
the portion which is nearest the head. The tip of the
snout is yellow ; the anterior parts of the back and throat
are often marked by a few light green or yellowish patches,
irregularly distributed. The respiratory fissures on both
sides of the head are very long , so is the head itself. In
fresh specimens with uninjured tails a small caudal appen-
dage which did not seem capable of much extension was
sometimes noticed. The proboscis is provided with urti-
cating elements (rarely longer than 0.013 mm. , thread
not included).

21. Cerebratulus urticans (J. Muller) Hubr.
Synon. Cnidon urticans J. Mull.
Meckelia » »

The average size of the specimens belonging to this
species was 2 or 3 dm. in length and 8 or 10 mm. in
breadth. They are characterized by the proboscidean sheath
bulging out in the median line of the dorsum, especially
in the posterior half of the body, where transverse constrictions

^otes trom the Leydeii INXuseuzn.

218 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

may moreover contribute to give it a moniliform appearance.
The fluid in this proboscidian cavity has a deep red tinge
which shines through the walls of the body and which is due to
haemoglobin contained in the corpuscles with which this
fluid is laden. The colour of the specimens may vary
fi'ora a vinous flesh colour to a dark bluish red. Three
short , dark , paralel , longitudinal stripes are present
on the top of the head towards the tip of the snout.
This species has a short caudal appendage. Urticating
elements in the proboscis of the most different dimensions
yet very regularly distributed over the surface , the largest
(0.132 mm. long with a thread of about twice that length)
being situated on two longitudinal ridges along the whole
length of the proboscis. Eyes seldom visible; in one spe-
cimen I noticed during compression and after having added
acetic acid six to eight very small pigment-specks close to
the margin of the body and the tip of the snout.

22. Cerebratulus roseus (delle Chiaje) Hubr.
Synon. Polia rosea delle Ch.

It is very probable that delle Chiaje's Polia rosea was
established on specimens of the species about to be des-
cribed. There is a general resemblance to C. urticans. The
colour is generally a light flesh colour or faint vermilion ,
intermixed with yellow in the posterior pars of the body
where the intestine shines through the integuments. The
head is more or less flat and pointed and generally
yellowish too. Only once I met with an ohve green variety
which in a few days had changed its colour to a reddish
tinge. A caudal appendage is present in perfect indivi-
duals and was observed to attain a not inconsiderable length
in some cases. The portion of the trunk which forms the
oesophageal region is generally more cylindrical , posteriorly
the body becomes flattened.

The principal difference from C. urticans is the greatly
diminished size of the urticating elements in the proboscis.

Notes from, tlie Leyden Miuseiinri.

THE GENERA OF NEMËRTEANS. 2119

There are no longitudiual dark streaks on the head , nor
could I discern any eyes.

23. Cerehratulus fuscus (Mac Intosh) Hubr.
Synon. Micrura fusca Mac Intosh.

The representatives of this species in Naples do not
seem to attain a considerable length. They generally mea-
sured from 3 to 5 cm. On the yellow ground-colour the
minute brown dots and specks are much more numerous
and better visible than would appear from Mac Intosh's
figure. A caudal appendage is present.

24. Cerehratulus aurantiacus (Grube) Hubr.
Synon. Meckelia aurantiaca Grube.

Micrura aurantiaca Mac Intosh.
Cerehratulus croceus Grube.

Bright orange with a white transverse band behind the
tip of the snout. No specimens were examined exceeding
7 cm. in length. Tip of the snout truncated as in Cere-
hratulus purpureus Urticating elements observed in the pro-
boscis, which only measured from 0.007 to 0.009 mm.
(exclusive of thread).

25. Cerehratulus lacteus (Grube) Hubr.
Synon. Nemertes lactea Grube.

» » Ulianin.

White or yellow , generally with curious transverse
wrinkles , which give the animal a different aspect from
other Nemerteans. The pigment of the integument becomes
detached very easily and then takes the appearance (under
the microscope) of feathered stripes. A caudal appendage
is present. The eyes which were noticed by Grube seem
to be absent in the majority ; I saw them only in a couple

Notes from the Leyden ]Mu.seuiM,

220 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

of specimens and in a smaller number than Grube indicates.
In the yellow variety the red ganglion is very well visible
through the integument ; better so than in the white. The
urticating elements in the proboscis measure about 0.006 to
0.007 mm. (thread excluded).

26. Cerebratulus fasciolatus (Ehrenberg) Hubr.
Synon. Micrura fasciolata Ehrenberg.

Cerebratulus geniculatus Grube.
Meckelia knerii Diesing.
Cerebratulus geniculatus Ulianin.

Dark greenish with white rings at regular intervals.
Anterior part of the head white with a small number of
eye-specks. The red variety figured by Mac Intosh was not
noticed at Naples. A caudal appendage was never wanting ;
a small specimen of 20 mm. carried ripe eggs already,
and so the question arises whether perhaps at Naples
this species ever attains the size it does in the Atlantic.

Familia Langiaidae mihi.

The margins of the body are slightly frilled and lapped
up over the back, which takes the aspect of a partly
closed tube from the head to the tail. Internally the ner-
ve-trunks lie more above the intestine than beside it.

Genus Langia nov. gen. Characters as in the family ; the
openings of the watervascular system are situated dorsally ,
in the hollow space enclosed between the upturned body
margins.

27. Langia formosa n. sp.

Belly of a pale vermilion , margins of the body whitish ,
back posteriorly yellowish. Especially in the anterior part
of the trunk the upturned , frilled body margins have thick
borders , posteriorly they diverge now and then , showing
the yellow colour of the intestine shining through the

Notes from tlie Leyden ZMuseutn.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 221

integument of the back. Immediately behind the respi-
ratory fissures the body margins close together dorsally.
Along the bottom of this dorsal furrow the proboscidian canal
often protrudes as a rounded longitudinal ridge.

After immervsion in spirit the head appears as if sepa-
rated from the body by a shallow groove , much less pro-
nounced in life. The tip of the tail has often a very pointed
appearance.

Subordo HOPLONEMERTINI mihi.

One or more stylets in the proboscis. Mouth
generally situated before the ganglia. Lateral
nerves inside the muscular coats of the body
wall. No deep longitudinal fissures on each
side of the head.

Familia Aniphiporidae Mac Intosh.

Body when extended comparatively short and wide. The
proboscis which is easily and repeatedly extruded is thick
in the extensile part and covered with large adhesive
papillae. Numerous longitudinal nerves in the proboscis.
A transverse respiratory furrow on the head, generally with
short perpendicular furrows as in Polia. A ciliated duct from
the posterior ganglionic lobe to this furrow.

Genus Amphiporus Ehrenberg.

A single central stylet in the proboscis with two or
more accessory styliferous vesicles. No accessory mem-
branaceous sacs in communication with the proboscidian
cavity. Numerous, well developed eyes.

28. Amph{po7'us pulcher (Johnst.) Mac Intosh.
Synon. Planaria rosea 0. F. M.
Nemertes pulchra Johnst.
Vermiculus rubens Dalyell.
V Amphiporus albicans Ehrenberg
(from the Red Sea).

Notes Ironi the Leyden IVXuseuui.

222 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

A common species at Naples varying in colour from
vermilion to yellow in all the intermediate paler and
intenser shades. No specimen was met with which was
longer than 3 cm. Proboscis and cephalic grooves as des-
cribed by Mac Intosh. Posterior ganglionic lobe pyriform ,
connected by commissures with the upper anterior lobe.
External opening of the ciliated duct (which is longer
than in Drepanojohorus) before the ganglion.

29. Amphiporus lactijioreus (Johnston) Mac Intosh.
Synon. Polia mandilla Quatrefages.

» mutabilis »

» violacea »

» berea »

» glauca »

Borlasia mandilla Keferstein.
Gordius albicans Dalyell.
Polystemma adriaticum Ehrenberg.
Cephalotrix armata (!) Uljanin.

Compared with A. pulcher it is always much longer
and less wide. The white specimens seem to be more
numerous at Naples than those with reddish or pink tints.
The eyes seem to be less developed than in A. pidcher,
the hemispherical refracting portion not so constantly
present. The situation of those portions of the ganglia
which communicate with the exterior by the ciliated duct
is moreover different from what it is in A. pulcher. They
are situated before the cerebral lobes instead of behind
them and connected with them by commissures. •

30. Amphiporus duhius n. sp.

Three specimens were examined , all agreeing in the
following characters. Ground-colour a yellowish brown
with very small equidistant darker grains. At first sight
four eyes appear to be present which however show to be
four groups of eyes containing 2 or 3 eyes each. A re-
Notes irom. the Ley den lytuseum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 223

fractory hemisphere is present in each of the eyes. Respi-
ratory lobes neither before nor behind the cerebral ganglion
but on a level with it. Ciliated canal rather short.
Stylet truncated behind , very much resembling that of
Oerstedia vittata which will be described further on. The
transverse respiratory groove runs between the anterior and
posterior group of eyes ; the latter group seems to be
situated above the respiratory lobe of the ganglion.

31. Amphiporics marmoratiis n. sp.

Synon.?? Cosmocephala cordiceps (Sars) Jensen.

The form of the stylet in the proboscis, the colour and
the presence of a longitudinal groove on the head are the
differences which separate this species from the foregoing.
The handle to the central stylet is posteriorly provided
with two short, winglike appendages , probably in accordance
with the insertion of muscles. These two wings are not
always easily visible, they often give to the basis of the
stylet , when viewed sideways, a crooked or bent appearance.

The colour in young specimens is a dark rufous brown,
which in larger specimens becomes marbled with darker. The
number and disposition of the eyes is very similar to what
is found in A. pulcher. The longitudinal furrow mentioned
above is not deep but provided with a series of longer hairs
besides the ordinary cilia. It seems to be double , or at
least provided with a median protruding ridge. Ventrally
it commences before the mouth, passes across the tip of the
snout on to the back , where is can be traced a good
way behind the transverse respiratory furrows.

I am greatly inclined to think that the specimen des-
cribed by Jensen and Sars under the name of Cosmocephala
cordiceps belongs to this species. If once a more detailed
anatomical investigation will have shown the atlantic and
mediterranean species to be identical, the genus Cosmoce-
phala nmst again disappear from among the European
Nemerteans. As it is, Sars' description does not allow of
the immediate identification of the two species.

JVoies ironi the Leytlen Mviseum.

224 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

32. Amphiporus hastatus Mac Intosh.

This species is not common at Naples. In six months I
received only one specimen , which corresponded to the des-
cription given by Mac Intosh. I have only to add that
neither the proboscis nor the proboscidian sheath extend
as far as the posterior part of the body, such as it is the
case in the other Amphipori ; that the two lateral nerves
merge into one in the tail by a commissure situated above
the intestine , and that the mouth and the opening for the
proboscis seem to have coalesced in one opening which is
situated ventrally , near the tip of the snout. All these and
some other points by which they show to differ from the
other species of Amphiporus will perhaps necessitate, after
a more detailed study of their anatomy , the establishment
of a separate genus for this species and the following.
There is a certain probability that Grube established his
genus Akrostomum on a spirit-specimen of this species , in
which case his generic name might be re-established and
more closely defined. However provisionally I propose to
leave them with the Amphipori.

33. Amphiporus pugnax n. sp.

Different from the former by having no fewer than seven
accessory styliferous vesicles in the proboscis and a diffe-
rently shaped central stylet as well.

The colour is a pale vermilion, gradually merging into
a greyish white. The body is not flattened but cylindrical
as in the foregoing species. Two small eyes seem to be
present near the tip of the snout as in A. bioculatus Mac
Intosh. Mouth serving at the same time as opening for the
proboscis. Externally a small lateral opeuiug is visible.
A cephalic furrow was not clearly made out.

Notes Irom tlie Leyclen. ]Museum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 225

Genus Drepanopkorus Hubrecht. Proboscis provided with
a crooked plate upon which a series of small stylets is
attached. Numerous lateral vesicles with accessory stylets
in the surrounding tissue. Tlie cavity of the proboscidian
sheath communicates with a series of membranaceous sacs
regularly placed to the right and left, which serve as tem-
porary reservoirs for the proboscidian fluid. Numerous eyes.

34. Drepanopkorus ruhrostriatus Hubrecht.
Synon. Cerebratulus spectabilis Quatrefages.

Amphiporus » Mac Intosh (pro. p.).

(nee. Borlasia splendida Keferstein!)
Drepanophorus spectabilis Barrois.

A-lthough Quatrefages' specific name has the priority over
mine for this species I must persist in using the name of
ruhrostriatus after the confusion which has been created by
Mac Intosh in his later publications (On Amphiporus spec-
tabilis , Quart. Journ. for Micr. Sc. n*'. LIX) with regard to
the original specific designation. In his monograph he
applies Quatrefages' name of C. spectabilis to quite a diffe-
rent species of Amphiporus from the Atlantic, described
by Keferstein under the name of Borlasia splendida. This
identification is principally based upon the striking resem-
blance which the two species present in their system of
coloration. In the more recent paper mentioned above
he persists in this error, and after having examined a
specimen of the true spectabilis (sent to him by myself)
he moreover regards the anatomical results of his investi-
gation of this latter specimen as applying to the specimens
he formerly examined (of A. splendidus Keferstein !)
in this way confounding specimens , species and even
genera! Barrois has clearly shown this in his » Embryologie
des Nemertes" (p. 137j. In order to avoid further confusion
the specific name of spectabilis will have to be dropped ,
the atl antic species must henceforth be called Amphiporus

Notes trom tlie Leyclen. Museum..

226 THE GENEBA OF NEMERTEANS.

splendidus (Keferstein) Barrois and the mediterranen one
Di^epanophorus rubrostriatus Hubr.

The five parallel red lines on the back were present in
the very youngest stages observed (2 mm.); the number
of eyes increases with age. The largest specimen mea-
sured 6 cm.

35. Drepanophorus serraticollis Hubrecht.
Synon. Drepanophorus nisidensis Hubrecht.
?? Cerebratulus crassus Quatrefages.

Distinct from the former by its system of coloration and
probably by an augmentation (in stages of a corresponding
age) of the number of small grooves which are perpendi-
cular to the transverse respiratory groove.

The back is yellow (in a very rare variety this becomes
dark brown) the margins of the body are white or pinkish.
A thin whitish patch divides the yellow colour of the back from
the vinous red mixed with yellow which is characteristic
for the head. Two specimens attained the considerable
length of 12 cm. with a width of 10 — 12 mm. In this
species as in the former the external opening of the ciliated
duct , leading into the rounded posterior ganglionic lobe ,
is situated behind or on a level with the ganglion. The
duct itself is short.

I doubt whether Quatrefages' C. crassus had an unarmed
proboscis as he positively describes it to have had. There
is great probability of his specimen having either belonged
to this species or to Amphiporus pulcher.

Familia Tetrastemmidae.

Eyes four. Respiratory grooves not branched. Respiratory
lobe of the ganglion apparently in regressive metamorphosis.

Genus Tetrastemma Ehrenberg. Generally of small size,
body capable of considerable lengthening and shortening.
Eyes generally small in comparison to the width of the
body.

Notes irom the Leyden ]M.useum.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 227

36. Tetixistemma dorsalis Abildgaard.
Synon. Tetrastemma fuscum Oersted.

» variegatum Leuckart.

» marmoratum Claparède.

Is present at Naples in several varieties : witli a dorsal
median line , marbled on the back , of a uniform dark
colour, etc. I have nothing to add to the descriptions
of previous authors.

37, Tetrastemma jiavidum Ehrenberg.
Synon. Polia sanguirubra Quatref.

» obscura v. Beneden.
Tetrastemma varicolor Mac Intosh.

Only a few specimens of this species, so well characte-
rized by the considerable distance between the anterior and
posterior pair of eyes, have come under examination.

38. Tetrastemma candidum (0. F. Mull.) Oersted.
Synon. Polia quadrioculata Quatref.

Tetrastemma varicolor Oersted (pro p.).
» algae Leuck.

The Naples representative of this species is rather com-
mon and generally of a bright green colour. Other varieties
are more yellowish. For further details I refer to Mac
Intosh's description.

39. Tetrastemma vermiculatum (Quatref.) Mac Int.
Synon. Polia vermiculata Quatref.

The longitudinal dark bands between the two eyes on
each side render this species easily recognizable and by their
constancy prove the specific distinction to be well founded.

Provisionally I aur in clined to regard as a variety of
this species, several specimens I received in which a white

ISTotes from the Leyden M.iiseuxa,

228 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

patch (black by transparency) occurs in front between
the two lines uniting the eyes. May be that it afterwards
shall turn out to be specifically distinct.

40. Tetrastemma melanocephalum (Johnst.) Dies.
Synon. Ommatoplea melanocephala Mac Int.

The yellow colour and the broad blackish-brown patch
on the head are characteristic for this species. It must
however be kept distinct from T. coronata with which
Mac Intosh held it to be identical; in Naples both species
occur and by the absence of any intermediate variety must
be regarded as distinct species.

41. Tetrastemma coronatum (Quatref.) Hubr.
Synon. Polia coronata Quatrefages.

A dark band , less broad than in T. melanocephala is
situated transversely between the anterior and posterior pair
of eyes. It is sometimes interrupted in the middle and
always readily distinguished from the dark patch which
is characteristic for the foregoing species. The colour is
never so decidedly yellow as in T. melanocephala. Numerous
specimens confirmed the necessity of distinguishing them.

42. Tetrastemma diadema n. sp.

Two white patches on the head (black when viewed by
transparency under the microscope) not due to a separate
pigment but to fatty globules in the integument. They
are very constant in form and dimensions; one is large
and quadrangular and reaches from the front pair of eyes
to near the hinder pair, whereas the other smaller one
is situated behind the posterior eyes. Generally two smaller
patches of the same nature occur towards the lateral mar-
gins of the head, whereas a transverse band oflightbrown
pigment runs across the head and unites the two posterior eyes.

Numerous specimens proved this to be a reliable species,

Pi'otes from, the Leyden ÜMxiseuiii.

The genera of nemerteans. 229

not passing by degrees of variation into any of the species
before described.

43. Tetrastemma octopunctatum n. sp.

Easily recognizable by eight round dark brown blotches
placed along the median line of the back at about equal in-
tervals from each other, on the green ground colour of
the body. The diameter of each blotch is about equal to
one fifth of the width of the body.

The shape of the central stylet differs from that of T.
dorsalis , the point is very long and so are the reserve
stylets. Several specimens , all differing by the same cha-
racter, have come under my notice at different times and
have given me the conviction of the specific distinction of
this form.

Genus Oerstedia Quatrefages (Char, emend.). Four eyes,
large and well developed as in Amphiporus. Body short and
stout; more so than in Tetrastemma. Respiratory lobe of
the ganglion in front of the superior lobe with which it
is in close connection.

I have employed this generic name for two species about to be described,
although I did not succeed in finding the species which Quatrefages established
this genus on, and although Mac Intosh regards these two species as identical
with Tetr. dorsalis. I am not prepared either to invalidate or to confirm this
identification but prefer using Quatrefages' name rather than establishing a new
generic division for species which are at all events nearly related to Quatre-
fages' original specimens. However I do not think the sublateral position of
the nerve-trunlcs as important a generic character as does the french naturalist.

44. Oerstedia vittata n. sp.

Four large eyes with anterior refracting hemispheres
placed in a quadrangle. Belly and back yellowish white.
Four longitudinal parallel brown bands running along the
back are confiuent behind the transverse respiratory grooves
in two quadrangular patches which send out two thin
brown lines towards the head passing between the poste-
rior pair of eyes.

Notes from the Ijeydeii IMiiseiitn,

230 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

The handle of the central stylet in the proboscis is
abrubtly truncated behind and thins off anteriorly. Two
styliferous vesicles each of them with two accessory stylets
were observed. Corpuscles of the proboscidian fluid appa-
rently bacillary.

45. Oerstedia unicolor n. sp.

Eyes as in the foregoing species. Ground colour a uni-
form brown which, microscopically examined, seems to consist
of an exceedingly fine meshwork. A white transverse band
across the tip of the snout. Another on a level with the
posterior pair of eyes. These eyes are connected by a trans-
verse band of dark pigment. Handle of the stylet not trun-
cated; resembling that of Amphiporus and Tetrastemma.

Familia Nemertidae Mac Intosh.

Body long and coiled, eyes generally numerous , smaller
and less developed than in the Amphiporidae.

Genus Nemertes Cuv. (char, emend.). Posterior part of the
proboscis comparatively short. Proboscis very seldom extruded.

46. Nemertes gracilis Johnston.
Synon. Nemertes balmea Quatref.

Numerous in Naples. Easily recognized by the characte-
ristic stylet-handle and long accessory stylets. All diife-
rent colour- varieties between yellowish, grey, green and
blue came under observation. The species has a great
hardihood in confinement.

47. Nemertes echinoderma (Marion) Hubr.
Synon. Borlasia echinoderma Marion.

This species is immediately characterized by the curious
corpuscles imbedded in the epiderm which have the form
of bent transparent hooks , pointed as both ends. The handle
of the stylet is abruptly truncated posteriorly. Eyespecks

Notes from the Leyclen üMuseuni.

THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS. 231

numerous, some of them placed far back, over the lateral
nerve-truuks from which they are innervated.

A great extent of colour variation prevails in this spe-
cies. The extremes were represented by a dark olive , a
bright brick-red and an orange specimen which come under
observation at different occasions.

48. Nemertes antonina (Quatref.) Hubr.
Synon. Polia antonina Quatrefages.

Characterized by its extreme tenuity which gives it quite
a threadlike appearance. Its uniform light carmine colour
is another peculiarity by which it is easily recognizable.
The proboscis is thin in accordance with the rest of the
animal , the central stylet is rather weak and seems not
unfrequently to be missing; the ganglionic lobes of both
sides are united by a broader commissure than in any other
species of Nemertean.

49. Nemertes marioni n. sp.

Basis of the central stylet spindle shaped , long and
thinned towards both ends. In external habitat, colour etc.
it resembles Amphip. lactijioreus. Here too the ventral
commissure of the ganglia is of considerable thickness.
There are 13 to 15 small pigmented eyespecks on each
side of the head, many of them curiously indefinite of contours.

50. Nemertes neesii (Oersted) Mac Intosh.

One specimen was observed which unluckily got mislaid
before further examination was possible. However the cha-
racteristic longitudinal brown lines on the anterior part of
the trunk etc. render it almost certain that this species is
an inhabitant of the Mediterranean, though certainly rare
at Naples.

The species which have here been provisionally described,
will ere long be more circumstantially treated of iu a

Notes Iroixi the Leyclen ]VIuseuin.

232 THE GENERA OF NEMERTEANS.

monograph on the same subject, in which I will be enabled,
through the liberal succour of the energetic foundator of
the zoological station at Naples, Prof. Anton Dohrn, to give
coloured figures of the different species and numerous il-
lustrations of anatomical details. The splendid example
given by the Ray Society in pubHshing Dr. Mac Intosh's
coloured figures of Nemerteans has at the same time shown
how it is possible only in this way to avoid and gradually
to clear away the endless confusion which has hitherto pre-
vailed in the definition and nomenclature of these worms,
which are so difficult to recognize by external features.
Mac Intosh himself has contributed considerably to clear
up this confusion by his extensive knowledge of the Ute-
rature of the subject and by his careful and exhausting
treatment of the synonymy. Jensen's figures too are very
fair and henceforth it will be necessary to figure every
species that is described as new.

Finally I subjoin a list of those European species which
I regard as well characterized but which 1 did not obtain
from the Bay of Naples. They are:

Prosorliochmus claparedu Kef. , Tetrastemma kefersteini
(Mar.) Hubr. , Tetrastemma hermaphroditica (Kef.) Hubr. ,
Linens longissimus (Gunn.) Sow. , Linens ohscurus Desor ,
Amphiporus splendidus (Kef.) Barr., Nemertes carcinophila Köll.

With the fifty species mentioned in the foregoing pages
this makes the total of European species of Nemerteans
amount to fifty-seven.

For certain contributions to the anatomy of the group
I refer to a preliminary account in the «Zoologischer An-
zeiger, 8 Sept. 1879» which will ere long be followed by a
more elaborate account of the investigations I had occasion
to make during my stay at Naples.

Notes frona the Leyden Museum.

PRIGENIA SQUAMOSA. 233

NOTE XLV.

ON THE NEAY CETONIIDAE COLLECTED
DURING THE RECENT SCIENTIFIC SUMATRA-
EXPEDITION.

C. RITSEMA Cz.

1. P rigenia squamosa., sp. n. cT.

Length -mthout tlie head 20,5 mm., that of the head
with the protuberances 4,5 mm. ; breadth at the shouklers
11 ram. — Head bronzy green with coppery tinges, espe-
cially at the front margin of the protuberances ; palpi and
antennae dark brown red with metallic green tinges ; the
basal joint of the antennae green. Pronotum and scutel-
lum opaque green , the margins smooth and shining. The
elytra sub-opaque green, the suture and lateral margins
smooth and shining. Pygidium , body beneath and legs
shining green, partially with rich coppery tinges.

The whole insect, except the clypeus and the outer
surface of the cephalic protuberances, the raised lateral
border of the prothorax and elytra , the lateral margins of
the scutelluni, the suture (partially), the under surface of
the femora , the tibiae and tarsi , and a longitudinal band
on the middle of the mesosternum and abdomen , as well
as a longitudinal line and a rounded spot on each side of
it at the middle of the pronotum , a longitudinal line at
the middle of the scutellum and a slightly raised longitu-

Notes from the Leyden IVEuseum.

234 PRIGENIA SQUAMOSA.

diual ridge at the elytra a little inwardly from the shoul-
ders , covered with rather large round (vertex of the head),
ovate (thorax , scutellum and elytra) or elongate ovate
(pygidium , body beneath and legs) ochraceous scales (those
of the under surface and femora greyish) , placed into
punctures or scratches. The bottom and sides of the ex-
cavation of the head covered with erect elongate ovate
scales. The labium, antennae (especially the basal joint),
the ocular canthus, the top of the anterior coxae and the
under surface of the anterior tibiae covered with erect
hairs, the latter very densely so. The naked portions,
with exception of the clypeus, the outer surface of the
cephalic protuberances and the tibiae, without sculpture.

Head very deeply excavated, sub-opaque by an aciculate
sculpture less distinct on the clypeus, the front margin of
which is truncated with rounded edges ; a smooth and
shining spot at the inner orbit in front of the ocular
canthus; the vertex very convex; the compressed cephalic
protuberances almost as long as broad at the base , slightly
convergent towards the top , the upper margin concave ,
the front margin sinuated. The pronotum covered with
a scale-bearing sculpture , with exception of a longitudinal
line extending from the middle of the front margin as
far as the middle of the base, a rounded small spot on
each side of the median line at some distance of it and
just before the middle, and the raised lateral margins.
The base of the prothorax slightly bisinuate, the median
lobe less produced than in Prigenia Vollenhoveni , Mohn. •^).
The scutellum triangular, covered with a scale-bearing
punctuation , except the lateral margins and a longitudinal
median line. The elytra also covered with a scale-bearing
sculpture, except the top of the shoulders, a slightly
raised longitudinal ridge a little idwardly from the shoul-

1) Troschel's Arckiv fur NaturgescIdcJite. Jahrg. XXXVII (1871) Bd. I.
S. 231, n°. 1. — The figures of this species {I. c. Taf. V, Fig. 1 and 2)
are not quite correct, relating to the form of the thorax and scutellum.

Notes from tlae Leyden IVLizseum.

CHALCOTHEA VIRENS. 235

ders, the suture and the raised lateral margin. The pygi-
dium closely and concentrically aciculate , covered with
elongate ovate scales placed radially. Body beneath and
legs , except a longitudinal band across the middle of the
mesosternum and abdomen and the tarsi , sculptured ; the
sculptured portion of the body and the femora except
their under surface, covered with elongate ovate scalesj
The sternal process narrow , conical seen sideways and
not porrected anteriorly. The anterior tibiae externally
with two distinct although small teeth besides the apical
one , the first a little before the middle , the second at
equal distance from the first and the apical one.

A single male specimen in a very fine condition was
captured in May 1878 in the district of Rawas by Mr. A. L.
van Hasselt, chief of the Expedition.

2. Chalcothea virens, sp. n. 9-

Most nearly allied to Chalcothea auripes Westw. ^) of
Borneo, of which I have the type before me, kindly
lent to me for comparison by its owner Mr. E. T. Hig-
gins. The new species may be distinguished by its
different color, and by the different shape of the protho-
rax , prosternal process , inner apical spur of the hind
tibiae and apical ventral segment.

Length 31 mm.; breadth at the shoulders 15 mm. — Upper
surface of a beautiful green , the head and the extreme margins
of the prothorax and scutellum only with a faint golden
hue , the shoulders blackish ; body beneath and legs , except
the tibiae and tarsi , of a more yellowish green covered with
a golden hue, especially on the apical half of the abdo-
minal segments; the tibiae outside and the tarsi purplish.
The antennae and palpi brown , the basal joint of the
former with a metallic green tinge.

1) Transactions of the Entomolofjlcal Socitifi/ of London for the year 1874,
p. 474. pi. VII, lig. 2.

Notes Irom the Leyden üMuseum.

236 CHALCOTHEA VIRÉNS.

The clypeus deeply incised at the front margin , raised
at the sides and in the middle , and covered in the sunken
portions with large punctures , intermixed with some smal-
ler ones ; at the top of the clypeus the punctures are some-
what confluent; outside from the raised lateral margins the
clypeus is finely and obliquely aciculated. The vertex of
■Üie head is irregularly covered with punctures which become
larger towards the inner orbit of the eyes.

The sides of the prothorax are margined as in Chalcothea
auripes Westw., but less sinuated, and the longitudinal
median impression runs from the basal margin as far as
the front margin. The disc is nearly impunctate , along the
lateral margins however there are punctures which for a
great part are transversely confluent. The scutellum is
more long than broad at its base , impressed longitudinally ,
and with a row of punctures at the extreme base; the
sides slightly sinuated, the apex pointed.

The elytra at the base much broader than the base of
the thorax , each of them very convex ; the apical tubercle
pointed , but not so much as in Auripes ; the apex notched
and spined at the suture. The elytra laterally covered
with transverse deep punctures , which are confluent towards
and at the apical tubercle ; along the suture and the lateral
margins of the scutellum there is a row of fine and shal-
low punctures , and a few more a little inwardly. The
pygidium is transversely aciculated. The apical half of the
anterior tibiae armed with three lateral stout teeth ; the
intermediate and posterior tibiae unarmed; the inner apical
spur of the posterior tibiae truncate at the apex (broadly
rounded in Auripes).

Body beneath nearly impunctate ; the fifth abdominal
segment with a row of punctures a little before the apical
margin , the sixth segment sparingly covered with irregular
punctures and transverse scratches ; its apical margin widely
emarginated in the middle and broadly rounded at the
lateral edges, whilst in Auripes it is slightly trisinuated
with the lateral edges angular. The mesosternum with a

Notes from the Leytlen IMuseum.

CHALCOTHEA HASSELTII. 237

longitudinal fine black line, not continued on tlie sternal
process as in Auripes ; the sternal process broader and its
sides more curved than in Auripes.

A single female captured the first April 1877 at Sing-
karah.

3. Chalcothea Hasseltii, sp. n. 9-

Allied to Ch. auripes Westw. and the foregoing species
by its margined prothorax , but distinct by its much smal-
ler size, different color, and different shape of the pro-
sternal process, apical ventral segment, inner apical spur
of the hind tibiae, etc.

Length 25 mm., breadth at the shoulders 10 mm. —
Of a yellowish green, except the margins of the clypeus,
the basal joint of the antennae , the trochanters and knees ,
the extreme margins of the abdominal segments, as well
as the apical segment of the abdomen which are all of a
more bluish green ; the shoulders blackish ; the palpi , an-
tennae (except the basal joint) and tarsi of a coppery red,
the tibiae with a coppery red tinge.

The clypeus deeply emarginated at the front margin,
raised at the sides and in the middle, the raised sides
nearly parallel ; the head irregularly covered with large
punctures intermixed with smaller ones ; outwardly from
the raised sides the clypeus is slightly aciculated.

The sides of the prothorax are margined as in Auripes
and Virens , and slightly sinuated ; the disc covered with
faint traces of punctures intermixed with a large number of
very small ones ; the longitudinal impression extends from the
base as far as the front margin. The scutellum is more long
than broad at its base, impressed longitudinally, and with
a few punctures at the extreme base ; the sides are slightly
sinuated, the apex pointed.

The elytra at the base broader than the base of the
thorax, each of them convex; the apical tubercle not
pointed ; the apex only very slightly notched and not
Notes from tlie Leyclen Museum.

238 VALGUS PILOSUS.

spined at the suture. The elytra laterally covered with
irregular puuctures , transversely confluent towards and at
the apical tubercle. The pygidium transversely aciculated.
The apical half of the anterior tibiae armed with three
lateral stout teeth; the intermediate and posterior tibiae
unarmed ; the inner apical spur of the posterior tibiae
eniarginated and slightly enlarged at the apex. The pro-
sternum and the front surface of the mesosternum aciculated ;
the mesosternum with two lateral groups of small circular
impressions in front of the hind margin , and with a lon-
gitudinal fine black line across the middle; the sternal
process short and broad, broadly rounded in front. The
abdomen at the sides sparingly covered with irregular punc-
tures ; the second , third , fourth , and fifth segment moreover
with a row of punctures behind the middle ; the apical
segment slightly and distantly aciculated ; its apical margin
regularly rounded.

A single female of this species , which I have dedicated
to Mr. A. L. van Hasselt, chief of the Expedition, was
captured at Singkarah the first April 1877.

4. Valgus pil o sus, sp. n. ').

Length 6,5 mm., breadth at the shoulders 3,5 mm. —
Sub-shining; of a dark reddish brown color, with a lon-
gitudinal broad streak over the suture, the middle of the
propygidium and base of the pygidium blackish; upper
surface covered with erect hairs which are mouse-grey or
black in different lights; body beneath sparingly covered
with ovate and very narrow whitish scales.

The head closely punctured, sparingly covered with
sub-erect scales, the ocular cauthus with a tuft of erect
black hairs.

The thorax convex, a little longer than broad at its

1) Perhaps this species may prove to belong to the genus Oreoderus Burni.
{Haudbuch dcr Entomologie. Bd. III. S. 726, i.).

Notes frona the Leyden Bluseum.

VALGUS PILOSUS. 239

base , narrowed towards its front margin ; the posterior
edges slightly angular; the basal margin sunken, the la-
teral margins raised and crenulated ; the anterior half of
the pronotum with two pair of longitudinal carinae, the
inner pair sharp , parallel and extending as far as the
front margin , the outer pair about half the length of the
inner pair and slightly divergent towards the front mar-
gin; about the middle of its length the pronotum shows
two lateral impressions touching the lateral margins ; the
basal half of the pronotum swollen and undistinctly divi-
ded by three longitudinal slight impressions. The disc
covered with a reticulate sculpture , and , especially on the
basal half, with erect hairs, black in some, mouse-grey in
other lights ; at the extreme base of the inner carinae there
is a little tuft of erect hairs. The thorax beneath covered with
umbilioate punctures, and sparingly covered with whitish
scales , more densely however at the sides and at the pro-
sternum; the mesosternum with an impressed longitudinal
line across the middle.

The anterior tibiae short and broad, armed externally
with three stout teeth of Avhich the top is rounded; the
intermediate and posterior tibiae with a distinct median
tooth; the apical spurs of the posterior tibiae are short
and broa'd , the inner one obliquely truncate , the outer one
broadly rounded at the top ; the posterior tarsi a little
shorter than the posterior tibiae, their first joint of the
same length as the second , and much enlarged towards
the top. The coxae and femora sparingly covered with
erect elongate whitish scales , the tibiae and tarsi with
erect fulvous hairs; the intermediate and posterior tibiae
are longitudinally scratched.

The scutellum densely covered with erect black hairs.
The elytra finely but closely sculptured , each of them show-
ing between the shoulder and the suture five fine longi-
tudinal striae only distinct towards the base ; the elytra
are covered with erect hairs which are mouse- grey or black
in different lights. The propygidium and pygidium closely

Notes from the Leyden IMuseum.

240 VALGUS VETHII.

punctured , covered laterally with greyish and in the middle
with black erect hairs ; the black hairs fulvous at the top
in some hghts. The posterior margin of the propygidium
bears laterally a pair of small tubes.

The abdomen beneath covered with umbilicate punctures
and sprinkled over with elongate white sub-erect scales.

A single specimen captured in July 1878 at Simauw.

5. Valgus Vethii, sp. n.

Length 5,5 mm., breadth at the shoulders 3 mm. —
Sub-shining ; of a dark chestnut color approaching black ;
the upper surface including the propygidium and pygidium
covered with yellow scales, intermixed with black ones on
the pronotum and on the inclined lateral portion of the
elytra; under surface sparingly covered with white scales.

The head closely punctured and sparingly covered with
sub-erect scales, the ocular canthus with a tuft of erect
black hairs. The thorax convex , more long than broad at its
base , much narrowed towards its front margin ; the pos-
terior angles rounded ; the lateral margins raised and cre-
nulated. The anterior half of the pronotum with two
pair of longitudinal carinae, the inner pair sharp, parallel
and extending as far as the front margin , the outer pair very
short ; the basal half of the pronotum divided into two pair
of slight tubercles. The disc of the pronotum very closely
sculptured, covered with yellow scales; on the carinae and
tubercles the scales are black and erect. The sides of the
prosternum in front and at the posterior angles are covered
with white scales, but naked and covered with curved
scratches in the middle ; the meso- and metasternum co-
vered with umbilicate punctures and white scales , densely
covered towards the sides; the mesosternum has a fine im-
pressed longitudinal line across the middle.

The anterior tibiae are armed externally with five teeth
of which the second is very minute and the third the
largest of all ; the intermediate and posterior tibiae with a

Notes from tlie Leydeii MitiseuiTi.

VALGUS VETHII. 241

median tooth ; the posterior tibiae as long as the four basal
joints of the posterior tarsi , of which the first joint is as
long as the second. The legs sparingly covered with white
scales , the tibiae especially those of the posterior pair lon-
gitudinally scratched.

The scutellum covered with whitish scales. The elytra
closely sculptured , each with five fine longitudinal striae
between the shoulder and the suture ; the interstices covered
with yellow scales , the second interstice also with a small
spot of erect black scales a little before the middle. The
inclined lateral portion of the elytra more sparingly covered
with scales , of which those at the shoulder , at the middle
and at the apex are more or less black. The propygidium
and pygidium very closely covered with yellow scales. The
apical margin of the propygidium bears laterally a pair of
short tubes and between them a pair of tufts of erect
yellow scales.

The abdomen beneath covered with umbilicate punctures
and sprinkled over with elongate white scales.

In one of the three specimens (captured in July 1878
at Soeroelangoen) there are hardly any black scales at the
pronotum , and also the black spot at the second interstice
is totally wanting on the right elytra. The third specimen
is in a bad condition.

I have dedicated this species to Mr. 0. D. Vetli , Geologist
and Photographer to the Expedition.

Leyden Museum, August 1879.

Notes from the Leyden Miuseum.

COPHOTIS SUMATRANA, 243

NOTE XLVI.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HERPETOLOGY
OF SUMATRA

Dr. A. A. W. HUBRECHT.

Sept. 1879.

I. On Cop h Otis sumatrana n. sp.

The genus CopJiotis was established by Peters for an
Agamid from Ceylon and his species , Cophotis ceylanica ,
must be rare and very locally distributed in that island,
according to Giinther. The latter author gives a detailed
description and an excellent figure of the animal in his
Reptiles of British India.

A specimen very closely allied to the Ceylon species has
been forwarded to our Museum from Sumatra; it differs
however in enough important respects from its Ceylonese
namesake to permit a specific distinction. In order to
facilitate a comparison the points of difference with Co-
photis ceylanica are printed in italics.

Cophotis sumatrana mihi.

Head tetrahedral , rather narrow , with the snout some-
what produced ; tail slightly prehensile. The upper surface
of the head is covered with small , irregular shields. Ros-
tral appendage co7isisting of a single ^ pointed , hornlike scale ^
resembling in form and dimensions the appendage figured

Notes Ironi the Leydeii Museum,

244 COPHOTIS SUMATRANA.

by Günther (Rept. Brit. Ind. PI. XIII , F") for the imma-
ture male of Ceratophora Stoddarti. Nine upper and eight
lower labials, nostril lateral, A fringe of elongated scales
runs along the superciliary ridge, another larger pointed
scale lies on both sides behind the eye, in the vertical
from the beginning of the nuchal crest. Tympanum
hidden. The gular sac is but little developed.

Nuchal crest composed of nine larger and several smaller
scales , all elongate and pointed. It is not continuous with
the dorsal crest , which consists of similar scales in the median
line of the dorsum and is continued along more than three
fourths of the length of the tail. About eighteen scales on
the trunk ond twenty-Jive on the tail contribute to the for-
mation of this crest. The upper parts of the trunk are
covered with very large , imbricate scales , somewhat irre-
gularly arranged in transverse rows , with their free bor-
ders turned ventrally ; some of them are keeled. Scales
on the tail comparatively large , ventrally as well as dor-
sally. Limbs moderately developed; toes with carinated
transverse scales below; the third and fourth hind toes are
nearly equal in length.

A light ground colour (in spirits) is intersected along the
trunk and tail by broad brown crossbands, not continuous
on the belly ; the head appears to be marmorated with
brown. Length of the specimen 18 centim.

The exact locality in the island of Sumatra , where this
specimen was captured, was not noted at the time of its
acquisition (1848); it is most probable nevertheless, that
it came from the environs of Padang.

11. On Python curtus Schlegel, Ms.

Of this interesting new snake, which was named by
Prof. Schlegel several years ago, when it first arrived in
our Museum, a detailed description and figure will before

JVotes from the Leyclen Museum,

PYTHON CURTUS. 245

long appear in the first number of the Annals of the
Leyden Museum.

A short diagnosis, sufficient for identification of speci-
mens , which might reach Europe from the same or from
adjacent localities, may here follow.

Body short , compressed before the vent , less so towards
the middle of the trunk and the neck. Internasals as
long as , but much less broad than frontonasal plates. Two
rather large prefrontals, frontal divided into two halves,
each of them smaller than either prefontal or frontonasal.
About five pairs of parietals , the first of which are the
largest and touch the supra-oculars and frontals with their
edges. Three supra-oculars on each side. Two grooves
in the rostral plate and one in each of the two front
pairs of upper labials. On each side eleven upper labials
and sixteen lower labials; five or six of the latter are
indistinctly pitted and brown-streaked anteriorly. Eye com-
paratively smaller than in other Pythons.

Only 160 ventral shields from throat to vent, 32 sub-
caudal ones , divided in the middle. Ground-colour (in
spirits') a light brownish yellow with dark brown markings
and clouds , having about the pattern of the allied species
(P. reticulatus , P. hivittatus). Upper surface of the head
light all over. A broad dark streak runs along the sides
of the head , passes horizontally through the eye , and is
interrupted by a narrow light one from the eye to the
seventh and eighth upper labials. Behind the parietals a
median light line is marked off by darker shades to the
right and left.

The specimen was procured by S. Muller, the naturalist
to the Leyden Museum , from that part of Sumatra which
lies between Padang and Indrapura. It measures 46 cm.

Notes tVoin the I^ej-tlen IMusemu,

INDEX.

A..

abyssinicus (Mus) 107.
Acanthion 88.
Acanthoclioerus 88.
Acanthomys 8.
Accipiter 3 , 5.
Acicula 193, 200.
Acomys 8.

acutifrons (Goniosoma) 60.
adriaticum (Polystemma) 233.
Akrostomum 194, 200, 224.
Alardus 194, 200.
albicans (Amphiporus) 221.
albicans (Gordius) 323.
albifrontata (Pseadogerygone) 30.
albigdaris (Gerygone) 29.
albinotata (Poecilodryas) 26.
albinotatus (Megalestes) 25.
algae (Tetrastemma) 327.
alpbonsianus (Palaeraon) 177.
Amaurodryas 25.
amazonicus (Palaemon) 166.
ametbystinus (Liasis) 16.
amoyensis (Atergatopsis) 53.
Ampbiporidae 221.
Ampbiporus 194, 202, 221,
andreae (Paussus) 44.
angulata (Fasciola) 211.
angulatiis (Cerebratulus) 311.
annulata (Carinella) 307.
annulata (Meckelia) 316.
annulatus (Paradoxurus) 43.
antimena (Hypogeomys) 107.
antonina (Polia) 331.
antonina (Nemertes; 331.
Apatetica 46.
Aratus 69.
Ardea 113.

ardens (Pericrocotus) 35.
ai-faki (Strix tenebricosa) 101.
arfaki (Talegallus) 160.
arfakiana (Pseudogerygone) 30.
argenteus (Mus) 7.
armata (Cepbalotrix) 323.
armatus (Centetus) 141.
aroraatica (Treron) 103.
Arses 31.
Artamia 111.

aruensis (Arses) 31, 22.

asper (Erebophis) 19.

Astemma 194, 199, 206.

Astur 4.

Atergates 54.

Atergatopsis 53.

audeberti (Cuculus) 99.

audeberti (Hallomys) 107.

aurantiaca (Micrura) 319.

aurantiaca (Meckelia) 319.

aurantiacus (Cerebratulus) 219.

auripes (Chalcotbea) 235, 236, 237.

aurita (Myzopoda) 122.

Avenardia 195, 200.

Bacba 6.

balinea (Nemertes) 230.
barbimanus (Heterograpsus) 73.
basalis (Icbtbyurus: 75.
Baseodiscus 194, 200.
batantae (Arses) 21, 23.
beattiaei (Linens) 211.
bemmeleni (Nyctinonins) 125.
berea (Polia) 333.
bernieri (Artamia) 111.
bernieri (Oriolia) 111.
bicauiatus (Icbtbyurus) 75.
bicolor (Catoxantba) 48.
bicolor (Sciurus) 39.
bicolor (Thyroptera) 131.
bidens (Boneiaj 117.
bifasciatus (Icbtbyurus) 77.
bilineata (Polia) 313.
bilineatus (Cerebratulus) 313.
bilineatus (Linens) 318.
bimaculata (Poecilodryas) 26.
bioculata (Cepbalotrix) 3o6.
bioculatus (Aniphiporus) 224.
bivittatus (Cerebratulus) 313.
bivittatus (Pytboii) 18 , 345.
blant'ordi (Vesperugo) 132.
Boneia 117.

Borlasia 193, 203, 2 10.
bracbyura (Poecilodryasj 26.
bracbynrus (Leucopliautes) 25.
brandtii i^Hystrix) 93, 96.
brcvicarpus (Paluenioii) 175.

248

INDEX.

brevispinosa (Hystrix) 88.
brunneipectus (Pseudogerygone) 30.
brunnipes (Apatetica) 46.
buflfoni (Hemicentetes variegatus) 150.
Buteo 6.

callitrichus (Mus) 12.
Campophagae 33.
Campophagidae 21 , 38.
Candida (Tetrastemma) 227.
capito (Poecilodryas) 26.
carcinophila (Nemertes) 232.
carcinus (Palaemon) 165.
Carinella 194, 200, 207.
Carinellidae 207.
Carpopliaga 4.
castanops (Strix) 52.
Catoxantha 48.
Centenes 140.
Centetes 137, 144.
Cephalotricidae 206.
Cephalotrix 194, 202, 206.
Cercolabes 94.

Cerebratiilus 193, 203, 211,
cerviniventris (Petroeca^ 25.
cerviniveutris (Poecilodryas) 26.
ceylanica (Cophotis) 243.
Chalcothea 235.
Chenorhamphus 32.
Chloraima 194, 200.
chloronota (Pseudogerygone) 30.
chrysogastra (Pseudogerygone) 30.
cinctus (Ptilopus lettiensis) 23.
cinerascens (Gerygone) 29.
cinerea (Poecilodryas) 25, 26.
cinerea (Pseudogerygone) 30.
claparedii (Prosorhochmus) 232.
Clytomyias 31.
Cnidon 194.

coeca (Cephalotrix) 206.
Columbae 103.
communis (Falco) 3.
concolor (Galidia) 131 , 135.
conspicillata (Pseudogerygone) 30.
convena (Paratelpliusa) 62, 63.
Cophotis 243.
Corallirostris 115.
cordiceps (Cosmocephala) 223.
cornutus (Nigidius) l29.
coronata (Polia) 228.
ooronata (Tetrastemma) 228.
Cosmocephala 194.
costalis (Ichthyurus) 75.
crassispinis (Hystrix) 89.
croceus (Cerebratulus) 2 13, 219.
o»ucigera (Polia) 207.
cruentatus (Goniopsis) 68.
Cuculn* 99.

culicivora (Pseudogerygone) 30.
cupido (Endelus) 156.
cupripyga (Trachys) 157.
curta (Polia) 209.
curtus (Python) 244.
cuvieri (Talegallus) 159.

dalenii (Catoxantha) 48.
deldeni (Hypsilograpsus) 72.
delineata (Polia) 209.
delineatus (Baseodiscus) 209.
dellechiajei (Cerebratulus) 2 1 3.
denudata (Trachys) 156.
depressicollis (Ichthyurus) 75.
diadema (Tetrastemma) 228.
diardii (Sciurus) 38.
dieperinkii (Palaemon) 167.
dilatatus (Epixanthus) 58.
dilatatus (Grapsus) 68.
discoidalis (Ichthyurus) 75, 82.
Ditacturrhochma 1 94 , ' 200.
dobsoni (Tapbozous) 121, 1 23.
dohrnii (Cerebratulus) 215.
dohrnii (Ichthyurus) 75.
doriae (Ichthyurus) 75.
dorsalis (Tetrastemma) 227.
drepanensis (Notogymnus) 216.
drepanensis (Notospermus) 2 1 6.
Drepanophorus '.95, 202, 225.
dubium (Goniosoma) 60.
dubius (Amphiporus) 222.

ecaudata (Hystrix) 88.

ecaudatus (Centetes) 141, 144.

ecaudatus (Erinaceus) 139.

Echirays 97.

echinoderma (Borlasia) 230.

echinoderma (Nemertes) 230.

Echinogale 141.,

Echinops 1 40.

Edoliisoma 21.

elegans (Galidia) 131, 135.

elegaus (Sesarma) 69.

elegans (Siphonenteron) 207.

elegans (Tubulanus) 207.

elegantala (Rhipidura) 23.

elizabethae (Borlasia) 2ll.

emarginata (Ischiopsopha) 186.

Endelus 155.

ephippium (Sciuras) 36.

Epixanthus 58.

equidens (Palaemon) 1 74.

Erebophis 19.

Ericulus 140.

Erinaceus 137.

erythromelas (Sciurus) 36.

INDEX.

Ü9

Erythrosterna 37.
Eurycarcinus 55.
Eucrate 56.
europaeus fErinaceus) 138.

Falco 3.

fallax (Pelomys) 107.
fasciculata (Hystrix) 87.
Faseiola 193.
fasciolata (Micrura) 219.
fasciolatus (Cerebratulus) 319.
Figulus 189.

filitbrmis fCeplialotrix) 206.
fimbriata (Volvocivora) 34.
flagrans (Pericrocotus) 35.
flaveola (Gerygone) 29.
flavida ' Tetrastemma) 237.
flavifrons (Cerebratulus) 215.
flavilateralis (Pseudogerygone) 30.
floris (Treron) 103.
forficuloides (Ichthyurus) 75.
forraosa (Langia) 220.
formosanus (Nigidius) 129.
fragilis 'Serpentaria) 2 11.
frankii (Gallinula) 163.
frontalis (Atergates) .54.
frontalis (Epixanthas) 58.
fusca (Pseudogerygone) 30.
fusca (Micrura) 219.
fuscirostris (Talegallus) 160.
fuscum (Tetrastemma) 337.
fuscus (Cerebratulus) 319.

G!-.

Galidia 131.

Gallinula 163.

Gelasimus 66.

geuiculata (Polia) 216.

geniculatus (Cerebratulus) 316, 230.

Gerygone 39.

gessei'ensis (Linens) 310.

gestroi (Ichthyurus) 83.

glauca (Polia) 322.

Glycyphana 153.

Gnatbograpsus 69.

Goniopsis 68.

Goniosoma 59.

Gordius 193, 199.

gracilis (Leiopython) 15.

gracilis (Nemertes) 330.

grandidieri (Eurycarcinus) 55.

grandis (Cerebratulus) 31 1 .

granulatus (Atergatopsis) 53.

granulosus (Ozius) 56.

Grapsus 68.

grayi (Chcrorharaphus) 33.

grayi (Todopsis) 33.

griseicauda (Treron) 103.
grotei (Acanthochoerus) 88.
grubei (Cerebratulus) 315.
gularis (Ardea) 113.
guttatus (Ozius) 58.

Haliaëtus 6.
Hallomys 107.
hasseltii (Chalcotbea) 337.
hastatus (Amphiporus) 334.
bawahensis (Eurycarcinus) 55.
hellwaldii (Mns) 11.
Hemicentetes 137 , 145.
Ilemieyclia 194, 300.
hemixantha (Catoxantha) 48, 49.
hepaticus (Cerebratulus) 317.
hermaphroditica (Tetrastemma) 233.
llerpestes 134.
Hesperomys 9.
Ileterograpsus 70.
Hierococcyx 99.
himalayanus (Cuculus) 99.
Hoplonemertini 33 L.
liumei (Hylaeocarcinus) 05.
Hylaeocarcinus 65.
Hyperpes 115.
llypogeomys 107.
hypoleuca (Poecilodryas) 26.
Hypsilograpsus 73.
Hystrix 87, 93.

Ichthyurus 75.
idae (Palaemon) 177.
igata (Pseudogerygone) 30.
indicus (Mus) 107.
Indus (Haliaëtus) 6.
inermis (Ichthyurus) 75.
inexspectata (Strix) 50.
inornata (Gerygone) 29.
insidiosus (Cercolabes) 94.
insignis (Sciurus) 39.
insignis (Clytomyias) 31,
insulai-is (Arses) 33.
integerrimus (Atergates) 54.
integrifrons (Eurycarcinus) 55.
intermedins (Gnatbograpsus) 69.
intermedins (Limnocarcinus) 65.
iogaster (Nisus) 1.
Ischiopsopha 185.

jama'icensis (Palaemon) 179 .
japonicus (Palaemon) 175.
javanica (Hystrix) 87.
javanicuru (Acanthion) 88,

250

INDEX.

javanicus (Palaemon) 180.
jobiensis (Talegallus) 159.
jugularis (Ardea) 113.

k:.

kaupi (Arses) 22.

kefersteini (Tetrastemma) 232.

knerii (Meckelia) 220.

lactea (Nemertes) 219.
lacteus (Cerebral ulus) 219.
lacteus (Lineus) 210.
lactifloreus ( Ampliiporus) 222.
laevicoUis (Nigidius) 129, 130.
laevigastra (Pseudogerygone) 30.
Lalage 34.

lalandei (Pelocarcinus) 65.
lamarrei (Palaemon) 166.
Langia 203, 220.
Langiaidae 220.
lansbergei (Ardea) 113.
lateralis (Iclithyurus) 75, 81.
lathamii (Talegallus) 159.
latimanus (Palaemon) 181.
latreillii (Macrophtlialmus) 66.
lebioides (Aj)atetica) 46.
Leiojjytlion 14.

lettiensis (Ptilopus cinctus) 23.
leucomus (Sciurus) 36.
Leucopbantes 25.
leucopus (Acantbomys) 8.
leucopus (Mus) 8.
leucops (Poecilodryas) 26.
Liasis 14, 16.
licbtensteinii (Nigidius) 129.
ligurica (Nemertes) 214.
liguricus (Cerebratulus) 214.
Limnocarcinus 65.
linearis (Cephalotrix) 206.
Lineidae 210.
Lineus 193, 203, 210.
lipura (Trichys) 89.
liveformis (Valencinia) 208.
Lobilabrum 194, 198, 199.
Lomaptera 185.
longicauda (Hystrix) 88.
longimanus (Palaemon) 168.
longipes (Palaemon) 177.
longirostris (Valencinia) 308.
longissima (Cepbalotrix) 206.
longissimus (Lineus) 210, 232.
Loxorrbochma 144, 200.
lucasii (Atergatopsis) 53.
luctuosa (Oreicola) 35.
luctuosa (Saxicola) 34.
ludekingii (Paussus) 44, 45.
lugubris (Volvocivora) 34.

luteola (Muscicapa) 27.

m:.

macquartii (Glycypbana) 153.
macrobracbion (Palaemon) 177.
Macropbtbalmus 66.
macrotis (Rbeitbrosciurus) 40.
macroura (Hystrix) 87.
macrourus (Echimys) 97.
maculata (Paratelphusa; 64.
madagascariensis (Erinaceus) 140.
madagascariensis (Hemicentetes) 137,

146.
maforensis (Pseudogerygone) 30.
magnirostris (Pseudogerygone) 30.
major (Tinamus) 159.
Malacosoma 67.
Malurus 31.

mandilla (Borlasia) 232.
mandilla (Polia) 222.
marginalis (Figulus) 189.
marginatus (Cerebratulus) 211.
marioni (Nemertes) 231.
marmoratum (Tetrastemma) 227.
marmoratus (Ampbiporus) 223.
mauritianus (Tapbozous) 123.
mayottensis (Palaemon) 173.
Meckelia 194, 197.
Megalestes 25.

melanocepliala (Ommatoplea) 228.
melanocepbala (Tetrastemma) 228.
melanoleuca (Oenantbe) 34.
melanoleuca (Oreicola) 34.
melanoleuca (Saxicola) 34.
raelanotis (Sciurus) 39.
melanura (Volvocivora) 34.
melascbistus (Volvocivora) 34.
Meriones 108.
Metopograpsus 68.
meyeri (Mus) 12.
microtis (Rbeitbrosciurus) 40.
microtis (Sciurus) 41.
Micrura 194, 203.
minor (Polia) 209.
minutus (Naatilograpsus) 69.
minutus (Pericrocotus) 35.
mivortii (Ecliinops) 141.
miwarti (Ecliinops) 141.
mniszecbii (Catoxantba) 48, 49.
modesta (Pseudogerygone) 30.
moubotii (Catoxantba) 48.
mugimaki (Muscicapa) 27.
miilleri (.\ccipitcr) 3.
miillcri (Hystrix) 87.
murenoides (Opbiocepbalus) 211.
Muridae 107.
murinus (Sciurusj 36.
Mus 7, 107.
rausavora (Uromys) 9.
Muscicapa 27.

INDEX.

251

Muscicapidae 31, 33.
musculus I'Mus) 107.
musschenbroekii (Mus) 10.
musschenbroekii (Paradoxurus) 43.
Mustela 134.
mutabilis (Polia) 222.
Mystacina 121.
Myzopoda 122.

nana (Poecilodryas) 20.
nanus (Vesperugo) 122.
Nardoa 14.

natalensis (Eurycarcinus) 56.
natator (Goniosoma) 59.
Nautilograpsus 69.
neesii (Nemertes) 231.
Nemertes 194, 203, 230.
Nemertidae 230.
Nemertini 193.
neglecta (Carpophaga) 5.
neglecta (Pseudogerygone) 30.
Nigidius 129.
nigrescens (Ericulus) 141.
nigricans (Ericulus) 142.
nigricornis (Catoxantha) 48.
nigriloba (Ischiopsopba) 185 , 187.
nigriloba (Lomajitera) 185.
nigrovittatus (Sciurus) 39, 41.
nipponensis (Palaemon) 175.
nisidensis (Drepanophorus) ,226.
Nisus 1, 6.

nitiduloides (Apatetica) 46.
notata (Pseudogerygone) 30.
NotogjTnnus 194, 199.
Nolospermus 194, 199.
novae hollandiae (Strix) 51.
nyctbemera (Campepbaga) 35.
nycthemera (Lalage) 34.
nycthemera (Sylvia) 34.
Nyctinomus 125.

obscura i^Polia) 227.
obscurus (Linens) 210, 232.
occellata (Cepbalotrix) 206.
octopunctata (Tetrastemma) 229.
octopunctatus (Ichtbyurus) 76.
Oenantbe 34.
Oerstedia 194, 229.
oerstedii (Cerebratula) 213.
olivacea (Galidia) 131, 136.
olivacea (Gallinula) 163.
olivacea (JNIeckelia) 211.
Ommatoplea 194, 200.
Ophiocephalus 194, 197.
Oreicola 34.
Oreoderus 238.

oriëntale (Goniosoma) 60.
orientalis (Hystrix singularis) 87.
Oriolia 111.

ornata (Valencinia) 207.
ornatus (Palaemon) 168.
Otoloxorrhocbma 194, 200.
Ütotyphlonemertes 194, 200.
Ozius 56.

pachypus (Vespertilio) 121.

pachypus (Vesperugo) 121.

Palaemon 165.

Palaeonemertini 204, 206.

palpebrosa (Pseudogerygone) 29.

pantberinus (Cerebratulus) 212.

papuana (Poecilodryas) 26.

Paradoxurus 43.

Paratelpbusa 61.

Paussus 44.

Pedetes 108.

pelii (Grapsus) 68.

Pelocarcinus 65.

Pelomys 107.

penicillatus (Heterograpsu.s) 71.

Pericrocoti 35.

perlatus (Gelasimus) 66.

personata (Pseudogerygone) 29.

perspicillata (Carpophaga) 4.

petersii (Liasis) 16, 17.

Petroeca 25.

picata (Ardea) 114.

pictus (Metopograpsus) 68.

pilimanus (Palaemon) 181.

pilipes (Gnathograpsus) 69.

pilosus (Valgus) 238.

Pinnotheres 67.

pisonii (Aratus) 69.

Planaria 193, 199.

planifrons (Icbthyurus) 81.

plantani (Sciurus) 39, 41.

platani (Sciurus) 41.

Poecilodryas 25.

Polia 194, 202, 209.

Poliaidae 208.

poliocepbala (Pseudogerygone) 30.

poliocephalus (Accipiter) 5.

poliocepbalus (Nisus) 1, 5.

poliogenys (Buteo, Poliornis) 6.

Poliornis 6.

poUeni (Macrophthalmus) 66.

polymorpba (Carinella) 208.

polymorphus (Tubulanus) 208.

Polystemma 194, 200.

prehensilis (Hystrix) 93, 95.

prehensilis (Synetberes) 94.

Prigenia 233.

Prosorlioclimus 195.

Prostoina 194.

252

INDEX.

Pseudogerygone 29
psittacea (Treron) 103.
Ptilopus 23.
Ptychodes 194, 200.
pugnax (Amphiporus) 224.
pulcher (Amphiporus) 221.
pulchra (Nemertes) 221.
purpurascens (Catoxantha) 48.
purpurea (Micrura) 215.
purpureus (Cerebratulus) 215.
purpureus (Gordius spinifer) 215.
pusillus (Grapsus) 69.
Pylidium 194, 200.
pyrrhopygius (Talegallus) 159.
Pythonidae 14.

quadrioculata (Polia) 227.
Qnatrefagea 194, 200.

rajah (Catoxantha) 48.
Ramphogordius 194, 200.
rattus (Mus) 107.
reticulatum (Malacosoma) 67.
reticulatus (Atergates) 55.
reticulatus (Python) 18, 245.
reunionnensis (Palaemon) 174.
Rheithrosciurus 40.
Rhipidura 23.

riedelii (Gnathograpsus) 69.
rochii (Cuculus) 99.
rosea (Planaria) 221.
rosea (Polia) 218.
roseus (Cerebratulus) 218.
rosenbergii (Palaemon) 167.
rosenbergii (Sciurus) 37.
rosenbergii (Strix) 50.
rubens (Vermiculus) 221.
rubra (Pseudogerygone) 29 , 30.
rubriventer (Sciurus) 36.
rubrostriatus (Drepanophorus) 225.
rufescens (Mus^ 9.
rufescens (Pseudogerygone) 30.
rufescens (Uromys) 9.
ruficoUis (Pseudogerygone) 30.
rufifrons (Astemma) 206.
rufigula (Erythrosterna) 27.
rufigula (Muscicapa) 27.
rufigularis (Muscicapa) 27.
rufipectus (Buteo, Bacha) 6.
rufitorques (Nisus) 1 , 2, 5.
rugipennis (Glycyphana) 153.
rugulosus (Ozius) 58.

sanguineus (Heterograpsus) 70.

sanguineus (Lineus) 210.
sanguirubra (Polia) 227.
Saxicola 34.
Schizonemertini 210.
schlegelii (Sciurus) 36.
Scirtetes 108.
Sciurus 36.
Scotia 194, 200.
scripticoUis (Ichthyurus) 75.
semispinosus (Centenes) 140.
semispinosus (Erinaceus) 140.
semperi (Ichthyurus) 75.
senex (Paratelphusa) 61.
Serpentaria 194 , 199.
serraticollis (Drepanophorus) 226.
Sesarma 69.
Setiger 140, 142.
setosus (Centetes) 141.
setosus (Erinaceus) 139.
setosus (Setiger) 140, 142.
sexdentatum (Goniosoma) 59.
sexdentatus (Heterograpsus) 71.
signatus (Cephalotrix) 207.
simplex (Gerygone) 29.
simplex (Grapsus) 68.
singularis (Hystrix orientalis) 87.
sinensis (Palaemon) 175.
Siphonenteron 194, 199.
siphunculus (Polia) 211.
snellemanni (Endelus) 155.
somatotomus (Meckelia) 211.
Sora 138.

sparveroides (Cuculus) 99.
speciosus (Mus) 7.
spectabilis (Amphiporus) 225.
spectabilis (Cerebratulus) 225.
spectabilis (Drepanophorus) 225.
splendida (Borlasia) 225.
splendida (Valencinia) 208.
splendidus (Amphiporus) 226.
spiuosus (Centenes) 140.
spinosus (Ericulus) 141.
squamata (Rhipidura) 23.
squamosa (Prigenia) 233.
Squirrels 8.
steerii (Sciurus) 37-
stoddarti (Ceratophora) 244.
Strix 50, 101.

subcastaneus (Figulus) 189, 190.
subcristatus (Trachypelmus) 159.
sulphurea (Gerygone) 29.
sumatrana (Cophotis) 243.
sumatrensis i Glycyphana) 153.
superciliosa (Petroeca) 25.
superciliosa (Poecilodryas) 26.
superbus (Nemertes) 207.
suturalis (Ichthyurus) 78.
Sylvia 34.
Synetheres 94.

INDEX.

253

taenia (Cerebratulusj 213.
Talegallus 159.
Tandrac 139.
tangeri Gelasimus) 66.
Tanrec 138.
Taphozous 121.

telescophtlialmus (Arses) 21 , 22.
telfairi (Echinops) 140.
Tendiac 138.
Tendrac 138.
tenebricosa (Strix) 101.
tenebricosa (Strix arfaki) 101.
tennuis (Sciurus) 39.
Tetrastemma 194, 226.
Tetrastemmidae 226.
teysmannii (Trernn) 103.
Thyroptera 121.
timoriensis (Liasis) 16.
Tinamus 159.
Todopsis 31.
torquata (Hystrix) 88.
Trachyi)elmus 159.
Trachys 156.
Treron 103.
Trichys 89.

tricolor (Thyroptera) 121.
tridens (Paratelphusa) 61.
tridentata (Paratelphusa) 61.
trilineata (Carinella) 207.
trinotatus (Nisus) 6.
triodon (Paratelphusa) 61.
tristis (Cerebratulus) 216.
trochiloides (Pseudogervgone) 30.
Tubulanus 193 , 199. '
tuberculata (Mystacina) 121.
tuberculosus (Ozius) 56.
tylopus (Vesjierugo) 122.

unicolor (Oerstedia) 230.
Uromys 9.

urticans (Cerebratulus) 217.
urticans (Cnidon) 217.
urticans (Meckelia) 217.

vagus (Palaemon) 168.

Valencinia 194, 202 , 208.

Valenciniaidae 208

Valgus 238.

Vansire 136.

varicolor (Tetrastemma) 227.

variegatum (Tetrastemma) 227.

variegatus (Hemicentetes) 137 , 147.

variegatus (Hemicentetes buffoni) 150.

variegatus (Mus) 107.

variegatus (Setiger) 140.

vermiculata (Tetrastemma) 227.

Vermiculus 194, 199.

Ves2)ertilio 121.

Vesperugo 121.

vethii (Valgus) 240.

vidua (Volvocivora) 34.

violacea (Polia) 222.

virens (Chalcothea) 235, 237.

vittata (Oerstedia) 323, 229.

vittatus (Mus) 107.

vittatus (Sciurus) 39.

vocifer (Haliaëtus) 6.

voUenhoveni (Prigenia) 234.

voUenhovenii (Palaemon) 178.

Volvocivora 34.

Vondsira 136.

wallacii (Astur) 4.

xanthogaster (Pericrocotus) 35.
xanthogastra (Gerygone) 29.
xanthurus (Mus) 10.
Xerus 8.

X^o^

NOTES

FROM THE

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM

OF THE NETHERLANDS

AT LEYDEN '

EDITED

Prof. H. SCHLEGEL

Director of the Museum.

N°. 4. October 1879.

LEYUEN

E. J. BRILL.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IV.— 1879.

Page
Note X31iI"V. The Genera of European Nemerteans critically revised, with

description of several new species. By Dr. A. A. W. Hubrecht . . 193.

Note XL'V. On the new Cetoniidae collected during the recent scientific

Sumatra-Expedition. By C. Ritsema Cz 233.

Note XLVI. Contributions to the Herpetology of Sumatra. By Dr. A . A. W.

Hubrecht. Sept. 1879 243.

i.i^'n

NOTES

TROM THE

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM

OF THE NETHERLANDS

AT LEYDEN

EDITED

Prof. H. SCHLEGEL

Director of the Museum.

N°. 3. July 1879.

LEY DEN

E. J. BRILL.

LIST OF COÏ^TENTS.

PART III.— 1879.

Page
Note XXXI"V. On a new species of Lucanide, Nigidius Lichtensteiaii,

from Celebes. - By C. Ritsema Cz. March 1879 129.

Note XXJXV. On the genus Galidia and its species. By Dr. F. A.

Jentink. April 1879 . 131.

Note XXXVI. On the Hedgehogs from Madagascar. By Dr. F. A.

Jentink. April 1879 137.

Note XXXVII. On a new species of Cetonide, Glycyphana rugipennis,

from Sumatra. By C Ritsema Cz. April 1879 153.

Note XXIX VIII. On two new species of Buprestides from Sumatra.

By C. Ritsema Cz. May 1879 155.

Note XXXIX. On Talegallus pyrrhopigius. By H. Schlegel. May 1879. 159.

Note XL. On Gallinula frankii. By H. Schlegel. May 1879. -i 163.

Note XHiI. On some species of the genus Palaemon Fahr. with descrip-
tions of two new forms. By Dr. J. G. de Man. May 1879 . . . 165.

Note XXjU. On two new species of the genus Ischiopsopha , Gestro.

By C. Ritsema Cz. May 1879 185.

Note XLIII. On a new species of the Lucanoid genus Figulas from the

Malayan Archipelago. By C. Ritsema Cz. June 1879 .... . 189.

NOTES

TllOM THE

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM

01^ THE NETHERLANDS

LEYDEN

EDTTE!)

Proi. H. SCHLEGEL

DirortiM- ot the, !\l\iscam.

N=. 2. April 1879.

ti:yi)FA'
E, .r. BlULL.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART II.— 1879.

Page
Note XIX. On some new or imperfectly known PodopKthalmous Crustacea

of' tlife Lcyden Museum. By Dr. J. G. de^ Man. Febr. 1S79 . . . 5;i.

IVote ^XX. On five new species of the genus Iclithyurus, Westw. By

C. RiTSEMA Cz. Febr. 1879. '75.

Note Z5CXI.- On fhe Sumatra Porcupine, Hystrix Miillcri/Temrainck Ms.

By Dr. F. A. Jentink. Febr. 1879 87.

Note XXII. 'On a new Porcupine from South- America. By Dr. F. A.

Jentink. Febr. 1879 9:!

Note XXIII. On a new species of Ecbimys, Bv Dr. F. A. Jentink.

Febr. 1879 " •97.

Note XLXIV. On a new species of Cuckoo from Madagascar. By H.

ScHLEGEL. March 1879 ■ 99.

Note X^C'V. On Strix tenebricosa Arfaki. By H. Schlegel. March 1879. 101.

Note XXVI. On a new species of Treron from the Island of Sumba

(Sandelwoodj. By H. Schlegel. March 1879 lOSr

Note XXVII. On a new genus and species of Mus from Madagascar.

By Dr. F. A. Jentink. March 1879 ■ 107.

Note XXVIII. On Artamia Bernieri. By H Schlegel. March 1879. 111.

Note XXIX. On an undescribed species of Ardea (Ardea Lansbergei).

By H. Schlegel. March 1879 113.

N'ote XXX. On Hypherpes corallirostris Newton. By H. Schlegel.

March 1879 ..'..- 115.

N'ote XXXI. On a new genus and species of Bat from Celebes. By

Dr. F. A. Jentl\k. Febr. 1879 117.

Note XXXII. On a new Bat, Taphozous Dobsoni, from Madagascar.

By Dr. F. A. Jentink. Febr. 1879 121.

Note XXXIII. On a new Bat, Nyctinomus Bemmeleni, from Liberia.

Bv Dr. F. A. Jentlvk. March 1879 135.

NOTES

FROM THE

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM

OF THE NETHERLANDS

AT LEYDEN

EDITED

Prof. H. SCHLEOEL

Directoi' of the Museum.

N°. 1. January 1879.

LEYDEN

E. J. BRILL

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART I.— 1879.

Page
Note I. On Nisus rufitorques and N. poliocephalus, by H. Schlegel . . 1.

Note II. On various species of Mus, collected by S. C. I. W. van Mus-

schenbroek Esq. in Celebes, by Dr. F. A. Jentink. Dec. 1878 ... 7.

Note III. On a new genus and species of Pytbonidae from Salawatti, by

Dr. A. A. W. HuBKECHT. Dec. 1878 14.

Note IV. Liasis Petersii. By Dr. A. A. W. Hubiiecht. Dec. 1878 ... 16.

Note "V. On the geographical range of Erebophis asper Gthr. By Dr.

A.. A. W. Hubrecht. -Dec. 1878 19.

Note ~VI. Arses batantae et A. aruensis. By R. B. Shakpe. 6 Nov. 1878. 21.

. 23.

, 25.

, 27.

29.

31.

33.

Note "VII. Rhipidura eiegautula. By R. B. Sharpe. 6 Nov. 1878 ,
Note VIII. Poecilodryas cinerea. By R. B. Sharpe. 6 Nov. 1878.
Note IX. Muscicapa rufigula. By R. B. Sharpe. 6 Nov. 1878 . .
Note X. Pseudogerygone rubra. By R. B. Sharpe. 6 Nov. 1878 .
Note XI. Clytomyias insignis. By R. B. Sharpe. 6 Nov. 1878 . .
Note XII. Campophagae. By R. B. Sharpe. 6 Nov. 1878. . . .
Note XIII. On three new Squirrels. By Dr. P. A. Jentink. Dec. 1878 . 36.

1. On a new Squirrel, Sciurus Rosenbergii , from the Sanghi-Islands. 36.

2. On a Squirrel from Nusa-Kambangan 38.

3. On a new Squirrel from Saleyer 40.

Note XIV. Paradoxurus Musschenbroeldi. By H. Schlegei. Jan. 1879 . 43.

Note XV. On a new species of the genus Paussus , Paussus Andreae , from

Java. By C. Ritsema Cz. Jan. 1879 . . . '. 44.

Note XVI. On a new species of the genus Apatetica , Apatetica brunnipes,

from Sumatra. By C. Ritsema Cz. Jan. 1879 46.

Note XVII. On a new species of Buprestide, Catoxantha purpurascens ,

from Borneo. By C. Ritsema Cz. Jan. 1879 48.

Note XVIII. On Strix inexspectata. By H. Schlegel. Dec. 1878. . . 50.

Date Due

3 2044 106 277 486

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Notes from the Leyden Museum"

See other formats